CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control …literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/documents/... · Low Voltage Motor Control Centers and Switchgear Assemblies Selection

Post on 20-Aug-2018

223 Views

Category:

Documents

1 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

Transcript

CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers and Switchgear Assemblies Selection GuideDesigned for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

Table of Contents

Whatrsquos New 3

CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 4

Select Network Technology 11Network 11IntelliCENTER Software 14

Select Structure 17

ArcShield Technology 23

Select Power Systems 24

Select Unit Designs 27Unit Size 27Unit Style 27Rotary Operating Handles 30Unit Disconnect Means 30Stab Assembly 31Control and Network Connections 32Unit Doors 32Control Power 33

Select Unit Types 34Main and Feeder Units34Starter Units 41Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units 50Network PLC and IO Compartments 58

Review MCC Technical Specifications 60

Selection Checklist 61

3

E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications

The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration

bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface

bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings

bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks

Whatrsquos New

PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation

The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity

bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly

bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks

bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration

bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector

control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications

4

The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world

High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC

Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs

Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package

Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network

communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated

Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with

IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload

relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact

packaging

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers

The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider

With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform

IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur

The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

5

66

Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

Integration Assistant

With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

IntelliCENTER Energy

IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

7

ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

8

ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

9

Arc Containment Latch

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

Select Unit Designs

Select Structure

Select Power Systems

Select Unit Types

Selection Checklist

Select Network Technology

10

Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

Select Network Technology

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

Select Network Technology

Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

Select Network Technology

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

EtherNetIP

Devices

Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

Cabling

The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

System Performance

The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

(1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

Select Network Technology

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

EtherNetIP Components

Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

DeviceNet

Devices

DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

Cabling

All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

Select Network Technology

14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

System Performance

The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

via IO explicit messaging

DeviceNet Components

Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

diagrams or spare parts

Select Network Technology

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

view

Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

Spreadsheet View

This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

Monitor View

Energy Monitoring and Management View

Spare Parts List View

Event Log View

The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

Spare Parts List

A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

Integration Assistant

IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

Select Network Technology

16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Select Structure

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

Select Structure

Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

Double Front Configuration

Single Front Configuration

18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Typical Column

Top Wireway Endplates

Top Wireway Barrier

Top Wireway Cover

Vertical Wireway Door

Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

Single Unit Support Pan

Bottom Plates

Top Wireway Pan

Center End Closing Plate

Horizontal Power Bus (3)

Network Wireway

Mounting Channels

Left Side Plate

Top Plate

Lifting Angle

Bottom Wireway Endplates

Bottom Wireway Cover

Select Structure

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

Select Structure

Column Dimensions

All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

Width

Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

600(1) 600 None

700 500 200

800 300

900 400

1000 500

(1) Only for full column frame mount applications

Depth

Single Front Double Front

600 1200

800 1600 or 2000(1)

(1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

Height

Dimension Measurement

Total height 2300

Available unit height 1980

Top horizontal wireway 170

Bottom horizontal wireway 115

External mounting channel 35

Weight(1) (kg)

Column Width

Column Depth

600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

600 700 350 450

800 400 525

900 450 575

1000 500 650

(1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

600hellip1000

170

1980

115

35

200hellip500500 or 600

600 or 800

2300

20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

Horizontal Wireways

Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

Select Structure

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

Select Structure

Vertical Wireway

The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

Top Horizontal Wireway

Vertical Wireway

Door

Bottom Horizontal Wireway

Vertical Wireway Door

Select Structure

22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

Select Structure

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

Pressure relief system

Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

Insulating covers between columns

Arc-containment Door Latches

Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

Select Power Systems

24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Select Power Systems

CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

Vertical Bus Standard Features

Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

removed

Select Power Systems

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

Bus Rating

Busbar Quantity

Busbar

Dimensions (mm)

Bus Bracing System(1)

Withstand Ratings(2)

lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

2000 A 1 1

6 x 100 10 x 100

Standard Standard

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

Standard with glastic supports

X X X X X X X

4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

65 kA with glastic supports

X X X X X X X

(1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

cw) and short circuit peak (l

pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

Select Power Systems

26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

Select Power Systems

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

Select Unit Designs

All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

Unit StyleUnits are available as either

bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

2 Module Unit

8 Module Unit

4 Module Unit

Single Module Unit

Four Modules Unit

24 Modules Total

Unit Type Module Size

Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

Fixed mount 2hellip24

Select Unit Designs

28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

Withdraw Lever

Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

Select Unit Designs

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

Connection Present

Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

Test radic radic radic radic

Disconnected radic radic

Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

(1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

Unit Connections

Unit Type

Fully Withdrawable Fixed

Load Withdrawable Fixed

Line Withdrawable Fixed

PE Withdrawable Fixed

Control Withdrawable Fixed

Network Withdrawable Disconnected

Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

Fixed

Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

Select Unit Designs

30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

Select Unit Designs

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

Stab Assembly

Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

One Module Stab Assembly

The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

Guide PinsPE Contact

Withdrawable One Module

Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

Power Stab

Select Unit Designs

32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

Door Latches (Standard)

Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

Arc Containment Latch

Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

red with white lettering

Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

Standard 14 Turn Latch

Locked Position Released Position

Select Unit Designs

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

Select Unit Designs

34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Select Unit Types

Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

Main and Feeder Units

Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

Lug Components

Cable Provisions(1)

Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

(2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

(2) 240 mm26

(4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

800 (2) 500 mm2

(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

(4) 240 mm24

(1) 400 mm2

(2) 300 mm2

(4) 240 mm2

(3) 240 mm2

(4) 185 mm26

(1) 500 mm2

(2) 400 mm2

(4) 300 mm2

(2) 400 mm2

(4) 185 mm28

(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

1200 (2) 500 mm2

(4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

(4) 240 mm24

(1) 500 mm2

(2) 400 mm2

(4) 300 mm2

(2) 400 mm2

(4) 240 mm28

(4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

(1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

Amperes

Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

350 140G-KC3-D35

400 140G-KC3-D40

500 140G-MC3-D50 10

600 140G-MC3-D60

700 140G-MC3-D70

800 140G-MC3-D80

(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

Amperes

Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

350 140G-K3-D40

400

500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

600

700 140G-M3-D80

800

1200 140G-N3-E12 14

(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

Select Unit Types

36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

Amperes

Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

16 140M-D8E-C16

20 140M-D8E-C20

25 140M-D8E-C25

30 140G-GC3-C30 2

35 140G-GC3-C35

40 140G-GC3-C40

45 140G-GC3-C45

50 140G-GC3-C50

60 140G-GC3-C60

70 140G-GC3-C70

80 140G-GC3-C80

90 140G-GC3-C90

100 140G-GC3-D10

110 140G-GC3-D11

125 140G-GC3-D12

160 140G-GE3-D16

175 140G-IC3-D17

200 140G-IC3-D20 4

225 140G-IC3-D22

250 140G-JF3-D25 4

300 140G-KH3-D30

350 140G-KH3-D40

400

500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

600

700 140G-MH3-D80

800

1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

Amperes

Protection Type

Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

LSIG 140G-J13-D15

160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

Select Unit Types

38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

Protection Modes

PR121 PR122 PR123

Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

Fault History Fault History

ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

Harmonic Metering

Terminal Temperature Protection

Trip Circuit Supervision

Pre-trip Alarm

Earth Leakage

Motor Protection

Power Metering and Protection

Breaker Failure Feedback

Digital InputRelay Outputs

Maintenance Indication

For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

Mains Air Circuit Breakers

Amperes

Circuit Breaker Frame Size

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

800 E2 24 700 600 800

1250

1600

2000 E3 800 800

2500

3200 E4 900

4000 1000

(1) Fixed mount style

Select Unit Types

40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

Amperes

Circuit Breaker Frame Size

Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

Available Column Widths (mm)

Available Column Depths (mm)

800 E2 24 700 600 800

1250

1600

2000 E3 800 800

2500

3200 E4 900

4000 1000

(1) Fixed mount style

Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

Starter Units

Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

Select Unit Types

42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

Input VoltagekW

(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

380415440460480VIP204254

08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

55

75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

11 100-C2310 2(5)

15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

185 mdash

22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

37

45 140MG-J8P-

75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

90

110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

220

(1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

DOLR starter with circuit breaker

Select Unit Types

44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

- AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

Electronic Overload Relay(2)

Input VoltagekW

(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

380415440460480VIP204254

08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

55

75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

11

15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

185 mdash

22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

37 4

45 140MG-J8P-

75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

90

110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

220

(1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

Select Unit Types

46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

SMC Flex with circuit breaker

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

SMC Flex Cat No

High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

kW

(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

380415V IP204254

075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

4A Size 000

22 140M-D8N- mdash

6A Size 000

4 150-F25NBD mdash

16A Size 000

75 mdash

20A Size 000

11 mdash

40A Size 000

15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

40A Size 000

22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

63A Size 000

30 150-F60NBD mdash

80A Size 00

45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

125A Size 00

55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

125A Size 00

75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

200A Size 1

90 mdash

250A Size 1

110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

355A Size 2

132 140MG-M8P- mdash

355A Size 2

160 150-F317NBD mdash

500A Size 3

185 150-F361NBD mdash

500A Size 3

220 150-F480NBD mdash

630A Size 3

(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

Select Unit Types

48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

SMC Flex Cat No

High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

kW

(approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

440460480V IP204254

075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

4A Size 000

22 140M-D8N- mdash

6A Size 000

4 150-F25NBD mdash

16A Size 000

75 mdash

20A Size 000

11 mdash

40A Size 000

15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

40A Size 000

22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

63A Size 000

30 150-F60NBD mdash

80A Size 00

45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

125A Size 00

55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

125A Size 00

75 150-F135NBD mdash

200A Size 1

90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

250A Size 1

110 140MG-K8P- mdash

355A Size 2

132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

355A Size 2

160 150-F317NBD mdash

500A Size 3

185 150-F361NBD mdash

500A Size 3

220 150-F480NBD mdash

630A Size 3

(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

Select Unit Types

50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

VFD Cat No

Frame Size

Module Size(3)(4)

Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

With Line

Reactor

With Load

Reactor

With Both

Reactors

380415hellip480V AC IP20

075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

Select Unit Types

52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

VFD Cat No

Frame Size

Module Size(3)(4)

Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

With Line

Reactor

With Load

Reactor

With Both

Reactors

380415hellip480V AC IP20

075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

185 25B-D037N114 E

22 25B-D043N114

(1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

Drive Ratings

Circuit Breaker

Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

VFD Cat NoFrame

Size

Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

Reactor Cat No(3)

Module Size(4)

(1 = 80 mm)Input

Voltage kW(1)

Output Current

Amps

400V AC IP204254

075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

1321-3R35-B

185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

1321-3R45-B

22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

1321-3R45-B 12

30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

1321-3R80-B

37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

1321-3R80-B

45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

1321-3R80-B

55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

1321-3R100-B

(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

Select Unit Types

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

Drive Ratings

Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

Frame Size

Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

Reactor Cat No(3)

Module

Size(4)

(1 = 80 mm)Input

Voltage kW(1)

Output Current

Amps

400V AC IP204254

75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

1321-3R160-B

90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

1321-3R200-B

110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

1321-3R200-B

132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

1321-3RB250-B

160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

1321-3RB320-B

200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

1321-3RB400-B

250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

1321-3R500-B

(1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

Select Unit Types

56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

- Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

- Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

Select Unit Types

58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

Linking Devices

Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

Ethernet Power Supply Units

Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

Ethernet power supply 2

Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

Select Unit Types

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

Select Unit Types

DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

DeviceNet Power Supply Units

Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

DeviceNet power supply 2

Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

(1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Select Unit Types

Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

2004108EC200695EC

Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

Certifications and Markings

ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

Rated Frequency fn

Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

e

Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

Neutral (N)

Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

Creepage Distances and Clearances

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

See page 19

Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

Structural Surface Treatments

InteriorExterior

G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

-25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

(1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

Selection Checklist

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

Selection Checklist

Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

Customer User

Office

Certifications and Markings

rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

Incoming Power

Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

Available fault current kA

Control Power

Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

Structure

Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

Bus

Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

Protective earth (PE) conductor

Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

Selection Checklist

62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

IntelliCENTERreg

Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

Other Network Options

r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

Ampere rating A

Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

Number of cables per phase Cable size

Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

Feeder Units

Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

Nameplates

Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

Door Latches

Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

Wire Markers

Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

Spares

r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

Overload reset r External (door mounted)

Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

Selection Checklist

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

Options and Accessories

Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

Selection Checklist

64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

Soft Starter Units(1)

Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

Connection r Line r Delta

Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

Options and Accessories

Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

Selection Checklist

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

Options and Accessories

Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

Reactor type r Line r Load

Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

Selection Checklist

66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

Location (specify)

EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

Location (specify)

Miscellaneous Units(1)

r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

r Extra space for future units

Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

Motor List

Unit Description Rating Module Size

(1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

Selection Checklist

Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

Notes

Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
  • Table of Contents
  • Whatrsquos New
  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
    • Select Network Technology
      • Network
      • IntelliCENTER Software
        • Select Structure
          • ArcShield Technology
            • Select Power Systems
            • Select Unit Designs
              • Unit Size
              • Unit Style
              • Rotary Operating Handles
              • Unit Disconnect Means
              • Stab Assembly
              • Control and Network Connections
              • Unit Doors
              • Control Power
                • Select Unit Types
                  • Main and Feeder Units
                  • Starter Units
                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                    • Selection Checklist
                    • Back Cover

    2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

    Table of Contents

    Whatrsquos New 3

    CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 4

    Select Network Technology 11Network 11IntelliCENTER Software 14

    Select Structure 17

    ArcShield Technology 23

    Select Power Systems 24

    Select Unit Designs 27Unit Size 27Unit Style 27Rotary Operating Handles 30Unit Disconnect Means 30Stab Assembly 31Control and Network Connections 32Unit Doors 32Control Power 33

    Select Unit Types 34Main and Feeder Units34Starter Units 41Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units 50Network PLC and IO Compartments 58

    Review MCC Technical Specifications 60

    Selection Checklist 61

    3

    E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications

    The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration

    bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface

    bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings

    bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks

    Whatrsquos New

    PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation

    The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity

    bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly

    bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks

    bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration

    bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector

    control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications

    4

    The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world

    High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC

    Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs

    Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package

    Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network

    communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated

    Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with

    IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload

    relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact

    packaging

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers

    The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider

    With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform

    IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur

    The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

    5

    66

    Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

    Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

    IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

    Integration Assistant

    With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

    IntelliCENTER Energy

    IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

    Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

    Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

    The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

    Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

    7

    ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

    Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

    SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

    bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

    bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

    bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

    bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

    bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

    bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

    four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

    bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

    for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

    Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

    Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

    8

    ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

    ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

    Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

    In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

    bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

    through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

    of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

    bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

    With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

    The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

    9

    Arc Containment Latch

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

    Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

    Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

    Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

    Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

    Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

    Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

    Select Unit Designs

    Select Structure

    Select Power Systems

    Select Unit Types

    Selection Checklist

    Select Network Technology

    10

    Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

    Select Network Technology

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

    Select Network Technology

    Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

    Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

    IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

    Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

    IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

    EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

    NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

    The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

    Select Network Technology

    12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

    EtherNetIP

    Devices

    Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

    Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

    Cabling

    The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

    All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

    The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

    System Performance

    The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

    An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

    (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

    EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

    Select Network Technology

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

    EtherNetIP Components

    Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

    IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

    POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

    The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

    settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

    bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

    For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

    DeviceNet

    Devices

    DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

    Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

    Cabling

    All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

    The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

    Select Network Technology

    14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    System Performance

    The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

    The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

    replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

    systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

    via IO explicit messaging

    DeviceNet Components

    Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

    overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

    starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

    For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

    IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

    Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

    bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

    bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

    diagrams or spare parts

    Select Network Technology

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

    Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

    bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

    time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

    view

    Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

    Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

    Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

    The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

    bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

    bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

    bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

    bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

    Spreadsheet View

    This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

    bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

    Monitor View

    Energy Monitoring and Management View

    Spare Parts List View

    Event Log View

    The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

    Spare Parts List

    A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

    Integration Assistant

    IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

    bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

    bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

    bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

    Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

    IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

    When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

    Select Network Technology

    16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Select Structure

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

    Select Structure

    Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

    bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

    rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

    Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

    For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

    Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

    The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

    Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

    Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

    Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

    Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

    Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

    Double Front Configuration

    Single Front Configuration

    18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Typical Column

    Top Wireway Endplates

    Top Wireway Barrier

    Top Wireway Cover

    Vertical Wireway Door

    Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

    Single Unit Support Pan

    Bottom Plates

    Top Wireway Pan

    Center End Closing Plate

    Horizontal Power Bus (3)

    Network Wireway

    Mounting Channels

    Left Side Plate

    Top Plate

    Lifting Angle

    Bottom Wireway Endplates

    Bottom Wireway Cover

    Select Structure

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

    Select Structure

    Column Dimensions

    All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

    Width

    Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

    600(1) 600 None

    700 500 200

    800 300

    900 400

    1000 500

    (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

    Depth

    Single Front Double Front

    600 1200

    800 1600 or 2000(1)

    (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

    Height

    Dimension Measurement

    Total height 2300

    Available unit height 1980

    Top horizontal wireway 170

    Bottom horizontal wireway 115

    External mounting channel 35

    Weight(1) (kg)

    Column Width

    Column Depth

    600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

    600 700 350 450

    800 400 525

    900 450 575

    1000 500 650

    (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

    600hellip1000

    170

    1980

    115

    35

    200hellip500500 or 600

    600 or 800

    2300

    20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

    bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

    Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

    Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

    The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

    The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

    Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

    The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

    Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

    WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

    Horizontal Wireways

    Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

    Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

    Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

    Select Structure

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

    Select Structure

    Vertical Wireway

    The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

    The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

    Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

    Top Horizontal Wireway

    Vertical Wireway

    Door

    Bottom Horizontal Wireway

    Vertical Wireway Door

    Select Structure

    22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

    The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

    Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

    bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

    In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

    Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

    Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

    Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

    Select Structure

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

    ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

    CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

    Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

    bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

    bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

    bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

    bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

    bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

    bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

    Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

    IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

    bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

    Pressure relief system

    Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

    Insulating covers between columns

    Arc-containment Door Latches

    Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

    Select Power Systems

    24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Select Power Systems

    CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

    Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

    The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

    The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

    The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

    Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

    Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

    The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

    bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

    helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

    Vertical Bus Standard Features

    Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

    Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

    unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

    removed

    Select Power Systems

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

    Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

    Bus Rating

    Busbar Quantity

    Busbar

    Dimensions (mm)

    Bus Bracing System(1)

    Withstand Ratings(2)

    lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

    lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

    800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

    1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

    1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

    2000 A 1 1

    6 x 100 10 x 100

    Standard Standard

    X X

    X X

    X X

    X X

    X X

    2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

    3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

    Standard with glastic supports

    X X X X X X X

    4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

    65 kA with glastic supports

    X X X X X X X

    (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

    cw) and short circuit peak (l

    pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

    Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

    The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

    Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

    The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

    The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

    The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

    The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

    Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

    Select Power Systems

    26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

    Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

    The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

    An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

    A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

    Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

    An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

    The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

    Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

    Select Power Systems

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

    Select Unit Designs

    All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

    Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

    Unit StyleUnits are available as either

    bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

    2 Module Unit

    8 Module Unit

    4 Module Unit

    Single Module Unit

    Four Modules Unit

    24 Modules Total

    Unit Type Module Size

    Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

    Fixed mount 2hellip24

    Select Unit Designs

    28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

    Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

    Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

    For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

    Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

    Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

    Withdraw Lever

    Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

    Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

    Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

    Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

    Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

    Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

    Select Unit Designs

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

    Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

    Connection Present

    Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

    Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

    Test radic radic radic radic

    Disconnected radic radic

    Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

    (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

    Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

    Unit Connections

    Unit Type

    Fully Withdrawable Fixed

    Load Withdrawable Fixed

    Line Withdrawable Fixed

    PE Withdrawable Fixed

    Control Withdrawable Fixed

    Network Withdrawable Disconnected

    Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

    Fixed

    Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

    Select Unit Designs

    30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

    The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

    The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

    Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

    Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

    Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

    Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

    Select Unit Designs

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

    Stab Assembly

    Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

    The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

    Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

    The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

    One Module Stab Assembly

    The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

    One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

    Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

    Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

    Guide PinsPE Contact

    Withdrawable One Module

    Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

    Power Stab

    Select Unit Designs

    32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

    Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

    The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

    Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

    Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

    Door Latches (Standard)

    Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

    Arc Containment Latch

    Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

    Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

    bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

    red with white lettering

    Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

    Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

    Standard 14 Turn Latch

    Locked Position Released Position

    Select Unit Designs

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

    Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

    Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

    Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

    Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

    Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

    Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

    Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

    The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

    E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

    Select Unit Designs

    34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Select Unit Types

    Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

    Main and Feeder Units

    Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

    Lug Components

    Cable Provisions(1)

    Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

    Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

    300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

    600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

    (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

    (2) 240 mm26

    (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

    800 (2) 500 mm2

    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

    (4) 240 mm24

    (1) 400 mm2

    (2) 300 mm2

    (4) 240 mm2

    (3) 240 mm2

    (4) 185 mm26

    (1) 500 mm2

    (2) 400 mm2

    (4) 300 mm2

    (2) 400 mm2

    (4) 185 mm28

    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

    1200 (2) 500 mm2

    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

    (4) 240 mm24

    (1) 500 mm2

    (2) 400 mm2

    (4) 300 mm2

    (2) 400 mm2

    (4) 240 mm28

    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

    1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

    2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

    (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

    Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

    The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

    MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

    They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

    MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

    For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

    For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

    Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

    Amperes

    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

    350 140G-KC3-D35

    400 140G-KC3-D40

    500 140G-MC3-D50 10

    600 140G-MC3-D60

    700 140G-MC3-D70

    800 140G-MC3-D80

    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

    Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

    Amperes

    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

    350 140G-K3-D40

    400

    500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

    600

    700 140G-M3-D80

    800

    1200 140G-N3-E12 14

    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

    Select Unit Types

    36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

    Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

    Amperes

    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

    16 140M-D8E-C16

    20 140M-D8E-C20

    25 140M-D8E-C25

    30 140G-GC3-C30 2

    35 140G-GC3-C35

    40 140G-GC3-C40

    45 140G-GC3-C45

    50 140G-GC3-C50

    60 140G-GC3-C60

    70 140G-GC3-C70

    80 140G-GC3-C80

    90 140G-GC3-C90

    100 140G-GC3-D10

    110 140G-GC3-D11

    125 140G-GC3-D12

    160 140G-GE3-D16

    175 140G-IC3-D17

    200 140G-IC3-D20 4

    225 140G-IC3-D22

    250 140G-JF3-D25 4

    300 140G-KH3-D30

    350 140G-KH3-D40

    400

    500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

    600

    700 140G-MH3-D80

    800

    1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

    Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

    Amperes

    Protection Type

    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

    LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

    40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

    LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

    60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

    LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

    LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

    LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

    100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

    LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

    LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

    LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

    125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

    LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

    150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

    LSIG 140G-J13-D15

    160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

    LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

    250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

    LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

    300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

    LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

    400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

    LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

    630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

    LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

    800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

    LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

    1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

    LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

    Select Unit Types

    38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

    The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

    The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

    The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

    bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

    Protection Modes

    PR121 PR122 PR123

    Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

    Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

    LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

    Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

    Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

    EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

    Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

    Fault History Fault History

    ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

    Harmonic Metering

    Terminal Temperature Protection

    Trip Circuit Supervision

    Pre-trip Alarm

    Earth Leakage

    Motor Protection

    Power Metering and Protection

    Breaker Failure Feedback

    Digital InputRelay Outputs

    Maintenance Indication

    For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

    Mains Air Circuit Breakers

    Amperes

    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    800 E2 24 700 600 800

    1250

    1600

    2000 E3 800 800

    2500

    3200 E4 900

    4000 1000

    (1) Fixed mount style

    Select Unit Types

    40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

    Amperes

    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

    Available Column Widths (mm)

    Available Column Depths (mm)

    800 E2 24 700 600 800

    1250

    1600

    2000 E3 800 800

    2500

    3200 E4 900

    4000 1000

    (1) Fixed mount style

    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

    Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

    Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

    Starter Units

    Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

    Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

    Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

    DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

    Select Unit Types

    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

    Input VoltagekW

    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

    380415440460480VIP204254

    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

    55

    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

    11 100-C2310 2(5)

    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

    185 mdash

    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

    37

    45 140MG-J8P-

    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

    90

    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

    220

    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

    Select Unit Types

    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

    Input VoltagekW

    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

    380415440460480VIP204254

    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

    55

    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

    11

    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

    185 mdash

    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

    37 4

    45 140MG-J8P-

    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

    90

    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

    220

    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

    Select Unit Types

    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

    SMC Flex Cat No

    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

    kW

    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

    380415V IP204254

    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

    4A Size 000

    22 140M-D8N- mdash

    6A Size 000

    4 150-F25NBD mdash

    16A Size 000

    75 mdash

    20A Size 000

    11 mdash

    40A Size 000

    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

    40A Size 000

    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

    63A Size 000

    30 150-F60NBD mdash

    80A Size 00

    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

    125A Size 00

    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

    125A Size 00

    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

    200A Size 1

    90 mdash

    250A Size 1

    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

    355A Size 2

    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

    355A Size 2

    160 150-F317NBD mdash

    500A Size 3

    185 150-F361NBD mdash

    500A Size 3

    220 150-F480NBD mdash

    630A Size 3

    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

    Select Unit Types

    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

    SMC Flex Cat No

    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

    kW

    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

    440460480V IP204254

    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

    4A Size 000

    22 140M-D8N- mdash

    6A Size 000

    4 150-F25NBD mdash

    16A Size 000

    75 mdash

    20A Size 000

    11 mdash

    40A Size 000

    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

    40A Size 000

    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

    63A Size 000

    30 150-F60NBD mdash

    80A Size 00

    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

    125A Size 00

    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

    125A Size 00

    75 150-F135NBD mdash

    200A Size 1

    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

    250A Size 1

    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

    355A Size 2

    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

    355A Size 2

    160 150-F317NBD mdash

    500A Size 3

    185 150-F361NBD mdash

    500A Size 3

    220 150-F480NBD mdash

    630A Size 3

    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

    Select Unit Types

    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

    VFD Cat No

    Frame Size

    Module Size(3)(4)

    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

    With Line

    Reactor

    With Load

    Reactor

    With Both

    Reactors

    380415hellip480V AC IP20

    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

    Select Unit Types

    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

    VFD Cat No

    Frame Size

    Module Size(3)(4)

    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

    With Line

    Reactor

    With Load

    Reactor

    With Both

    Reactors

    380415hellip480V AC IP20

    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

    185 25B-D037N114 E

    22 25B-D043N114

    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

    Drive Ratings

    Circuit Breaker

    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

    VFD Cat NoFrame

    Size

    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

    Reactor Cat No(3)

    Module Size(4)

    (1 = 80 mm)Input

    Voltage kW(1)

    Output Current

    Amps

    400V AC IP204254

    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

    1321-3R35-B

    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

    1321-3R45-B

    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

    1321-3R45-B 12

    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

    1321-3R80-B

    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

    1321-3R80-B

    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

    1321-3R80-B

    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

    1321-3R100-B

    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

    Select Unit Types

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

    Drive Ratings

    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

    Frame Size

    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

    Reactor Cat No(3)

    Module

    Size(4)

    (1 = 80 mm)Input

    Voltage kW(1)

    Output Current

    Amps

    400V AC IP204254

    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

    1321-3R160-B

    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

    1321-3R200-B

    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

    1321-3R200-B

    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

    1321-3RB250-B

    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

    1321-3RB320-B

    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

    1321-3RB400-B

    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

    1321-3R500-B

    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

    Select Unit Types

    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

    Select Unit Types

    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

    Linking Devices

    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

    Ethernet Power Supply Units

    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

    Ethernet power supply 2

    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

    Select Unit Types

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

    Select Unit Types

    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

    DeviceNet power supply 2

    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Select Unit Types

    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

    2004108EC200695EC

    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

    Certifications and Markings

    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

    Rated Frequency fn

    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

    e

    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

    Neutral (N)

    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

    Creepage Distances and Clearances

    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

    See page 19

    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

    Structural Surface Treatments

    InteriorExterior

    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

    Selection Checklist

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

    Selection Checklist

    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

    Customer User

    Office

    Certifications and Markings

    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

    Incoming Power

    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

    Available fault current kA

    Control Power

    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

    Structure

    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

    Bus

    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

    Protective earth (PE) conductor

    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

    Selection Checklist

    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    IntelliCENTERreg

    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

    Other Network Options

    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

    Ampere rating A

    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

    Number of cables per phase Cable size

    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

    Feeder Units

    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

    Nameplates

    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

    Door Latches

    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

    Wire Markers

    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

    Spares

    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

    Selection Checklist

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

    Options and Accessories

    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    Selection Checklist

    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    Soft Starter Units(1)

    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

    Connection r Line r Delta

    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

    Options and Accessories

    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

    Selection Checklist

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

    Options and Accessories

    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

    Reactor type r Line r Load

    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

    Selection Checklist

    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

    Location (specify)

    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

    Location (specify)

    Miscellaneous Units(1)

    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    r Extra space for future units

    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

    Motor List

    Unit Description Rating Module Size

    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

    Selection Checklist

    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

    Notes

    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
    • Table of Contents
    • Whatrsquos New
    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
      • Select Network Technology
        • Network
        • IntelliCENTER Software
          • Select Structure
            • ArcShield Technology
              • Select Power Systems
              • Select Unit Designs
                • Unit Size
                • Unit Style
                • Rotary Operating Handles
                • Unit Disconnect Means
                • Stab Assembly
                • Control and Network Connections
                • Unit Doors
                • Control Power
                  • Select Unit Types
                    • Main and Feeder Units
                    • Starter Units
                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                      • Selection Checklist
                      • Back Cover

      3

      E300 Electronic Overload RelayThe E300trade is the next generation electronic overload relay from Allen-Bradley Its modular design communication options diagnostic information simplified wiring and integration into Logix make it the ideal overload for motor control applications in an automation system The E300 overload relay provides flexibility reduces engineering time and maximizes uptime for important motor starter applications

      The E300 incorporates the newest technologies directly into the device to ease installation and configuration

      bull MultipleaccessoriesallowexpansionuptofourdigitalIOandup to four analog IO modules along with a power supply and operator interface

      bull On-devicesettingsforconfiguringanetworkaddressrestoringfactory default settings and enabling security settings

      bull IncludesdualEtherNetIPportsanexpansionIOportandremovableterminalblocks

      Whatrsquos New

      PowerFlex 525 AC DrivesCENTERLINEreg 2500 Motor Control Centers are now packaged with PowerFlexreg 525 drives The PowerFlex 525 drive is made up of two modules that can be detached for simultaneous and independent wiring installation and software configuration This innovative design lets you begin mounting the power modules while configuring the control modules is performed elsewhere thus helping speed up installation

      The PowerFlex 525 has a common set of features and options to help you maximize your investment and improve your productivity

      bull AstandardUSBconnectionhelpsyouuploadanddownloadconfiguration files quickly

      bull AnembeddedportforEtherNetIPsupportsseamlessintegration into the Logix environment and EtherNetIP networks

      bull AnintegralLCDhumaninterfacemodule(HIM)supportsmultiple languages and features scrolling text to explain parameters and codes easing configuration

      bull HelpsprotectpersonnelwithstandardembeddedSafeTorque-Offbull AppViewtradeparametergroupshelpspeedconfigurationforapplicationslikeconveyorsmixerspumpsandfansbull Awiderangeofmotorcontroloptionsincludingvoltsperhertzsensorlessvectorcontrolclosedloopvelocityvector

      control and control for permanent magnet motors support many applications

      4

      The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world

      High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC

      Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs

      Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package

      Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network

      communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated

      Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with

      IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload

      relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact

      packaging

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers

      The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider

      With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform

      IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur

      The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

      5

      66

      Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

      Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

      IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

      Integration Assistant

      With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

      IntelliCENTER Energy

      IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

      Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

      Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

      The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

      Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

      7

      ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

      Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

      SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

      bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

      bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

      bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

      bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

      bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

      bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

      four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

      bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

      for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

      Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

      Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

      8

      ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

      ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

      Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

      In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

      bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

      through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

      of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

      bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

      With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

      The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

      9

      Arc Containment Latch

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

      Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

      Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

      Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

      Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

      Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

      Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

      Select Unit Designs

      Select Structure

      Select Power Systems

      Select Unit Types

      Selection Checklist

      Select Network Technology

      10

      Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

      Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

      Select Network Technology

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

      Select Network Technology

      Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

      Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

      IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

      Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

      IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

      EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

      NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

      The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

      Select Network Technology

      12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

      EtherNetIP

      Devices

      Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

      Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

      Cabling

      The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

      All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

      The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

      System Performance

      The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

      An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

      (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

      EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

      Select Network Technology

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

      EtherNetIP Components

      Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

      IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

      POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

      The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

      settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

      bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

      For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

      DeviceNet

      Devices

      DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

      Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

      Cabling

      All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

      The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

      Select Network Technology

      14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      System Performance

      The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

      The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

      replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

      systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

      via IO explicit messaging

      DeviceNet Components

      Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

      overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

      starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

      For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

      IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

      Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

      bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

      bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

      diagrams or spare parts

      Select Network Technology

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

      Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

      bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

      time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

      view

      Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

      Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

      Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

      The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

      bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

      bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

      bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

      bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

      Spreadsheet View

      This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

      bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

      Monitor View

      Energy Monitoring and Management View

      Spare Parts List View

      Event Log View

      The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

      Spare Parts List

      A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

      Integration Assistant

      IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

      bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

      bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

      bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

      Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

      IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

      When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

      Select Network Technology

      16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Select Structure

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

      Select Structure

      Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

      bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

      rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

      Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

      For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

      Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

      The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

      Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

      Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

      Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

      Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

      Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

      Double Front Configuration

      Single Front Configuration

      18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Typical Column

      Top Wireway Endplates

      Top Wireway Barrier

      Top Wireway Cover

      Vertical Wireway Door

      Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

      Single Unit Support Pan

      Bottom Plates

      Top Wireway Pan

      Center End Closing Plate

      Horizontal Power Bus (3)

      Network Wireway

      Mounting Channels

      Left Side Plate

      Top Plate

      Lifting Angle

      Bottom Wireway Endplates

      Bottom Wireway Cover

      Select Structure

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

      Select Structure

      Column Dimensions

      All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

      Width

      Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

      600(1) 600 None

      700 500 200

      800 300

      900 400

      1000 500

      (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

      Depth

      Single Front Double Front

      600 1200

      800 1600 or 2000(1)

      (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

      Height

      Dimension Measurement

      Total height 2300

      Available unit height 1980

      Top horizontal wireway 170

      Bottom horizontal wireway 115

      External mounting channel 35

      Weight(1) (kg)

      Column Width

      Column Depth

      600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

      600 700 350 450

      800 400 525

      900 450 575

      1000 500 650

      (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

      600hellip1000

      170

      1980

      115

      35

      200hellip500500 or 600

      600 or 800

      2300

      20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

      bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

      Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

      Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

      The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

      The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

      Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

      The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

      Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

      WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

      Horizontal Wireways

      Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

      Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

      Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

      Select Structure

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

      Select Structure

      Vertical Wireway

      The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

      The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

      Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

      Top Horizontal Wireway

      Vertical Wireway

      Door

      Bottom Horizontal Wireway

      Vertical Wireway Door

      Select Structure

      22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

      The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

      Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

      bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

      In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

      Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

      Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

      Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

      Select Structure

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

      ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

      CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

      Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

      bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

      bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

      bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

      bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

      bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

      bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

      Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

      IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

      bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

      Pressure relief system

      Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

      Insulating covers between columns

      Arc-containment Door Latches

      Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

      Select Power Systems

      24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Select Power Systems

      CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

      Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

      The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

      The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

      The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

      Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

      Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

      The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

      bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

      helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

      Vertical Bus Standard Features

      Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

      Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

      unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

      removed

      Select Power Systems

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

      Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

      Bus Rating

      Busbar Quantity

      Busbar

      Dimensions (mm)

      Bus Bracing System(1)

      Withstand Ratings(2)

      lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

      lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

      800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

      1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

      1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

      2000 A 1 1

      6 x 100 10 x 100

      Standard Standard

      X X

      X X

      X X

      X X

      X X

      2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

      3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

      Standard with glastic supports

      X X X X X X X

      4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

      65 kA with glastic supports

      X X X X X X X

      (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

      cw) and short circuit peak (l

      pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

      Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

      The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

      Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

      The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

      The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

      The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

      The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

      Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

      Select Power Systems

      26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

      Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

      The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

      An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

      A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

      Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

      An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

      The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

      Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

      Select Power Systems

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

      Select Unit Designs

      All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

      Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

      Unit StyleUnits are available as either

      bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

      2 Module Unit

      8 Module Unit

      4 Module Unit

      Single Module Unit

      Four Modules Unit

      24 Modules Total

      Unit Type Module Size

      Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

      Fixed mount 2hellip24

      Select Unit Designs

      28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

      Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

      Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

      For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

      Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

      Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

      Withdraw Lever

      Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

      Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

      Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

      Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

      Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

      Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

      Select Unit Designs

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

      Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

      Connection Present

      Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

      Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

      Test radic radic radic radic

      Disconnected radic radic

      Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

      (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

      Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

      Unit Connections

      Unit Type

      Fully Withdrawable Fixed

      Load Withdrawable Fixed

      Line Withdrawable Fixed

      PE Withdrawable Fixed

      Control Withdrawable Fixed

      Network Withdrawable Disconnected

      Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

      Fixed

      Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

      Select Unit Designs

      30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

      The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

      The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

      Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

      Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

      Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

      Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

      Select Unit Designs

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

      Stab Assembly

      Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

      The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

      Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

      The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

      One Module Stab Assembly

      The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

      One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

      Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

      Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

      Guide PinsPE Contact

      Withdrawable One Module

      Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

      Power Stab

      Select Unit Designs

      32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

      Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

      The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

      Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

      Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

      Door Latches (Standard)

      Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

      Arc Containment Latch

      Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

      Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

      bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

      red with white lettering

      Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

      Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

      Standard 14 Turn Latch

      Locked Position Released Position

      Select Unit Designs

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

      Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

      Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

      Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

      Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

      Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

      Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

      Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

      The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

      E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

      Select Unit Designs

      34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Select Unit Types

      Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

      Main and Feeder Units

      Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

      Lug Components

      Cable Provisions(1)

      Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

      Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

      300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

      600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

      (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

      (2) 240 mm26

      (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

      800 (2) 500 mm2

      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

      (4) 240 mm24

      (1) 400 mm2

      (2) 300 mm2

      (4) 240 mm2

      (3) 240 mm2

      (4) 185 mm26

      (1) 500 mm2

      (2) 400 mm2

      (4) 300 mm2

      (2) 400 mm2

      (4) 185 mm28

      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

      1200 (2) 500 mm2

      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

      (4) 240 mm24

      (1) 500 mm2

      (2) 400 mm2

      (4) 300 mm2

      (2) 400 mm2

      (4) 240 mm28

      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

      1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

      2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

      (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

      Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

      The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

      MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

      They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

      MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

      For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

      For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

      Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

      Amperes

      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

      350 140G-KC3-D35

      400 140G-KC3-D40

      500 140G-MC3-D50 10

      600 140G-MC3-D60

      700 140G-MC3-D70

      800 140G-MC3-D80

      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

      Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

      Amperes

      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

      350 140G-K3-D40

      400

      500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

      600

      700 140G-M3-D80

      800

      1200 140G-N3-E12 14

      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

      Select Unit Types

      36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

      Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

      Amperes

      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

      16 140M-D8E-C16

      20 140M-D8E-C20

      25 140M-D8E-C25

      30 140G-GC3-C30 2

      35 140G-GC3-C35

      40 140G-GC3-C40

      45 140G-GC3-C45

      50 140G-GC3-C50

      60 140G-GC3-C60

      70 140G-GC3-C70

      80 140G-GC3-C80

      90 140G-GC3-C90

      100 140G-GC3-D10

      110 140G-GC3-D11

      125 140G-GC3-D12

      160 140G-GE3-D16

      175 140G-IC3-D17

      200 140G-IC3-D20 4

      225 140G-IC3-D22

      250 140G-JF3-D25 4

      300 140G-KH3-D30

      350 140G-KH3-D40

      400

      500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

      600

      700 140G-MH3-D80

      800

      1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

      Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

      Amperes

      Protection Type

      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

      LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

      40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

      LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

      60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

      LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

      LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

      LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

      100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

      LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

      LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

      LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

      125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

      LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

      150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

      LSIG 140G-J13-D15

      160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

      LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

      250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

      LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

      300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

      LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

      400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

      LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

      630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

      LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

      800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

      LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

      1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

      LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

      Select Unit Types

      38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

      The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

      The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

      The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

      bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

      Protection Modes

      PR121 PR122 PR123

      Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

      Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

      LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

      Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

      Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

      EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

      Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

      Fault History Fault History

      ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

      Harmonic Metering

      Terminal Temperature Protection

      Trip Circuit Supervision

      Pre-trip Alarm

      Earth Leakage

      Motor Protection

      Power Metering and Protection

      Breaker Failure Feedback

      Digital InputRelay Outputs

      Maintenance Indication

      For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

      Mains Air Circuit Breakers

      Amperes

      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      800 E2 24 700 600 800

      1250

      1600

      2000 E3 800 800

      2500

      3200 E4 900

      4000 1000

      (1) Fixed mount style

      Select Unit Types

      40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

      Amperes

      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

      Available Column Widths (mm)

      Available Column Depths (mm)

      800 E2 24 700 600 800

      1250

      1600

      2000 E3 800 800

      2500

      3200 E4 900

      4000 1000

      (1) Fixed mount style

      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

      Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

      Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

      Starter Units

      Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

      Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

      Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

      DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

      Select Unit Types

      42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

      Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

      Input VoltagekW

      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

      Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

      380415440460480VIP204254

      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

      55

      75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

      11 100-C2310 2(5)

      15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

      185 mdash

      22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

      37

      45 140MG-J8P-

      75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

      90

      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

      160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

      185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

      220

      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

      Select Unit Types

      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

      Input VoltagekW

      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

      380415440460480VIP204254

      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

      55

      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

      11

      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

      185 mdash

      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

      37 4

      45 140MG-J8P-

      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

      90

      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

      220

      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

      Select Unit Types

      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

      SMC Flex Cat No

      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

      kW

      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

      380415V IP204254

      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

      4A Size 000

      22 140M-D8N- mdash

      6A Size 000

      4 150-F25NBD mdash

      16A Size 000

      75 mdash

      20A Size 000

      11 mdash

      40A Size 000

      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

      40A Size 000

      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

      63A Size 000

      30 150-F60NBD mdash

      80A Size 00

      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

      125A Size 00

      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

      125A Size 00

      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

      200A Size 1

      90 mdash

      250A Size 1

      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

      355A Size 2

      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

      355A Size 2

      160 150-F317NBD mdash

      500A Size 3

      185 150-F361NBD mdash

      500A Size 3

      220 150-F480NBD mdash

      630A Size 3

      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

      Select Unit Types

      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

      SMC Flex Cat No

      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

      kW

      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

      440460480V IP204254

      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

      4A Size 000

      22 140M-D8N- mdash

      6A Size 000

      4 150-F25NBD mdash

      16A Size 000

      75 mdash

      20A Size 000

      11 mdash

      40A Size 000

      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

      40A Size 000

      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

      63A Size 000

      30 150-F60NBD mdash

      80A Size 00

      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

      125A Size 00

      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

      125A Size 00

      75 150-F135NBD mdash

      200A Size 1

      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

      250A Size 1

      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

      355A Size 2

      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

      355A Size 2

      160 150-F317NBD mdash

      500A Size 3

      185 150-F361NBD mdash

      500A Size 3

      220 150-F480NBD mdash

      630A Size 3

      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

      Select Unit Types

      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

      VFD Cat No

      Frame Size

      Module Size(3)(4)

      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

      With Line

      Reactor

      With Load

      Reactor

      With Both

      Reactors

      380415hellip480V AC IP20

      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

      Select Unit Types

      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

      VFD Cat No

      Frame Size

      Module Size(3)(4)

      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

      With Line

      Reactor

      With Load

      Reactor

      With Both

      Reactors

      380415hellip480V AC IP20

      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

      185 25B-D037N114 E

      22 25B-D043N114

      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

      Drive Ratings

      Circuit Breaker

      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

      VFD Cat NoFrame

      Size

      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

      Reactor Cat No(3)

      Module Size(4)

      (1 = 80 mm)Input

      Voltage kW(1)

      Output Current

      Amps

      400V AC IP204254

      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

      1321-3R35-B

      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

      1321-3R45-B

      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

      1321-3R45-B 12

      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

      1321-3R80-B

      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

      1321-3R80-B

      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

      1321-3R80-B

      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

      1321-3R100-B

      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

      Select Unit Types

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

      Drive Ratings

      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

      Frame Size

      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

      Reactor Cat No(3)

      Module

      Size(4)

      (1 = 80 mm)Input

      Voltage kW(1)

      Output Current

      Amps

      400V AC IP204254

      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

      1321-3R160-B

      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

      1321-3R200-B

      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

      1321-3R200-B

      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

      1321-3RB250-B

      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

      1321-3RB320-B

      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

      1321-3RB400-B

      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

      1321-3R500-B

      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

      Select Unit Types

      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

      Select Unit Types

      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

      Linking Devices

      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

      Ethernet Power Supply Units

      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

      Ethernet power supply 2

      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

      Select Unit Types

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

      Select Unit Types

      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

      DeviceNet power supply 2

      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Select Unit Types

      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

      2004108EC200695EC

      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

      Certifications and Markings

      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

      Rated Frequency fn

      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

      e

      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

      Neutral (N)

      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

      Creepage Distances and Clearances

      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

      See page 19

      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

      Structural Surface Treatments

      InteriorExterior

      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

      Selection Checklist

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

      Selection Checklist

      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

      Customer User

      Office

      Certifications and Markings

      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

      Incoming Power

      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

      Available fault current kA

      Control Power

      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

      Structure

      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

      Bus

      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

      Protective earth (PE) conductor

      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

      Selection Checklist

      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      IntelliCENTERreg

      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

      Other Network Options

      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

      Ampere rating A

      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

      Number of cables per phase Cable size

      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

      Feeder Units

      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

      Nameplates

      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

      Door Latches

      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

      Wire Markers

      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

      Spares

      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

      Selection Checklist

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

      Options and Accessories

      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      Selection Checklist

      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      Soft Starter Units(1)

      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

      Connection r Line r Delta

      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

      Options and Accessories

      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

      Selection Checklist

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

      Options and Accessories

      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

      Reactor type r Line r Load

      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

      Selection Checklist

      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

      Location (specify)

      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

      Location (specify)

      Miscellaneous Units(1)

      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      r Extra space for future units

      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

      Motor List

      Unit Description Rating Module Size

      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

      Selection Checklist

      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

      Notes

      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
      • Table of Contents
      • Whatrsquos New
      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
        • Select Network Technology
          • Network
          • IntelliCENTER Software
            • Select Structure
              • ArcShield Technology
                • Select Power Systems
                • Select Unit Designs
                  • Unit Size
                  • Unit Style
                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                  • Stab Assembly
                  • Control and Network Connections
                  • Unit Doors
                  • Control Power
                    • Select Unit Types
                      • Main and Feeder Units
                      • Starter Units
                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                        • Selection Checklist
                        • Back Cover

        4

        The Allen-Bradleyreg CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center (MCC) from Rockwell Automationreg uses the latest technology in motor control devices The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed and built for the demanding needs of global markets so it meets standards and requirements anywhere in the world

        High Performance Motor Control CentersThe CENTERLINE 2500 provides fully withdrawable units with the full range of IEC components AC drives soft starters and other devices For customers seeking simplified integration the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC provides intelligent control with common communication protocols easily networked in the MCC

        Because the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to international standards customers can leverage corporate standards and control schemes on a global basis achieve a consistent integrated architecture standard and use uniform safety designs

        Integrated Power SolutionIn addition to a complete line of motor control equipment the CENTERLINE 2500 MCC also packages power distribution equipment Your CENTERLINE 2500 MCC can include air circuit breakers feeders main-tie-mains mains and transformers This lets you have a totally integrated low voltage power package

        Featuresbull Fully withdrawable units ndash Plug-in line load control ground and network

        communications ndash Four position withdrawal mechanism with dedicated

        Test position ndash Easily removable without special toolsbull High unit density up to 24 units per columnbull Rotary or flange handlesbull Three or four wire power system capabilitybull Center-mounted horizontal bus up to 4000 Abull Built-in EtherNetIP or DeviceNet with

        IntelliCENTERreg technologybull Intelligent motor controls including electronic overload

        relays AC drives and soft startersbull Fully metric design (hardware and exterior dimensions)bull Air circuit breaker mains and feeders availablebull Optional form 2b isolation provides more compact

        packaging

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers

        The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider

        With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform

        IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur

        The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

        5

        66

        Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

        Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

        IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

        Integration Assistant

        With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

        IntelliCENTER Energy

        IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

        Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

        Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

        The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

        Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

        7

        ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

        Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

        SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

        bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

        bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

        bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

        bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

        bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

        bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

        four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

        bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

        for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

        Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

        Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

        8

        ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

        ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

        Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

        In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

        bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

        through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

        of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

        bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

        With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

        The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

        9

        Arc Containment Latch

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

        Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

        Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

        Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

        Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

        Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

        Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

        Select Unit Designs

        Select Structure

        Select Power Systems

        Select Unit Types

        Selection Checklist

        Select Network Technology

        10

        Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

        Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

        Select Network Technology

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

        Select Network Technology

        Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

        Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

        IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

        Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

        IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

        EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

        NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

        The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

        Select Network Technology

        12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

        EtherNetIP

        Devices

        Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

        Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

        Cabling

        The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

        All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

        The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

        System Performance

        The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

        An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

        (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

        EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

        Select Network Technology

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

        EtherNetIP Components

        Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

        IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

        POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

        The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

        settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

        bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

        For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

        DeviceNet

        Devices

        DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

        Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

        Cabling

        All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

        The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

        Select Network Technology

        14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        System Performance

        The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

        The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

        replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

        systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

        via IO explicit messaging

        DeviceNet Components

        Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

        overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

        starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

        For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

        IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

        Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

        bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

        bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

        diagrams or spare parts

        Select Network Technology

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

        Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

        bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

        time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

        view

        Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

        Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

        Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

        The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

        bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

        bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

        bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

        bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

        Spreadsheet View

        This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

        bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

        Monitor View

        Energy Monitoring and Management View

        Spare Parts List View

        Event Log View

        The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

        Spare Parts List

        A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

        Integration Assistant

        IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

        bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

        bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

        bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

        Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

        IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

        When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

        Select Network Technology

        16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Select Structure

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

        Select Structure

        Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

        bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

        rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

        Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

        For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

        Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

        The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

        Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

        Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

        Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

        Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

        Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

        Double Front Configuration

        Single Front Configuration

        18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Typical Column

        Top Wireway Endplates

        Top Wireway Barrier

        Top Wireway Cover

        Vertical Wireway Door

        Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

        Single Unit Support Pan

        Bottom Plates

        Top Wireway Pan

        Center End Closing Plate

        Horizontal Power Bus (3)

        Network Wireway

        Mounting Channels

        Left Side Plate

        Top Plate

        Lifting Angle

        Bottom Wireway Endplates

        Bottom Wireway Cover

        Select Structure

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

        Select Structure

        Column Dimensions

        All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

        Width

        Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

        600(1) 600 None

        700 500 200

        800 300

        900 400

        1000 500

        (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

        Depth

        Single Front Double Front

        600 1200

        800 1600 or 2000(1)

        (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

        Height

        Dimension Measurement

        Total height 2300

        Available unit height 1980

        Top horizontal wireway 170

        Bottom horizontal wireway 115

        External mounting channel 35

        Weight(1) (kg)

        Column Width

        Column Depth

        600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

        600 700 350 450

        800 400 525

        900 450 575

        1000 500 650

        (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

        600hellip1000

        170

        1980

        115

        35

        200hellip500500 or 600

        600 or 800

        2300

        20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

        bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

        Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

        Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

        The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

        The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

        Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

        The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

        Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

        WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

        Horizontal Wireways

        Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

        Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

        Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

        Select Structure

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

        Select Structure

        Vertical Wireway

        The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

        The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

        Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

        Top Horizontal Wireway

        Vertical Wireway

        Door

        Bottom Horizontal Wireway

        Vertical Wireway Door

        Select Structure

        22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

        The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

        Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

        bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

        In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

        Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

        Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

        Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

        Select Structure

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

        ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

        CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

        Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

        bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

        bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

        bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

        bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

        bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

        bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

        Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

        IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

        bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

        Pressure relief system

        Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

        Insulating covers between columns

        Arc-containment Door Latches

        Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

        Select Power Systems

        24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Select Power Systems

        CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

        Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

        The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

        The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

        The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

        Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

        Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

        The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

        bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

        helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

        Vertical Bus Standard Features

        Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

        Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

        unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

        removed

        Select Power Systems

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

        Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

        Bus Rating

        Busbar Quantity

        Busbar

        Dimensions (mm)

        Bus Bracing System(1)

        Withstand Ratings(2)

        lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

        lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

        800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

        1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

        1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

        2000 A 1 1

        6 x 100 10 x 100

        Standard Standard

        X X

        X X

        X X

        X X

        X X

        2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

        3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

        Standard with glastic supports

        X X X X X X X

        4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

        65 kA with glastic supports

        X X X X X X X

        (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

        cw) and short circuit peak (l

        pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

        Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

        The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

        Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

        The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

        The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

        The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

        The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

        Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

        Select Power Systems

        26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

        Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

        The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

        An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

        A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

        Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

        An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

        The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

        Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

        Select Power Systems

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

        Select Unit Designs

        All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

        Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

        Unit StyleUnits are available as either

        bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

        2 Module Unit

        8 Module Unit

        4 Module Unit

        Single Module Unit

        Four Modules Unit

        24 Modules Total

        Unit Type Module Size

        Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

        Fixed mount 2hellip24

        Select Unit Designs

        28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

        Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

        Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

        For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

        Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

        Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

        Withdraw Lever

        Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

        Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

        Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

        Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

        Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

        Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

        Select Unit Designs

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

        Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

        Connection Present

        Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

        Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

        Test radic radic radic radic

        Disconnected radic radic

        Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

        (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

        Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

        Unit Connections

        Unit Type

        Fully Withdrawable Fixed

        Load Withdrawable Fixed

        Line Withdrawable Fixed

        PE Withdrawable Fixed

        Control Withdrawable Fixed

        Network Withdrawable Disconnected

        Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

        Fixed

        Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

        Select Unit Designs

        30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

        The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

        The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

        Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

        Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

        Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

        Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

        Select Unit Designs

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

        Stab Assembly

        Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

        The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

        Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

        The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

        One Module Stab Assembly

        The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

        One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

        Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

        Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

        Guide PinsPE Contact

        Withdrawable One Module

        Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

        Power Stab

        Select Unit Designs

        32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

        Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

        The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

        Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

        Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

        Door Latches (Standard)

        Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

        Arc Containment Latch

        Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

        Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

        bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

        red with white lettering

        Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

        Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

        Standard 14 Turn Latch

        Locked Position Released Position

        Select Unit Designs

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

        Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

        Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

        Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

        Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

        Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

        Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

        Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

        The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

        E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

        Select Unit Designs

        34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Select Unit Types

        Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

        Main and Feeder Units

        Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

        Lug Components

        Cable Provisions(1)

        Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

        Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

        300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

        600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

        (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

        (2) 240 mm26

        (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

        800 (2) 500 mm2

        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

        (4) 240 mm24

        (1) 400 mm2

        (2) 300 mm2

        (4) 240 mm2

        (3) 240 mm2

        (4) 185 mm26

        (1) 500 mm2

        (2) 400 mm2

        (4) 300 mm2

        (2) 400 mm2

        (4) 185 mm28

        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

        1200 (2) 500 mm2

        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

        (4) 240 mm24

        (1) 500 mm2

        (2) 400 mm2

        (4) 300 mm2

        (2) 400 mm2

        (4) 240 mm28

        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

        1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

        2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

        (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

        Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

        The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

        MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

        They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

        MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

        For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

        For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

        Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

        Amperes

        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

        350 140G-KC3-D35

        400 140G-KC3-D40

        500 140G-MC3-D50 10

        600 140G-MC3-D60

        700 140G-MC3-D70

        800 140G-MC3-D80

        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

        Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

        Amperes

        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

        350 140G-K3-D40

        400

        500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

        600

        700 140G-M3-D80

        800

        1200 140G-N3-E12 14

        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

        Select Unit Types

        36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

        Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

        Amperes

        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

        16 140M-D8E-C16

        20 140M-D8E-C20

        25 140M-D8E-C25

        30 140G-GC3-C30 2

        35 140G-GC3-C35

        40 140G-GC3-C40

        45 140G-GC3-C45

        50 140G-GC3-C50

        60 140G-GC3-C60

        70 140G-GC3-C70

        80 140G-GC3-C80

        90 140G-GC3-C90

        100 140G-GC3-D10

        110 140G-GC3-D11

        125 140G-GC3-D12

        160 140G-GE3-D16

        175 140G-IC3-D17

        200 140G-IC3-D20 4

        225 140G-IC3-D22

        250 140G-JF3-D25 4

        300 140G-KH3-D30

        350 140G-KH3-D40

        400

        500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

        600

        700 140G-MH3-D80

        800

        1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

        Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

        Amperes

        Protection Type

        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

        LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

        40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

        LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

        60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

        LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

        LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

        LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

        100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

        LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

        LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

        LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

        125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

        LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

        150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

        LSIG 140G-J13-D15

        160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

        LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

        250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

        LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

        300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

        LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

        400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

        LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

        630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

        LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

        800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

        LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

        1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

        LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

        Select Unit Types

        38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

        The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

        The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

        The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

        bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

        Protection Modes

        PR121 PR122 PR123

        Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

        Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

        LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

        Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

        Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

        EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

        Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

        Fault History Fault History

        ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

        Harmonic Metering

        Terminal Temperature Protection

        Trip Circuit Supervision

        Pre-trip Alarm

        Earth Leakage

        Motor Protection

        Power Metering and Protection

        Breaker Failure Feedback

        Digital InputRelay Outputs

        Maintenance Indication

        For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

        Mains Air Circuit Breakers

        Amperes

        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        800 E2 24 700 600 800

        1250

        1600

        2000 E3 800 800

        2500

        3200 E4 900

        4000 1000

        (1) Fixed mount style

        Select Unit Types

        40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

        Amperes

        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

        Available Column Widths (mm)

        Available Column Depths (mm)

        800 E2 24 700 600 800

        1250

        1600

        2000 E3 800 800

        2500

        3200 E4 900

        4000 1000

        (1) Fixed mount style

        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

        Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

        Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

        Starter Units

        Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

        Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

        Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

        DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

        Select Unit Types

        42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

        Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

        Input VoltagekW

        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

        Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

        380415440460480VIP204254

        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

        55

        75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

        11 100-C2310 2(5)

        15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

        185 mdash

        22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

        37

        45 140MG-J8P-

        75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

        90

        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

        160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

        185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

        220

        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

        Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

        bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

        These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

        Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

        DOLR starter with circuit breaker

        Select Unit Types

        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

        Input VoltagekW

        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

        380415440460480VIP204254

        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

        55

        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

        11

        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

        185 mdash

        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

        37 4

        45 140MG-J8P-

        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

        90

        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

        220

        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

        Select Unit Types

        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

        SMC Flex Cat No

        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

        kW

        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

        380415V IP204254

        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

        4A Size 000

        22 140M-D8N- mdash

        6A Size 000

        4 150-F25NBD mdash

        16A Size 000

        75 mdash

        20A Size 000

        11 mdash

        40A Size 000

        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

        40A Size 000

        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

        63A Size 000

        30 150-F60NBD mdash

        80A Size 00

        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

        125A Size 00

        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

        125A Size 00

        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

        200A Size 1

        90 mdash

        250A Size 1

        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

        355A Size 2

        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

        355A Size 2

        160 150-F317NBD mdash

        500A Size 3

        185 150-F361NBD mdash

        500A Size 3

        220 150-F480NBD mdash

        630A Size 3

        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

        Select Unit Types

        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

        SMC Flex Cat No

        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

        kW

        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

        440460480V IP204254

        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

        4A Size 000

        22 140M-D8N- mdash

        6A Size 000

        4 150-F25NBD mdash

        16A Size 000

        75 mdash

        20A Size 000

        11 mdash

        40A Size 000

        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

        40A Size 000

        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

        63A Size 000

        30 150-F60NBD mdash

        80A Size 00

        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

        125A Size 00

        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

        125A Size 00

        75 150-F135NBD mdash

        200A Size 1

        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

        250A Size 1

        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

        355A Size 2

        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

        355A Size 2

        160 150-F317NBD mdash

        500A Size 3

        185 150-F361NBD mdash

        500A Size 3

        220 150-F480NBD mdash

        630A Size 3

        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

        Select Unit Types

        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

        VFD Cat No

        Frame Size

        Module Size(3)(4)

        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

        With Line

        Reactor

        With Load

        Reactor

        With Both

        Reactors

        380415hellip480V AC IP20

        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

        Select Unit Types

        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

        VFD Cat No

        Frame Size

        Module Size(3)(4)

        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

        With Line

        Reactor

        With Load

        Reactor

        With Both

        Reactors

        380415hellip480V AC IP20

        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

        185 25B-D037N114 E

        22 25B-D043N114

        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

        Drive Ratings

        Circuit Breaker

        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

        VFD Cat NoFrame

        Size

        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

        Reactor Cat No(3)

        Module Size(4)

        (1 = 80 mm)Input

        Voltage kW(1)

        Output Current

        Amps

        400V AC IP204254

        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

        1321-3R35-B

        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

        1321-3R45-B

        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

        1321-3R45-B 12

        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

        1321-3R80-B

        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

        1321-3R80-B

        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

        1321-3R80-B

        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

        1321-3R100-B

        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

        Select Unit Types

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

        Drive Ratings

        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

        Frame Size

        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

        Reactor Cat No(3)

        Module

        Size(4)

        (1 = 80 mm)Input

        Voltage kW(1)

        Output Current

        Amps

        400V AC IP204254

        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

        1321-3R160-B

        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

        1321-3R200-B

        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

        1321-3R200-B

        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

        1321-3RB250-B

        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

        1321-3RB320-B

        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

        1321-3RB400-B

        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

        1321-3R500-B

        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

        Select Unit Types

        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

        Select Unit Types

        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

        Linking Devices

        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

        Ethernet Power Supply Units

        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

        Ethernet power supply 2

        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

        Select Unit Types

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

        Select Unit Types

        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

        DeviceNet power supply 2

        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Select Unit Types

        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

        2004108EC200695EC

        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

        Certifications and Markings

        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

        Rated Frequency fn

        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

        e

        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

        Neutral (N)

        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

        Creepage Distances and Clearances

        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

        See page 19

        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

        Structural Surface Treatments

        InteriorExterior

        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

        Selection Checklist

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

        Selection Checklist

        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

        Customer User

        Office

        Certifications and Markings

        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

        Incoming Power

        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

        Available fault current kA

        Control Power

        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

        Structure

        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

        Bus

        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

        Protective earth (PE) conductor

        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

        Selection Checklist

        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        IntelliCENTERreg

        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

        Other Network Options

        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

        Ampere rating A

        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

        Number of cables per phase Cable size

        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

        Feeder Units

        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

        Nameplates

        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

        Door Latches

        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

        Wire Markers

        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

        Spares

        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

        Selection Checklist

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

        Options and Accessories

        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        Selection Checklist

        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        Soft Starter Units(1)

        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

        Connection r Line r Delta

        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

        Options and Accessories

        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

        Selection Checklist

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

        Options and Accessories

        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

        Reactor type r Line r Load

        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

        Selection Checklist

        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

        Location (specify)

        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

        Location (specify)

        Miscellaneous Units(1)

        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        r Extra space for future units

        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

        Motor List

        Unit Description Rating Module Size

        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

        Selection Checklist

        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

        Notes

        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
        • Table of Contents
        • Whatrsquos New
        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
          • Select Network Technology
            • Network
            • IntelliCENTER Software
              • Select Structure
                • ArcShield Technology
                  • Select Power Systems
                  • Select Unit Designs
                    • Unit Size
                    • Unit Style
                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                    • Stab Assembly
                    • Control and Network Connections
                    • Unit Doors
                    • Control Power
                      • Select Unit Types
                        • Main and Feeder Units
                        • Starter Units
                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                          • Selection Checklist
                          • Back Cover

          The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is ideal for customers who want to leverage the same architecture components programming language and networking regardless of where you do business all while knowing you receive unparalleled support from a single-source provider

          With more intelligent components and more options than other motor control center manufacturers you can get a complete power control and information solution CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are packaged to meet your local specifications and are built on a common platform

          IntelliCENTER TechnologyNetworked CENTERLINE MCCs enhance performance through system-wide communications sharing diagnostic information for predictive maintenance and initiating warnings before potential faults occur

          The CENTERLINE 2500 MCC delivers this by using IntelliCENTER Technology a preconfigured and tested software that provides built-in networking IntelliCENTER technology enhances the intelligence of an MCC by using built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

          5

          66

          Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

          Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

          IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

          Integration Assistant

          With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

          IntelliCENTER Energy

          IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

          Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

          With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

          Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

          Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

          The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

          Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

          7

          ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

          Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

          Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

          Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

          SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

          bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

          bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

          bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

          bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

          bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

          bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

          four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

          bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

          for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

          Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

          ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

          Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

          Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

          8

          ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

          ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

          Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

          In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

          bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

          through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

          of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

          bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

          With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

          The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

          9

          Arc Containment Latch

          Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

          10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

          Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

          Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

          Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

          Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

          Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

          Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

          Select Unit Designs

          Select Structure

          Select Power Systems

          Select Unit Types

          Selection Checklist

          Select Network Technology

          10

          Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

          Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

          Select Network Technology

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

          Select Network Technology

          Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

          Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

          IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

          Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

          IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

          EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

          NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

          The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

          Select Network Technology

          12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

          EtherNetIP

          Devices

          Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

          Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

          Cabling

          The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

          All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

          The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

          System Performance

          The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

          An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

          (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

          EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

          Select Network Technology

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

          EtherNetIP Components

          Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

          IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

          POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

          The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

          settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

          bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

          For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

          DeviceNet

          Devices

          DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

          Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

          Cabling

          All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

          The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

          Select Network Technology

          14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          System Performance

          The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

          The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

          replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

          systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

          via IO explicit messaging

          DeviceNet Components

          Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

          overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

          starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

          For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

          IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

          Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

          bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

          bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

          diagrams or spare parts

          Select Network Technology

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

          Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

          bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

          time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

          view

          Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

          Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

          Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

          The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

          bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

          bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

          bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

          bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

          Spreadsheet View

          This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

          bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

          Monitor View

          Energy Monitoring and Management View

          Spare Parts List View

          Event Log View

          The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

          Spare Parts List

          A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

          Integration Assistant

          IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

          bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

          bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

          bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

          Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

          IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

          When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

          Select Network Technology

          16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Select Structure

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

          Select Structure

          Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

          bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

          rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

          Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

          For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

          Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

          The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

          Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

          Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

          Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

          Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

          Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

          Double Front Configuration

          Single Front Configuration

          18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Typical Column

          Top Wireway Endplates

          Top Wireway Barrier

          Top Wireway Cover

          Vertical Wireway Door

          Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

          Single Unit Support Pan

          Bottom Plates

          Top Wireway Pan

          Center End Closing Plate

          Horizontal Power Bus (3)

          Network Wireway

          Mounting Channels

          Left Side Plate

          Top Plate

          Lifting Angle

          Bottom Wireway Endplates

          Bottom Wireway Cover

          Select Structure

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

          Select Structure

          Column Dimensions

          All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

          Width

          Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

          600(1) 600 None

          700 500 200

          800 300

          900 400

          1000 500

          (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

          Depth

          Single Front Double Front

          600 1200

          800 1600 or 2000(1)

          (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

          Height

          Dimension Measurement

          Total height 2300

          Available unit height 1980

          Top horizontal wireway 170

          Bottom horizontal wireway 115

          External mounting channel 35

          Weight(1) (kg)

          Column Width

          Column Depth

          600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

          600 700 350 450

          800 400 525

          900 450 575

          1000 500 650

          (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

          600hellip1000

          170

          1980

          115

          35

          200hellip500500 or 600

          600 or 800

          2300

          20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

          bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

          Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

          Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

          The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

          The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

          Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

          The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

          Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

          WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

          Horizontal Wireways

          Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

          Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

          Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

          Select Structure

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

          Select Structure

          Vertical Wireway

          The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

          The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

          Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

          Top Horizontal Wireway

          Vertical Wireway

          Door

          Bottom Horizontal Wireway

          Vertical Wireway Door

          Select Structure

          22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

          The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

          Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

          bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

          In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

          Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

          Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

          Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

          Select Structure

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

          ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

          CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

          Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

          bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

          bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

          bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

          bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

          bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

          bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

          Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

          IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

          bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

          Pressure relief system

          Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

          Insulating covers between columns

          Arc-containment Door Latches

          Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

          Select Power Systems

          24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Select Power Systems

          CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

          Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

          The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

          The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

          The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

          Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

          Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

          The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

          bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

          helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

          Vertical Bus Standard Features

          Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

          Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

          unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

          removed

          Select Power Systems

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

          Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

          Bus Rating

          Busbar Quantity

          Busbar

          Dimensions (mm)

          Bus Bracing System(1)

          Withstand Ratings(2)

          lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

          lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

          800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

          1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

          1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

          2000 A 1 1

          6 x 100 10 x 100

          Standard Standard

          X X

          X X

          X X

          X X

          X X

          2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

          3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

          Standard with glastic supports

          X X X X X X X

          4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

          65 kA with glastic supports

          X X X X X X X

          (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

          cw) and short circuit peak (l

          pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

          Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

          The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

          Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

          The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

          The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

          The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

          The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

          Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

          Select Power Systems

          26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

          Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

          The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

          An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

          A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

          Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

          An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

          The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

          Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

          Select Power Systems

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

          Select Unit Designs

          All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

          Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

          Unit StyleUnits are available as either

          bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

          2 Module Unit

          8 Module Unit

          4 Module Unit

          Single Module Unit

          Four Modules Unit

          24 Modules Total

          Unit Type Module Size

          Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

          Fixed mount 2hellip24

          Select Unit Designs

          28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

          Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

          Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

          For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

          Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

          Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

          Withdraw Lever

          Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

          Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

          Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

          Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

          Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

          Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

          Select Unit Designs

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

          Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

          Connection Present

          Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

          Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

          Test radic radic radic radic

          Disconnected radic radic

          Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

          (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

          Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

          Unit Connections

          Unit Type

          Fully Withdrawable Fixed

          Load Withdrawable Fixed

          Line Withdrawable Fixed

          PE Withdrawable Fixed

          Control Withdrawable Fixed

          Network Withdrawable Disconnected

          Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

          Fixed

          Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

          Select Unit Designs

          30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

          The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

          The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

          Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

          Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

          Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

          Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

          Select Unit Designs

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

          Stab Assembly

          Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

          The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

          Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

          The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

          One Module Stab Assembly

          The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

          One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

          Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

          Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

          Guide PinsPE Contact

          Withdrawable One Module

          Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

          Power Stab

          Select Unit Designs

          32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

          Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

          The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

          Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

          Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

          Door Latches (Standard)

          Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

          Arc Containment Latch

          Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

          Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

          bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

          red with white lettering

          Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

          Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

          Standard 14 Turn Latch

          Locked Position Released Position

          Select Unit Designs

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

          Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

          Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

          Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

          Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

          Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

          Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

          Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

          The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

          E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

          Select Unit Designs

          34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Select Unit Types

          Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

          Main and Feeder Units

          Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

          Lug Components

          Cable Provisions(1)

          Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

          Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

          300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

          600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

          (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

          (2) 240 mm26

          (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

          800 (2) 500 mm2

          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

          (4) 240 mm24

          (1) 400 mm2

          (2) 300 mm2

          (4) 240 mm2

          (3) 240 mm2

          (4) 185 mm26

          (1) 500 mm2

          (2) 400 mm2

          (4) 300 mm2

          (2) 400 mm2

          (4) 185 mm28

          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

          1200 (2) 500 mm2

          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

          (4) 240 mm24

          (1) 500 mm2

          (2) 400 mm2

          (4) 300 mm2

          (2) 400 mm2

          (4) 240 mm28

          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

          1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

          2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

          (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

          Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

          The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

          MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

          They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

          MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

          For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

          For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

          Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

          Amperes

          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

          350 140G-KC3-D35

          400 140G-KC3-D40

          500 140G-MC3-D50 10

          600 140G-MC3-D60

          700 140G-MC3-D70

          800 140G-MC3-D80

          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

          Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

          Amperes

          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

          350 140G-K3-D40

          400

          500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

          600

          700 140G-M3-D80

          800

          1200 140G-N3-E12 14

          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

          Select Unit Types

          36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

          Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

          Amperes

          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

          16 140M-D8E-C16

          20 140M-D8E-C20

          25 140M-D8E-C25

          30 140G-GC3-C30 2

          35 140G-GC3-C35

          40 140G-GC3-C40

          45 140G-GC3-C45

          50 140G-GC3-C50

          60 140G-GC3-C60

          70 140G-GC3-C70

          80 140G-GC3-C80

          90 140G-GC3-C90

          100 140G-GC3-D10

          110 140G-GC3-D11

          125 140G-GC3-D12

          160 140G-GE3-D16

          175 140G-IC3-D17

          200 140G-IC3-D20 4

          225 140G-IC3-D22

          250 140G-JF3-D25 4

          300 140G-KH3-D30

          350 140G-KH3-D40

          400

          500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

          600

          700 140G-MH3-D80

          800

          1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

          Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

          Amperes

          Protection Type

          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

          LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

          40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

          LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

          60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

          LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

          LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

          LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

          100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

          LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

          LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

          LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

          125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

          LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

          150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

          LSIG 140G-J13-D15

          160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

          LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

          250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

          LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

          300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

          LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

          400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

          LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

          630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

          LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

          800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

          LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

          1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

          LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

          Select Unit Types

          38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

          The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

          The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

          The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

          bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

          Protection Modes

          PR121 PR122 PR123

          Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

          Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

          LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

          Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

          Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

          EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

          Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

          Fault History Fault History

          ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

          Harmonic Metering

          Terminal Temperature Protection

          Trip Circuit Supervision

          Pre-trip Alarm

          Earth Leakage

          Motor Protection

          Power Metering and Protection

          Breaker Failure Feedback

          Digital InputRelay Outputs

          Maintenance Indication

          For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

          Mains Air Circuit Breakers

          Amperes

          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          800 E2 24 700 600 800

          1250

          1600

          2000 E3 800 800

          2500

          3200 E4 900

          4000 1000

          (1) Fixed mount style

          Select Unit Types

          40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

          Amperes

          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

          Available Column Widths (mm)

          Available Column Depths (mm)

          800 E2 24 700 600 800

          1250

          1600

          2000 E3 800 800

          2500

          3200 E4 900

          4000 1000

          (1) Fixed mount style

          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

          Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

          Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

          Starter Units

          Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

          Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

          Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

          DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

          Select Unit Types

          42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

          Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

          Input VoltagekW

          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

          Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

          380415440460480VIP204254

          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

          55

          75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

          11 100-C2310 2(5)

          15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

          185 mdash

          22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

          37

          45 140MG-J8P-

          75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

          90

          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

          160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

          185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

          220

          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

          Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

          bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

          These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

          Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

          DOLR starter with circuit breaker

          Select Unit Types

          44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

          Input VoltagekW

          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

          380415440460480VIP204254

          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

          55

          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

          11

          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

          185 mdash

          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

          37 4

          45 140MG-J8P-

          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

          90

          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

          220

          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

          Select Unit Types

          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

          SMC Flex Cat No

          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

          kW

          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

          380415V IP204254

          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

          4A Size 000

          22 140M-D8N- mdash

          6A Size 000

          4 150-F25NBD mdash

          16A Size 000

          75 mdash

          20A Size 000

          11 mdash

          40A Size 000

          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

          40A Size 000

          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

          63A Size 000

          30 150-F60NBD mdash

          80A Size 00

          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

          125A Size 00

          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

          125A Size 00

          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

          200A Size 1

          90 mdash

          250A Size 1

          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

          355A Size 2

          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

          355A Size 2

          160 150-F317NBD mdash

          500A Size 3

          185 150-F361NBD mdash

          500A Size 3

          220 150-F480NBD mdash

          630A Size 3

          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

          Select Unit Types

          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

          SMC Flex Cat No

          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

          kW

          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

          440460480V IP204254

          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

          4A Size 000

          22 140M-D8N- mdash

          6A Size 000

          4 150-F25NBD mdash

          16A Size 000

          75 mdash

          20A Size 000

          11 mdash

          40A Size 000

          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

          40A Size 000

          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

          63A Size 000

          30 150-F60NBD mdash

          80A Size 00

          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

          125A Size 00

          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

          125A Size 00

          75 150-F135NBD mdash

          200A Size 1

          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

          250A Size 1

          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

          355A Size 2

          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

          355A Size 2

          160 150-F317NBD mdash

          500A Size 3

          185 150-F361NBD mdash

          500A Size 3

          220 150-F480NBD mdash

          630A Size 3

          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

          Select Unit Types

          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

          VFD Cat No

          Frame Size

          Module Size(3)(4)

          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

          With Line

          Reactor

          With Load

          Reactor

          With Both

          Reactors

          380415hellip480V AC IP20

          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

          Select Unit Types

          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

          VFD Cat No

          Frame Size

          Module Size(3)(4)

          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

          With Line

          Reactor

          With Load

          Reactor

          With Both

          Reactors

          380415hellip480V AC IP20

          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

          185 25B-D037N114 E

          22 25B-D043N114

          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

          Drive Ratings

          Circuit Breaker

          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

          VFD Cat NoFrame

          Size

          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

          Reactor Cat No(3)

          Module Size(4)

          (1 = 80 mm)Input

          Voltage kW(1)

          Output Current

          Amps

          400V AC IP204254

          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

          1321-3R35-B

          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

          1321-3R45-B

          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

          1321-3R45-B 12

          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

          1321-3R80-B

          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

          1321-3R80-B

          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

          1321-3R80-B

          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

          1321-3R100-B

          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

          Select Unit Types

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

          Drive Ratings

          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

          Frame Size

          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

          Reactor Cat No(3)

          Module

          Size(4)

          (1 = 80 mm)Input

          Voltage kW(1)

          Output Current

          Amps

          400V AC IP204254

          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

          1321-3R160-B

          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

          1321-3R200-B

          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

          1321-3R200-B

          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

          1321-3RB250-B

          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

          1321-3RB320-B

          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

          1321-3RB400-B

          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

          1321-3R500-B

          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

          Select Unit Types

          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

          Select Unit Types

          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

          Linking Devices

          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

          Ethernet Power Supply Units

          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

          Ethernet power supply 2

          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

          Select Unit Types

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

          Select Unit Types

          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

          DeviceNet power supply 2

          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Select Unit Types

          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

          2004108EC200695EC

          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

          Certifications and Markings

          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

          Rated Frequency fn

          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

          e

          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

          Neutral (N)

          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

          Creepage Distances and Clearances

          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

          See page 19

          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

          Structural Surface Treatments

          InteriorExterior

          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

          Selection Checklist

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

          Selection Checklist

          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

          Customer User

          Office

          Certifications and Markings

          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

          Incoming Power

          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

          Available fault current kA

          Control Power

          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

          Structure

          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

          Bus

          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

          Protective earth (PE) conductor

          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

          Selection Checklist

          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          IntelliCENTERreg

          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

          Other Network Options

          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

          Ampere rating A

          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

          Number of cables per phase Cable size

          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

          Feeder Units

          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

          Nameplates

          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

          Door Latches

          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

          Wire Markers

          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

          Spares

          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

          Selection Checklist

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

          Options and Accessories

          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          Selection Checklist

          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          Soft Starter Units(1)

          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

          Connection r Line r Delta

          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

          Options and Accessories

          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

          Selection Checklist

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

          Options and Accessories

          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

          Reactor type r Line r Load

          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

          Selection Checklist

          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

          Location (specify)

          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

          Location (specify)

          Miscellaneous Units(1)

          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          r Extra space for future units

          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

          Motor List

          Unit Description Rating Module Size

          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

          Selection Checklist

          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

          Notes

          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
          • Table of Contents
          • Whatrsquos New
          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
            • Select Network Technology
              • Network
              • IntelliCENTER Software
                • Select Structure
                  • ArcShield Technology
                    • Select Power Systems
                    • Select Unit Designs
                      • Unit Size
                      • Unit Style
                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                      • Stab Assembly
                      • Control and Network Connections
                      • Unit Doors
                      • Control Power
                        • Select Unit Types
                          • Main and Feeder Units
                          • Starter Units
                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                            • Selection Checklist
                            • Back Cover

            66

            Intelligent Motor Controls CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology combine intelligent motor control and protection devices to give you an inside look at your motor control application IntelliCENTER technology can provide advanced networking and diagnostic capabilities with a built-in network intelligent motor controls and advanced monitoring software all preconfigured and tested at the factory

            Built-in NetworkCENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology offers EtherNetIP and DeviceNet as factory-validated and tested embedded systems This reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed allowing you to quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere

            IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe addition of IntelliCENTER Software provides the ultimate window into your MCC The software puts both real time diagnostics and MCC documentation at your fingertips to maximize MCC and related equipment performance Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing you to quickly view critical status information

            Integration Assistant

            With IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant you can seamlessly integrate your IntelliCENTER MCCs into RSLogixtrade 5000 programming software This feature helps reduce programming time by automatically adding the CENTERLINE MCC devices to the Studio 5000reg IO tree

            IntelliCENTER Energy

            IntelliCENTER Energy offers a preconfigured setup of FactoryTalkreg EnergyMetrixtrade software for intelligent motor control devices in the MCC including variable speed drives overload relays and SMCs With IntelliCENTER Energy you can view energy consumption at the device level directly from IntelliCENTER software making it easier to monitor and manage energy usage in the industrial facility

            Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

            With its lsquoplug-and-playrsquo setup IntelliCENTER Technology reduces installation time and minimizes facility downtime It is able to quickly start delivering intelligent diagnostic and predictive failure information

            Daewoo Shipbuilding Marine Engineering ndash South Korea

            Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

            The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

            Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

            7

            ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

            Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

            Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

            Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

            SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

            bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

            bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

            bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

            bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

            bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

            bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

            four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

            bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

            for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

            Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

            ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

            Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

            Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

            8

            ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

            ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

            Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

            In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

            bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

            through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

            of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

            bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

            With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

            The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

            9

            Arc Containment Latch

            Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

            10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

            Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

            Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

            Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

            Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

            Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

            Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

            Select Unit Designs

            Select Structure

            Select Power Systems

            Select Unit Types

            Selection Checklist

            Select Network Technology

            10

            Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

            Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

            Select Network Technology

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

            Select Network Technology

            Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

            Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

            IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

            Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

            IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

            EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

            NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

            The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

            Select Network Technology

            12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

            EtherNetIP

            Devices

            Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

            Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

            Cabling

            The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

            All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

            The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

            System Performance

            The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

            An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

            (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

            EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

            Select Network Technology

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

            EtherNetIP Components

            Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

            IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

            POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

            The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

            settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

            bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

            For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

            DeviceNet

            Devices

            DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

            Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

            Cabling

            All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

            The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

            Select Network Technology

            14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            System Performance

            The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

            The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

            replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

            systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

            via IO explicit messaging

            DeviceNet Components

            Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

            overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

            starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

            For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

            IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

            Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

            bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

            bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

            diagrams or spare parts

            Select Network Technology

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

            Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

            bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

            time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

            view

            Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

            Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

            Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

            The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

            bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

            bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

            bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

            bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

            Spreadsheet View

            This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

            bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

            Monitor View

            Energy Monitoring and Management View

            Spare Parts List View

            Event Log View

            The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

            Spare Parts List

            A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

            Integration Assistant

            IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

            bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

            bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

            bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

            Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

            IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

            When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

            Select Network Technology

            16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Select Structure

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

            Select Structure

            Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

            bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

            rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

            Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

            For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

            Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

            The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

            Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

            Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

            Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

            Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

            Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

            Double Front Configuration

            Single Front Configuration

            18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Typical Column

            Top Wireway Endplates

            Top Wireway Barrier

            Top Wireway Cover

            Vertical Wireway Door

            Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

            Single Unit Support Pan

            Bottom Plates

            Top Wireway Pan

            Center End Closing Plate

            Horizontal Power Bus (3)

            Network Wireway

            Mounting Channels

            Left Side Plate

            Top Plate

            Lifting Angle

            Bottom Wireway Endplates

            Bottom Wireway Cover

            Select Structure

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

            Select Structure

            Column Dimensions

            All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

            Width

            Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

            600(1) 600 None

            700 500 200

            800 300

            900 400

            1000 500

            (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

            Depth

            Single Front Double Front

            600 1200

            800 1600 or 2000(1)

            (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

            Height

            Dimension Measurement

            Total height 2300

            Available unit height 1980

            Top horizontal wireway 170

            Bottom horizontal wireway 115

            External mounting channel 35

            Weight(1) (kg)

            Column Width

            Column Depth

            600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

            600 700 350 450

            800 400 525

            900 450 575

            1000 500 650

            (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

            600hellip1000

            170

            1980

            115

            35

            200hellip500500 or 600

            600 or 800

            2300

            20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

            bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

            Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

            Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

            The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

            The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

            Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

            The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

            Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

            WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

            Horizontal Wireways

            Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

            Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

            Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

            Select Structure

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

            Select Structure

            Vertical Wireway

            The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

            The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

            Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

            Top Horizontal Wireway

            Vertical Wireway

            Door

            Bottom Horizontal Wireway

            Vertical Wireway Door

            Select Structure

            22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

            The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

            Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

            bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

            In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

            Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

            Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

            Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

            Select Structure

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

            ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

            CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

            Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

            bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

            bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

            bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

            bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

            bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

            bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

            Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

            IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

            bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

            Pressure relief system

            Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

            Insulating covers between columns

            Arc-containment Door Latches

            Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

            Select Power Systems

            24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Select Power Systems

            CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

            Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

            The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

            The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

            The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

            Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

            Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

            The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

            bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

            helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

            Vertical Bus Standard Features

            Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

            Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

            unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

            removed

            Select Power Systems

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

            Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

            Bus Rating

            Busbar Quantity

            Busbar

            Dimensions (mm)

            Bus Bracing System(1)

            Withstand Ratings(2)

            lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

            lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

            800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

            1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

            1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

            2000 A 1 1

            6 x 100 10 x 100

            Standard Standard

            X X

            X X

            X X

            X X

            X X

            2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

            3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

            Standard with glastic supports

            X X X X X X X

            4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

            65 kA with glastic supports

            X X X X X X X

            (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

            cw) and short circuit peak (l

            pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

            Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

            The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

            Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

            The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

            The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

            The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

            The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

            Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

            Select Power Systems

            26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

            Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

            The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

            An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

            A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

            Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

            An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

            The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

            Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

            Select Power Systems

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

            Select Unit Designs

            All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

            Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

            Unit StyleUnits are available as either

            bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

            2 Module Unit

            8 Module Unit

            4 Module Unit

            Single Module Unit

            Four Modules Unit

            24 Modules Total

            Unit Type Module Size

            Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

            Fixed mount 2hellip24

            Select Unit Designs

            28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

            Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

            Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

            For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

            Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

            Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

            Withdraw Lever

            Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

            Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

            Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

            Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

            Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

            Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

            Select Unit Designs

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

            Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

            Connection Present

            Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

            Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

            Test radic radic radic radic

            Disconnected radic radic

            Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

            (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

            Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

            Unit Connections

            Unit Type

            Fully Withdrawable Fixed

            Load Withdrawable Fixed

            Line Withdrawable Fixed

            PE Withdrawable Fixed

            Control Withdrawable Fixed

            Network Withdrawable Disconnected

            Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

            Fixed

            Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

            Select Unit Designs

            30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

            The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

            The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

            Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

            Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

            Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

            Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

            Select Unit Designs

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

            Stab Assembly

            Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

            The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

            Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

            The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

            One Module Stab Assembly

            The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

            One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

            Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

            Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

            Guide PinsPE Contact

            Withdrawable One Module

            Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

            Power Stab

            Select Unit Designs

            32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

            Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

            The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

            Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

            Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

            Door Latches (Standard)

            Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

            Arc Containment Latch

            Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

            Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

            bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

            red with white lettering

            Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

            Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

            Standard 14 Turn Latch

            Locked Position Released Position

            Select Unit Designs

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

            Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

            Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

            Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

            Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

            Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

            Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

            Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

            The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

            E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

            Select Unit Designs

            34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Select Unit Types

            Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

            Main and Feeder Units

            Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

            Lug Components

            Cable Provisions(1)

            Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

            Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

            300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

            600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

            (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

            (2) 240 mm26

            (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

            800 (2) 500 mm2

            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

            (4) 240 mm24

            (1) 400 mm2

            (2) 300 mm2

            (4) 240 mm2

            (3) 240 mm2

            (4) 185 mm26

            (1) 500 mm2

            (2) 400 mm2

            (4) 300 mm2

            (2) 400 mm2

            (4) 185 mm28

            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

            1200 (2) 500 mm2

            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

            (4) 240 mm24

            (1) 500 mm2

            (2) 400 mm2

            (4) 300 mm2

            (2) 400 mm2

            (4) 240 mm28

            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

            1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

            2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

            (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

            Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

            The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

            MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

            They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

            MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

            For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

            For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

            Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

            Amperes

            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

            350 140G-KC3-D35

            400 140G-KC3-D40

            500 140G-MC3-D50 10

            600 140G-MC3-D60

            700 140G-MC3-D70

            800 140G-MC3-D80

            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

            Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

            Amperes

            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

            350 140G-K3-D40

            400

            500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

            600

            700 140G-M3-D80

            800

            1200 140G-N3-E12 14

            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

            Select Unit Types

            36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

            Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

            Amperes

            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

            16 140M-D8E-C16

            20 140M-D8E-C20

            25 140M-D8E-C25

            30 140G-GC3-C30 2

            35 140G-GC3-C35

            40 140G-GC3-C40

            45 140G-GC3-C45

            50 140G-GC3-C50

            60 140G-GC3-C60

            70 140G-GC3-C70

            80 140G-GC3-C80

            90 140G-GC3-C90

            100 140G-GC3-D10

            110 140G-GC3-D11

            125 140G-GC3-D12

            160 140G-GE3-D16

            175 140G-IC3-D17

            200 140G-IC3-D20 4

            225 140G-IC3-D22

            250 140G-JF3-D25 4

            300 140G-KH3-D30

            350 140G-KH3-D40

            400

            500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

            600

            700 140G-MH3-D80

            800

            1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

            Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

            Amperes

            Protection Type

            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

            LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

            40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

            LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

            60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

            LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

            LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

            LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

            100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

            LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

            LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

            LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

            125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

            LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

            150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

            LSIG 140G-J13-D15

            160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

            LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

            250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

            LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

            300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

            LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

            400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

            LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

            630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

            LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

            800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

            LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

            1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

            LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

            Select Unit Types

            38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

            The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

            The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

            The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

            bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

            Protection Modes

            PR121 PR122 PR123

            Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

            Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

            LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

            Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

            Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

            EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

            Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

            Fault History Fault History

            ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

            Harmonic Metering

            Terminal Temperature Protection

            Trip Circuit Supervision

            Pre-trip Alarm

            Earth Leakage

            Motor Protection

            Power Metering and Protection

            Breaker Failure Feedback

            Digital InputRelay Outputs

            Maintenance Indication

            For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

            Mains Air Circuit Breakers

            Amperes

            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            800 E2 24 700 600 800

            1250

            1600

            2000 E3 800 800

            2500

            3200 E4 900

            4000 1000

            (1) Fixed mount style

            Select Unit Types

            40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

            Amperes

            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

            Available Column Widths (mm)

            Available Column Depths (mm)

            800 E2 24 700 600 800

            1250

            1600

            2000 E3 800 800

            2500

            3200 E4 900

            4000 1000

            (1) Fixed mount style

            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

            Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

            Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

            Starter Units

            Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

            Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

            Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

            DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

            Select Unit Types

            42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

            Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

            Input VoltagekW

            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

            Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

            380415440460480VIP204254

            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

            55

            75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

            11 100-C2310 2(5)

            15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

            185 mdash

            22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

            37

            45 140MG-J8P-

            75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

            90

            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

            160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

            185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

            220

            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

            Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

            bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

            These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

            Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

            DOLR starter with circuit breaker

            Select Unit Types

            44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

            Electronic Overload Relay(2)

            Input VoltagekW

            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

            380415440460480VIP204254

            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

            55

            75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

            11

            15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

            185 mdash

            22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

            37 4

            45 140MG-J8P-

            75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

            90

            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

            160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

            185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

            220

            (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

            Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

            Select Unit Types

            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

            SMC Flex Cat No

            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

            kW

            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

            380415V IP204254

            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

            4A Size 000

            22 140M-D8N- mdash

            6A Size 000

            4 150-F25NBD mdash

            16A Size 000

            75 mdash

            20A Size 000

            11 mdash

            40A Size 000

            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

            40A Size 000

            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

            63A Size 000

            30 150-F60NBD mdash

            80A Size 00

            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

            125A Size 00

            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

            125A Size 00

            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

            200A Size 1

            90 mdash

            250A Size 1

            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

            355A Size 2

            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

            355A Size 2

            160 150-F317NBD mdash

            500A Size 3

            185 150-F361NBD mdash

            500A Size 3

            220 150-F480NBD mdash

            630A Size 3

            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

            Select Unit Types

            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

            SMC Flex Cat No

            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

            kW

            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

            440460480V IP204254

            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

            4A Size 000

            22 140M-D8N- mdash

            6A Size 000

            4 150-F25NBD mdash

            16A Size 000

            75 mdash

            20A Size 000

            11 mdash

            40A Size 000

            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

            40A Size 000

            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

            63A Size 000

            30 150-F60NBD mdash

            80A Size 00

            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

            125A Size 00

            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

            125A Size 00

            75 150-F135NBD mdash

            200A Size 1

            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

            250A Size 1

            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

            355A Size 2

            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

            355A Size 2

            160 150-F317NBD mdash

            500A Size 3

            185 150-F361NBD mdash

            500A Size 3

            220 150-F480NBD mdash

            630A Size 3

            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

            Select Unit Types

            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

            VFD Cat No

            Frame Size

            Module Size(3)(4)

            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

            With Line

            Reactor

            With Load

            Reactor

            With Both

            Reactors

            380415hellip480V AC IP20

            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

            Select Unit Types

            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

            VFD Cat No

            Frame Size

            Module Size(3)(4)

            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

            With Line

            Reactor

            With Load

            Reactor

            With Both

            Reactors

            380415hellip480V AC IP20

            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

            185 25B-D037N114 E

            22 25B-D043N114

            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

            Drive Ratings

            Circuit Breaker

            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

            VFD Cat NoFrame

            Size

            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

            Reactor Cat No(3)

            Module Size(4)

            (1 = 80 mm)Input

            Voltage kW(1)

            Output Current

            Amps

            400V AC IP204254

            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

            1321-3R35-B

            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

            1321-3R45-B

            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

            1321-3R45-B 12

            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

            1321-3R80-B

            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

            1321-3R80-B

            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

            1321-3R80-B

            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

            1321-3R100-B

            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

            Select Unit Types

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

            Drive Ratings

            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

            Frame Size

            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

            Reactor Cat No(3)

            Module

            Size(4)

            (1 = 80 mm)Input

            Voltage kW(1)

            Output Current

            Amps

            400V AC IP204254

            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

            1321-3R160-B

            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

            1321-3R200-B

            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

            1321-3R200-B

            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

            1321-3RB250-B

            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

            1321-3RB320-B

            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

            1321-3RB400-B

            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

            1321-3R500-B

            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

            Select Unit Types

            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

            Select Unit Types

            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

            Linking Devices

            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

            Ethernet Power Supply Units

            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

            Ethernet power supply 2

            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

            Select Unit Types

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

            Select Unit Types

            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

            DeviceNet power supply 2

            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Select Unit Types

            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

            2004108EC200695EC

            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

            Certifications and Markings

            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

            Rated Frequency fn

            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

            e

            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

            Neutral (N)

            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

            Creepage Distances and Clearances

            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

            See page 19

            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

            Structural Surface Treatments

            InteriorExterior

            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

            Selection Checklist

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

            Selection Checklist

            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

            Customer User

            Office

            Certifications and Markings

            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

            Incoming Power

            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

            Available fault current kA

            Control Power

            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

            Structure

            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

            Bus

            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

            Protective earth (PE) conductor

            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

            Selection Checklist

            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            IntelliCENTERreg

            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

            Other Network Options

            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

            Ampere rating A

            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

            Number of cables per phase Cable size

            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

            Feeder Units

            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

            Nameplates

            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

            Door Latches

            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

            Wire Markers

            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

            Spares

            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

            Selection Checklist

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

            Options and Accessories

            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            Selection Checklist

            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            Soft Starter Units(1)

            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

            Connection r Line r Delta

            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

            Options and Accessories

            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

            Selection Checklist

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

            Options and Accessories

            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

            Reactor type r Line r Load

            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

            Selection Checklist

            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

            Location (specify)

            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

            Location (specify)

            Miscellaneous Units(1)

            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            r Extra space for future units

            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

            Motor List

            Unit Description Rating Module Size

            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

            Selection Checklist

            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

            Notes

            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
            • Table of Contents
            • Whatrsquos New
            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
              • Select Network Technology
                • Network
                • IntelliCENTER Software
                  • Select Structure
                    • ArcShield Technology
                      • Select Power Systems
                      • Select Unit Designs
                        • Unit Size
                        • Unit Style
                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                        • Stab Assembly
                        • Control and Network Connections
                        • Unit Doors
                        • Control Power
                          • Select Unit Types
                            • Main and Feeder Units
                            • Starter Units
                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                              • Selection Checklist
                              • Back Cover

              Increase Uptime with Advanced Maintenance Tools

              The preconfigured software provides maintenance personnel with easy access to critical CENTERLINE MCC configured information and process data for troubleshooting The configurable views provide system status at a glance and help keep facilities running with electronic documentation remote diagnostics and predictive maintenance IntelliCENTER software significantly reduces HMI programming time and PLC development time with automatic tag generation and even complete network configuration before the MCC is powered up

              Enhance Personnel SafetyEnhanced safety is realized with access to real-time data for remote monitoring configuration and troubleshooting of intelligent motor control devices IntelliCENTER software harnesses the power of the Integrated Architecture system to allow you access to critical MCC information from anywhere in your facility IntelliCENTER technology increases your access to information minimizes maintenance and troubleshooting time with real-time motor control diagnostics and increases productivity with complete packaged and pre-engineered solutions for your most challenging applications

              7

              ldquoWe receive an alarm in the main plant control room if amperage in one pump controller is too high and we can go directly to the problem and fix it In some instances the systemrsquos predictive monitoring in the MCCs helps us address over-amperage problems before faultingrdquo

              Bob Moreno City of Yuma AZ ndash USA

              Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

              Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

              SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

              bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

              bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

              bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

              bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

              bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

              bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

              four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

              bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

              for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

              Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

              ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

              Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

              Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

              8

              ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

              ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

              Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

              In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

              bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

              through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

              of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

              bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

              With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

              The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

              9

              Arc Containment Latch

              Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

              10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

              Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

              Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

              Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

              Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

              Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

              Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

              Select Unit Designs

              Select Structure

              Select Power Systems

              Select Unit Types

              Selection Checklist

              Select Network Technology

              10

              Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

              Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

              Select Network Technology

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

              Select Network Technology

              Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

              Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

              IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

              Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

              IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

              EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

              NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

              The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

              Select Network Technology

              12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

              EtherNetIP

              Devices

              Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

              Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

              Cabling

              The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

              All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

              The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

              System Performance

              The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

              An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

              (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

              EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

              Select Network Technology

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

              EtherNetIP Components

              Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

              IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

              POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

              The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

              settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

              bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

              For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

              DeviceNet

              Devices

              DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

              Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

              Cabling

              All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

              The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

              Select Network Technology

              14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              System Performance

              The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

              The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

              replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

              systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

              via IO explicit messaging

              DeviceNet Components

              Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

              overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

              starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

              For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

              IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

              Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

              bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

              bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

              diagrams or spare parts

              Select Network Technology

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

              Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

              bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

              time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

              view

              Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

              Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

              Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

              The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

              bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

              bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

              bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

              bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

              Spreadsheet View

              This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

              bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

              Monitor View

              Energy Monitoring and Management View

              Spare Parts List View

              Event Log View

              The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

              Spare Parts List

              A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

              Integration Assistant

              IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

              bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

              bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

              bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

              Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

              IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

              When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

              Select Network Technology

              16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Select Structure

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

              Select Structure

              Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

              bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

              rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

              Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

              For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

              Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

              The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

              Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

              Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

              Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

              Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

              Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

              Double Front Configuration

              Single Front Configuration

              18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Typical Column

              Top Wireway Endplates

              Top Wireway Barrier

              Top Wireway Cover

              Vertical Wireway Door

              Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

              Single Unit Support Pan

              Bottom Plates

              Top Wireway Pan

              Center End Closing Plate

              Horizontal Power Bus (3)

              Network Wireway

              Mounting Channels

              Left Side Plate

              Top Plate

              Lifting Angle

              Bottom Wireway Endplates

              Bottom Wireway Cover

              Select Structure

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

              Select Structure

              Column Dimensions

              All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

              Width

              Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

              600(1) 600 None

              700 500 200

              800 300

              900 400

              1000 500

              (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

              Depth

              Single Front Double Front

              600 1200

              800 1600 or 2000(1)

              (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

              Height

              Dimension Measurement

              Total height 2300

              Available unit height 1980

              Top horizontal wireway 170

              Bottom horizontal wireway 115

              External mounting channel 35

              Weight(1) (kg)

              Column Width

              Column Depth

              600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

              600 700 350 450

              800 400 525

              900 450 575

              1000 500 650

              (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

              600hellip1000

              170

              1980

              115

              35

              200hellip500500 or 600

              600 or 800

              2300

              20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

              bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

              Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

              Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

              The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

              The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

              Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

              The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

              Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

              WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

              Horizontal Wireways

              Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

              Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

              Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

              Select Structure

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

              Select Structure

              Vertical Wireway

              The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

              The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

              Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

              Top Horizontal Wireway

              Vertical Wireway

              Door

              Bottom Horizontal Wireway

              Vertical Wireway Door

              Select Structure

              22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

              The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

              Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

              bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

              In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

              Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

              Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

              Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

              Select Structure

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

              ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

              CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

              Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

              bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

              bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

              bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

              bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

              bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

              bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

              Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

              IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

              bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

              Pressure relief system

              Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

              Insulating covers between columns

              Arc-containment Door Latches

              Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

              Select Power Systems

              24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Select Power Systems

              CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

              Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

              The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

              The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

              The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

              Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

              Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

              The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

              bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

              helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

              Vertical Bus Standard Features

              Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

              Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

              unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

              removed

              Select Power Systems

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

              Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

              Bus Rating

              Busbar Quantity

              Busbar

              Dimensions (mm)

              Bus Bracing System(1)

              Withstand Ratings(2)

              lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

              lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

              800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

              1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

              1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

              2000 A 1 1

              6 x 100 10 x 100

              Standard Standard

              X X

              X X

              X X

              X X

              X X

              2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

              3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

              Standard with glastic supports

              X X X X X X X

              4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

              65 kA with glastic supports

              X X X X X X X

              (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

              cw) and short circuit peak (l

              pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

              Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

              The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

              Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

              The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

              The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

              The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

              The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

              Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

              Select Power Systems

              26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

              Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

              The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

              An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

              A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

              Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

              An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

              The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

              Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

              Select Power Systems

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

              Select Unit Designs

              All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

              Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

              Unit StyleUnits are available as either

              bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

              2 Module Unit

              8 Module Unit

              4 Module Unit

              Single Module Unit

              Four Modules Unit

              24 Modules Total

              Unit Type Module Size

              Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

              Fixed mount 2hellip24

              Select Unit Designs

              28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

              Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

              Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

              For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

              Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

              Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

              Withdraw Lever

              Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

              Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

              Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

              Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

              Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

              Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

              Select Unit Designs

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

              Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

              Connection Present

              Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

              Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

              Test radic radic radic radic

              Disconnected radic radic

              Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

              (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

              Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

              Unit Connections

              Unit Type

              Fully Withdrawable Fixed

              Load Withdrawable Fixed

              Line Withdrawable Fixed

              PE Withdrawable Fixed

              Control Withdrawable Fixed

              Network Withdrawable Disconnected

              Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

              Fixed

              Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

              Select Unit Designs

              30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

              The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

              The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

              Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

              Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

              Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

              Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

              Select Unit Designs

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

              Stab Assembly

              Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

              The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

              Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

              The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

              One Module Stab Assembly

              The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

              One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

              Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

              Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

              Guide PinsPE Contact

              Withdrawable One Module

              Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

              Power Stab

              Select Unit Designs

              32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

              Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

              The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

              Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

              Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

              Door Latches (Standard)

              Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

              Arc Containment Latch

              Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

              Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

              bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

              red with white lettering

              Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

              Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

              Standard 14 Turn Latch

              Locked Position Released Position

              Select Unit Designs

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

              Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

              Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

              Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

              Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

              Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

              Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

              Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

              The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

              E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

              Select Unit Designs

              34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Select Unit Types

              Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

              Main and Feeder Units

              Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

              Lug Components

              Cable Provisions(1)

              Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

              Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

              300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

              600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

              (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

              (2) 240 mm26

              (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

              800 (2) 500 mm2

              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

              (4) 240 mm24

              (1) 400 mm2

              (2) 300 mm2

              (4) 240 mm2

              (3) 240 mm2

              (4) 185 mm26

              (1) 500 mm2

              (2) 400 mm2

              (4) 300 mm2

              (2) 400 mm2

              (4) 185 mm28

              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

              1200 (2) 500 mm2

              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

              (4) 240 mm24

              (1) 500 mm2

              (2) 400 mm2

              (4) 300 mm2

              (2) 400 mm2

              (4) 240 mm28

              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

              1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

              2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

              (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

              Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

              The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

              MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

              They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

              MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

              For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

              For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

              Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

              Amperes

              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

              350 140G-KC3-D35

              400 140G-KC3-D40

              500 140G-MC3-D50 10

              600 140G-MC3-D60

              700 140G-MC3-D70

              800 140G-MC3-D80

              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

              Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

              Amperes

              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

              350 140G-K3-D40

              400

              500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

              600

              700 140G-M3-D80

              800

              1200 140G-N3-E12 14

              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

              Select Unit Types

              36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

              Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

              Amperes

              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

              16 140M-D8E-C16

              20 140M-D8E-C20

              25 140M-D8E-C25

              30 140G-GC3-C30 2

              35 140G-GC3-C35

              40 140G-GC3-C40

              45 140G-GC3-C45

              50 140G-GC3-C50

              60 140G-GC3-C60

              70 140G-GC3-C70

              80 140G-GC3-C80

              90 140G-GC3-C90

              100 140G-GC3-D10

              110 140G-GC3-D11

              125 140G-GC3-D12

              160 140G-GE3-D16

              175 140G-IC3-D17

              200 140G-IC3-D20 4

              225 140G-IC3-D22

              250 140G-JF3-D25 4

              300 140G-KH3-D30

              350 140G-KH3-D40

              400

              500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

              600

              700 140G-MH3-D80

              800

              1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

              Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

              Amperes

              Protection Type

              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

              LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

              40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

              LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

              60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

              LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

              LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

              LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

              100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

              LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

              LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

              LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

              125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

              LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

              150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

              LSIG 140G-J13-D15

              160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

              LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

              250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

              LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

              300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

              LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

              400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

              LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

              630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

              LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

              800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

              LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

              1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

              LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

              Select Unit Types

              38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

              The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

              The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

              The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

              bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

              Protection Modes

              PR121 PR122 PR123

              Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

              Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

              LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

              Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

              Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

              EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

              Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

              Fault History Fault History

              ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

              Harmonic Metering

              Terminal Temperature Protection

              Trip Circuit Supervision

              Pre-trip Alarm

              Earth Leakage

              Motor Protection

              Power Metering and Protection

              Breaker Failure Feedback

              Digital InputRelay Outputs

              Maintenance Indication

              For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

              Mains Air Circuit Breakers

              Amperes

              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              800 E2 24 700 600 800

              1250

              1600

              2000 E3 800 800

              2500

              3200 E4 900

              4000 1000

              (1) Fixed mount style

              Select Unit Types

              40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

              Amperes

              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

              Available Column Widths (mm)

              Available Column Depths (mm)

              800 E2 24 700 600 800

              1250

              1600

              2000 E3 800 800

              2500

              3200 E4 900

              4000 1000

              (1) Fixed mount style

              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

              Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

              Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

              Starter Units

              Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

              Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

              Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

              DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

              Select Unit Types

              42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

              Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

              Input VoltagekW

              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

              Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

              380415440460480VIP204254

              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

              55

              75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

              11 100-C2310 2(5)

              15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

              185 mdash

              22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

              37

              45 140MG-J8P-

              75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

              90

              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

              160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

              185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

              220

              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

              Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

              bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

              These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

              Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

              DOLR starter with circuit breaker

              Select Unit Types

              44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

              Electronic Overload Relay(2)

              Input VoltagekW

              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

              380415440460480VIP204254

              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

              55

              75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

              11

              15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

              185 mdash

              22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

              37 4

              45 140MG-J8P-

              75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

              90

              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

              160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

              185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

              220

              (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

              Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

              Select Unit Types

              46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

              SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

              ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

              bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

              bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

              When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

              For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

              For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

              SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

              SMC Flex with circuit breaker

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

              SMC Flex Cat No

              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

              kW

              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

              380415V IP204254

              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

              4A Size 000

              22 140M-D8N- mdash

              6A Size 000

              4 150-F25NBD mdash

              16A Size 000

              75 mdash

              20A Size 000

              11 mdash

              40A Size 000

              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

              40A Size 000

              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

              63A Size 000

              30 150-F60NBD mdash

              80A Size 00

              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

              125A Size 00

              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

              125A Size 00

              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

              200A Size 1

              90 mdash

              250A Size 1

              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

              355A Size 2

              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

              355A Size 2

              160 150-F317NBD mdash

              500A Size 3

              185 150-F361NBD mdash

              500A Size 3

              220 150-F480NBD mdash

              630A Size 3

              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

              Select Unit Types

              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

              SMC Flex Cat No

              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

              kW

              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

              440460480V IP204254

              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

              4A Size 000

              22 140M-D8N- mdash

              6A Size 000

              4 150-F25NBD mdash

              16A Size 000

              75 mdash

              20A Size 000

              11 mdash

              40A Size 000

              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

              40A Size 000

              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

              63A Size 000

              30 150-F60NBD mdash

              80A Size 00

              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

              125A Size 00

              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

              125A Size 00

              75 150-F135NBD mdash

              200A Size 1

              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

              250A Size 1

              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

              355A Size 2

              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

              355A Size 2

              160 150-F317NBD mdash

              500A Size 3

              185 150-F361NBD mdash

              500A Size 3

              220 150-F480NBD mdash

              630A Size 3

              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

              Select Unit Types

              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

              VFD Cat No

              Frame Size

              Module Size(3)(4)

              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

              With Line

              Reactor

              With Load

              Reactor

              With Both

              Reactors

              380415hellip480V AC IP20

              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

              Select Unit Types

              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

              VFD Cat No

              Frame Size

              Module Size(3)(4)

              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

              With Line

              Reactor

              With Load

              Reactor

              With Both

              Reactors

              380415hellip480V AC IP20

              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

              185 25B-D037N114 E

              22 25B-D043N114

              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

              Drive Ratings

              Circuit Breaker

              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

              VFD Cat NoFrame

              Size

              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

              Reactor Cat No(3)

              Module Size(4)

              (1 = 80 mm)Input

              Voltage kW(1)

              Output Current

              Amps

              400V AC IP204254

              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

              1321-3R35-B

              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

              1321-3R45-B

              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

              1321-3R45-B 12

              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

              1321-3R80-B

              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

              1321-3R80-B

              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

              1321-3R80-B

              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

              1321-3R100-B

              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

              Select Unit Types

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

              Drive Ratings

              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

              Frame Size

              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

              Reactor Cat No(3)

              Module

              Size(4)

              (1 = 80 mm)Input

              Voltage kW(1)

              Output Current

              Amps

              400V AC IP204254

              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

              1321-3R160-B

              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

              1321-3R200-B

              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

              1321-3R200-B

              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

              1321-3RB250-B

              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

              1321-3RB320-B

              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

              1321-3RB400-B

              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

              1321-3R500-B

              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

              Select Unit Types

              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

              Select Unit Types

              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

              Linking Devices

              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

              Ethernet Power Supply Units

              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

              Ethernet power supply 2

              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

              Select Unit Types

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

              Select Unit Types

              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

              DeviceNet power supply 2

              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Select Unit Types

              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

              2004108EC200695EC

              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

              Certifications and Markings

              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

              Rated Frequency fn

              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

              e

              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

              Neutral (N)

              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

              Creepage Distances and Clearances

              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

              See page 19

              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

              Structural Surface Treatments

              InteriorExterior

              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

              Selection Checklist

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

              Selection Checklist

              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

              Customer User

              Office

              Certifications and Markings

              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

              Incoming Power

              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

              Available fault current kA

              Control Power

              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

              Structure

              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

              Bus

              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

              Protective earth (PE) conductor

              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

              Selection Checklist

              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              IntelliCENTERreg

              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

              Other Network Options

              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

              Ampere rating A

              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

              Number of cables per phase Cable size

              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

              Feeder Units

              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

              Nameplates

              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

              Door Latches

              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

              Wire Markers

              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

              Spares

              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

              Selection Checklist

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

              Options and Accessories

              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              Selection Checklist

              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              Soft Starter Units(1)

              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

              Connection r Line r Delta

              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

              Options and Accessories

              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

              Selection Checklist

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

              Options and Accessories

              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

              Reactor type r Line r Load

              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

              Selection Checklist

              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

              Location (specify)

              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

              Location (specify)

              Miscellaneous Units(1)

              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              r Extra space for future units

              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

              Motor List

              Unit Description Rating Module Size

              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

              Selection Checklist

              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

              Notes

              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
              • Table of Contents
              • Whatrsquos New
              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                • Select Network Technology
                  • Network
                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                    • Select Structure
                      • ArcShield Technology
                        • Select Power Systems
                        • Select Unit Designs
                          • Unit Size
                          • Unit Style
                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                          • Stab Assembly
                          • Control and Network Connections
                          • Unit Doors
                          • Control Power
                            • Select Unit Types
                              • Main and Feeder Units
                              • Starter Units
                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                • Selection Checklist
                                • Back Cover

                Global and Regional StandardsThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to meet your entire operationsrsquo needs so you can implement a consistent solution and supplier throughout your facilities anywhere in the world For a complete list of standards and certifications see page 60

                SafetyThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is designed to provide you with an improved safety offering Standard safety features help protect employees and keep your process up and running

                bull Rigid structural design with side sheets on all sections provide better isolation and continuous internal mounting angles main bus and lifting angle

                bull Solid unit base plates help prevent a unit fault from cascading to other units within the column

                bull Arc-free zones provide you areas within your MCC where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation

                bull Continuous bus bracing provides a fully isolated vertical bus

                bull Automatic shutters immediately isolate vertical bus when unit is removed

                bull Unit interlock mechanism designed to make servicing saferbull Dedicated vertical wireway for customer connectionsbull Locking provisions provide additional safety in all

                four unit positions (connected test disconnected and withdrawn)

                bull Isolated unit power stab assemblybull Machine-torqued two-bolt fastening system used

                for the vertical-to-horizontal bus connection

                Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                ldquoThe safety issue is one of the things that we are happiest with The old system created hazardous troubleshooting conditions with technicians having to test and probe and work around live wires within a confined panel spacerdquo

                Ronnie Sexton Acme Brick ndash USA

                Pressure Relief System (on top of each section of CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield)

                8

                ArcShield ColumnStandard Column

                ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

                Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

                In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

                bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

                through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

                of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

                bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

                With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

                The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

                9

                Arc Containment Latch

                Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

                Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

                Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

                Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

                Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

                Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

                Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

                Select Unit Designs

                Select Structure

                Select Power Systems

                Select Unit Types

                Selection Checklist

                Select Network Technology

                10

                Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

                Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                Select Network Technology

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

                Select Network Technology

                Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

                Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

                IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

                Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

                IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

                EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

                NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

                The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

                Select Network Technology

                12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                EtherNetIP

                Devices

                Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

                Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

                Cabling

                The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

                System Performance

                The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

                An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

                (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

                EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                Select Network Technology

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                EtherNetIP Components

                Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                DeviceNet

                Devices

                DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                Cabling

                All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                Select Network Technology

                14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                System Performance

                The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                via IO explicit messaging

                DeviceNet Components

                Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                diagrams or spare parts

                Select Network Technology

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                view

                Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                Spreadsheet View

                This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                Monitor View

                Energy Monitoring and Management View

                Spare Parts List View

                Event Log View

                The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                Spare Parts List

                A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                Integration Assistant

                IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                Select Network Technology

                16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Select Structure

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                Select Structure

                Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                Double Front Configuration

                Single Front Configuration

                18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Typical Column

                Top Wireway Endplates

                Top Wireway Barrier

                Top Wireway Cover

                Vertical Wireway Door

                Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                Single Unit Support Pan

                Bottom Plates

                Top Wireway Pan

                Center End Closing Plate

                Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                Network Wireway

                Mounting Channels

                Left Side Plate

                Top Plate

                Lifting Angle

                Bottom Wireway Endplates

                Bottom Wireway Cover

                Select Structure

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                Select Structure

                Column Dimensions

                All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                Width

                Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                600(1) 600 None

                700 500 200

                800 300

                900 400

                1000 500

                (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                Depth

                Single Front Double Front

                600 1200

                800 1600 or 2000(1)

                (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                Height

                Dimension Measurement

                Total height 2300

                Available unit height 1980

                Top horizontal wireway 170

                Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                External mounting channel 35

                Weight(1) (kg)

                Column Width

                Column Depth

                600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                600 700 350 450

                800 400 525

                900 450 575

                1000 500 650

                (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                600hellip1000

                170

                1980

                115

                35

                200hellip500500 or 600

                600 or 800

                2300

                20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                Horizontal Wireways

                Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                Select Structure

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                Select Structure

                Vertical Wireway

                The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                Top Horizontal Wireway

                Vertical Wireway

                Door

                Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                Vertical Wireway Door

                Select Structure

                22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                Select Structure

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                Pressure relief system

                Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                Insulating covers between columns

                Arc-containment Door Latches

                Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                Select Power Systems

                24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Select Power Systems

                CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                Vertical Bus Standard Features

                Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                removed

                Select Power Systems

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                Bus Rating

                Busbar Quantity

                Busbar

                Dimensions (mm)

                Bus Bracing System(1)

                Withstand Ratings(2)

                lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                2000 A 1 1

                6 x 100 10 x 100

                Standard Standard

                X X

                X X

                X X

                X X

                X X

                2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                Standard with glastic supports

                X X X X X X X

                4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                65 kA with glastic supports

                X X X X X X X

                (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                cw) and short circuit peak (l

                pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                Select Power Systems

                26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                Select Power Systems

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                Select Unit Designs

                All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                2 Module Unit

                8 Module Unit

                4 Module Unit

                Single Module Unit

                Four Modules Unit

                24 Modules Total

                Unit Type Module Size

                Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                Fixed mount 2hellip24

                Select Unit Designs

                28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                Withdraw Lever

                Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                Select Unit Designs

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                Connection Present

                Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                Test radic radic radic radic

                Disconnected radic radic

                Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                Unit Connections

                Unit Type

                Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                Load Withdrawable Fixed

                Line Withdrawable Fixed

                PE Withdrawable Fixed

                Control Withdrawable Fixed

                Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                Fixed

                Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                Select Unit Designs

                30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                Select Unit Designs

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                Stab Assembly

                Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                One Module Stab Assembly

                The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                Guide PinsPE Contact

                Withdrawable One Module

                Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                Power Stab

                Select Unit Designs

                32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                Door Latches (Standard)

                Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                Arc Containment Latch

                Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                red with white lettering

                Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                Standard 14 Turn Latch

                Locked Position Released Position

                Select Unit Designs

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                Select Unit Designs

                34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Select Unit Types

                Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                Main and Feeder Units

                Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                Lug Components

                Cable Provisions(1)

                Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                (2) 240 mm26

                (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                800 (2) 500 mm2

                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                (4) 240 mm24

                (1) 400 mm2

                (2) 300 mm2

                (4) 240 mm2

                (3) 240 mm2

                (4) 185 mm26

                (1) 500 mm2

                (2) 400 mm2

                (4) 300 mm2

                (2) 400 mm2

                (4) 185 mm28

                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                1200 (2) 500 mm2

                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                (4) 240 mm24

                (1) 500 mm2

                (2) 400 mm2

                (4) 300 mm2

                (2) 400 mm2

                (4) 240 mm28

                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                Amperes

                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                350 140G-KC3-D35

                400 140G-KC3-D40

                500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                600 140G-MC3-D60

                700 140G-MC3-D70

                800 140G-MC3-D80

                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                Amperes

                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                350 140G-K3-D40

                400

                500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                600

                700 140G-M3-D80

                800

                1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                Select Unit Types

                36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                Amperes

                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                16 140M-D8E-C16

                20 140M-D8E-C20

                25 140M-D8E-C25

                30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                35 140G-GC3-C35

                40 140G-GC3-C40

                45 140G-GC3-C45

                50 140G-GC3-C50

                60 140G-GC3-C60

                70 140G-GC3-C70

                80 140G-GC3-C80

                90 140G-GC3-C90

                100 140G-GC3-D10

                110 140G-GC3-D11

                125 140G-GC3-D12

                160 140G-GE3-D16

                175 140G-IC3-D17

                200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                225 140G-IC3-D22

                250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                300 140G-KH3-D30

                350 140G-KH3-D40

                400

                500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                600

                700 140G-MH3-D80

                800

                1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                Amperes

                Protection Type

                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                Select Unit Types

                38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                Protection Modes

                PR121 PR122 PR123

                Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                Fault History Fault History

                ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                Harmonic Metering

                Terminal Temperature Protection

                Trip Circuit Supervision

                Pre-trip Alarm

                Earth Leakage

                Motor Protection

                Power Metering and Protection

                Breaker Failure Feedback

                Digital InputRelay Outputs

                Maintenance Indication

                For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                Amperes

                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                1250

                1600

                2000 E3 800 800

                2500

                3200 E4 900

                4000 1000

                (1) Fixed mount style

                Select Unit Types

                40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                Amperes

                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                Available Column Widths (mm)

                Available Column Depths (mm)

                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                1250

                1600

                2000 E3 800 800

                2500

                3200 E4 900

                4000 1000

                (1) Fixed mount style

                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                Starter Units

                Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                Select Unit Types

                42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                Input VoltagekW

                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                380415440460480VIP204254

                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                55

                75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                11 100-C2310 2(5)

                15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                185 mdash

                22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                37

                45 140MG-J8P-

                75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                90

                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                220

                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                Select Unit Types

                44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                Input VoltagekW

                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                380415440460480VIP204254

                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                55

                75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                11

                15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                185 mdash

                22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                37 4

                45 140MG-J8P-

                75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                90

                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                220

                (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                Select Unit Types

                46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                SMC Flex Cat No

                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                kW

                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                380415V IP204254

                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                4A Size 000

                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                6A Size 000

                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                16A Size 000

                75 mdash

                20A Size 000

                11 mdash

                40A Size 000

                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                40A Size 000

                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                63A Size 000

                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                80A Size 00

                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                125A Size 00

                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                125A Size 00

                75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                200A Size 1

                90 mdash

                250A Size 1

                110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                355A Size 2

                132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                355A Size 2

                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                500A Size 3

                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                500A Size 3

                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                630A Size 3

                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                Select Unit Types

                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                SMC Flex Cat No

                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                kW

                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                440460480V IP204254

                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                4A Size 000

                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                6A Size 000

                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                16A Size 000

                75 mdash

                20A Size 000

                11 mdash

                40A Size 000

                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                40A Size 000

                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                63A Size 000

                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                80A Size 00

                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                125A Size 00

                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                125A Size 00

                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                200A Size 1

                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                250A Size 1

                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                355A Size 2

                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                355A Size 2

                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                500A Size 3

                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                500A Size 3

                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                630A Size 3

                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                Select Unit Types

                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                VFD Cat No

                Frame Size

                Module Size(3)(4)

                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                With Line

                Reactor

                With Load

                Reactor

                With Both

                Reactors

                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                Select Unit Types

                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                VFD Cat No

                Frame Size

                Module Size(3)(4)

                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                With Line

                Reactor

                With Load

                Reactor

                With Both

                Reactors

                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                185 25B-D037N114 E

                22 25B-D043N114

                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                Drive Ratings

                Circuit Breaker

                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                VFD Cat NoFrame

                Size

                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                Reactor Cat No(3)

                Module Size(4)

                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                Voltage kW(1)

                Output Current

                Amps

                400V AC IP204254

                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                1321-3R35-B

                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                1321-3R45-B

                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                1321-3R45-B 12

                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                1321-3R80-B

                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                1321-3R80-B

                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                1321-3R80-B

                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                1321-3R100-B

                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                Select Unit Types

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                Drive Ratings

                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                Frame Size

                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                Reactor Cat No(3)

                Module

                Size(4)

                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                Voltage kW(1)

                Output Current

                Amps

                400V AC IP204254

                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                1321-3R160-B

                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                1321-3R200-B

                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                1321-3R200-B

                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                1321-3RB250-B

                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                1321-3RB320-B

                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                1321-3RB400-B

                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                1321-3R500-B

                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                Select Unit Types

                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                Select Unit Types

                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                Linking Devices

                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                Ethernet power supply 2

                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                Select Unit Types

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                Select Unit Types

                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                DeviceNet power supply 2

                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Select Unit Types

                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                2004108EC200695EC

                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                Certifications and Markings

                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                Rated Frequency fn

                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                e

                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                Neutral (N)

                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                See page 19

                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                Structural Surface Treatments

                InteriorExterior

                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                Selection Checklist

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                Selection Checklist

                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                Customer User

                Office

                Certifications and Markings

                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                Incoming Power

                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                Available fault current kA

                Control Power

                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                Structure

                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                Bus

                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                Selection Checklist

                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                IntelliCENTERreg

                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                Other Network Options

                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                Ampere rating A

                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                Feeder Units

                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                Nameplates

                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                Door Latches

                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                Wire Markers

                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                Spares

                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                Selection Checklist

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                Options and Accessories

                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                Selection Checklist

                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                Soft Starter Units(1)

                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                Connection r Line r Delta

                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                Options and Accessories

                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                Selection Checklist

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                Options and Accessories

                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                Reactor type r Line r Load

                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                Selection Checklist

                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                Location (specify)

                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                Location (specify)

                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                r Extra space for future units

                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                Motor List

                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                Selection Checklist

                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                Notes

                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                • Table of Contents
                • Whatrsquos New
                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                  • Select Network Technology
                    • Network
                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                      • Select Structure
                        • ArcShield Technology
                          • Select Power Systems
                          • Select Unit Designs
                            • Unit Size
                            • Unit Style
                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                            • Stab Assembly
                            • Control and Network Connections
                            • Unit Doors
                            • Control Power
                              • Select Unit Types
                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                • Starter Units
                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                  • Selection Checklist
                                  • Back Cover

                  ArcShieldThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShieldtrade offers better protection against harmful arc flash hazards and helps protect your personnel if an arc flash were to occur within an MCC This protection can help increase facility uptime by minimizing the potential damage to equipment

                  Although operators and manufacturers of low voltage systems are becoming more experienced there is still a risk of internal arc generation To enhance the protection of personnel and equipment Rockwell Automation tests the CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs to IECTR 61641 ed 20 2008-1 which is a standard for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal fault

                  In combination with the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides additional benefits including

                  bull Heavy duty ground stab on withdrawable unitsbull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCCbull Internal ventilation to protect personnelbull Pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases

                  through the top of the enclosure away from personnelbull Arc containment latches and hinges on all doors capable

                  of withstanding the high internal pressure generated by an arc blast

                  bull Thicker doors with reinforced flanges

                  With the addition of IntelliCENTER technology your personnel can remotely monitor and access data for troubleshooting minimizing the need for entry in the arc flash boundary zone

                  The CENTERLINE 2500 low voltage MCC with ArcShield was tested against the IECTR 61641standard It passed all tests at 480V with a rated frequency of 5060 Hz and arcing time of 300 ms and test current of 65 kA

                  9

                  Arc Containment Latch

                  Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                  10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

                  Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

                  Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

                  Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

                  Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

                  Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

                  Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

                  Select Unit Designs

                  Select Structure

                  Select Power Systems

                  Select Unit Types

                  Selection Checklist

                  Select Network Technology

                  10

                  Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

                  Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                  Select Network Technology

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

                  Select Network Technology

                  Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

                  Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

                  IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

                  Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

                  IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

                  EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

                  NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

                  The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

                  Select Network Technology

                  12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                  EtherNetIP

                  Devices

                  Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

                  Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

                  Cabling

                  The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                  All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                  The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

                  System Performance

                  The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

                  An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

                  (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

                  EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                  Select Network Technology

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                  EtherNetIP Components

                  Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                  IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                  POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                  The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                  settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                  bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                  For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                  DeviceNet

                  Devices

                  DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                  Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                  Cabling

                  All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                  The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                  Select Network Technology

                  14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  System Performance

                  The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                  The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                  replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                  systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                  via IO explicit messaging

                  DeviceNet Components

                  Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                  overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                  starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                  For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                  IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                  Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                  bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                  bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                  diagrams or spare parts

                  Select Network Technology

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                  Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                  bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                  time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                  view

                  Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                  Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                  Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                  The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                  bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                  bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                  bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                  bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                  Spreadsheet View

                  This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                  bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                  Monitor View

                  Energy Monitoring and Management View

                  Spare Parts List View

                  Event Log View

                  The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                  Spare Parts List

                  A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                  Integration Assistant

                  IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                  bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                  bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                  bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                  Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                  IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                  When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                  Select Network Technology

                  16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Select Structure

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                  Select Structure

                  Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                  bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                  rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                  Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                  For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                  Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                  The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                  Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                  Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                  Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                  Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                  Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                  Double Front Configuration

                  Single Front Configuration

                  18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Typical Column

                  Top Wireway Endplates

                  Top Wireway Barrier

                  Top Wireway Cover

                  Vertical Wireway Door

                  Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                  Single Unit Support Pan

                  Bottom Plates

                  Top Wireway Pan

                  Center End Closing Plate

                  Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                  Network Wireway

                  Mounting Channels

                  Left Side Plate

                  Top Plate

                  Lifting Angle

                  Bottom Wireway Endplates

                  Bottom Wireway Cover

                  Select Structure

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                  Select Structure

                  Column Dimensions

                  All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                  Width

                  Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                  600(1) 600 None

                  700 500 200

                  800 300

                  900 400

                  1000 500

                  (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                  Depth

                  Single Front Double Front

                  600 1200

                  800 1600 or 2000(1)

                  (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                  Height

                  Dimension Measurement

                  Total height 2300

                  Available unit height 1980

                  Top horizontal wireway 170

                  Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                  External mounting channel 35

                  Weight(1) (kg)

                  Column Width

                  Column Depth

                  600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                  600 700 350 450

                  800 400 525

                  900 450 575

                  1000 500 650

                  (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                  600hellip1000

                  170

                  1980

                  115

                  35

                  200hellip500500 or 600

                  600 or 800

                  2300

                  20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                  bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                  Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                  Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                  The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                  The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                  Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                  The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                  Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                  WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                  Horizontal Wireways

                  Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                  Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                  Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                  Select Structure

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                  Select Structure

                  Vertical Wireway

                  The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                  The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                  Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                  Top Horizontal Wireway

                  Vertical Wireway

                  Door

                  Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                  Vertical Wireway Door

                  Select Structure

                  22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                  The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                  Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                  bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                  In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                  Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                  Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                  Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                  Select Structure

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                  ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                  CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                  Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                  bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                  bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                  bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                  bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                  bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                  bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                  Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                  IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                  bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                  Pressure relief system

                  Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                  Insulating covers between columns

                  Arc-containment Door Latches

                  Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                  Select Power Systems

                  24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Select Power Systems

                  CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                  Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                  The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                  The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                  The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                  Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                  Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                  The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                  bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                  helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                  Vertical Bus Standard Features

                  Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                  Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                  unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                  removed

                  Select Power Systems

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                  Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                  Bus Rating

                  Busbar Quantity

                  Busbar

                  Dimensions (mm)

                  Bus Bracing System(1)

                  Withstand Ratings(2)

                  lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                  lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                  800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                  1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                  1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                  2000 A 1 1

                  6 x 100 10 x 100

                  Standard Standard

                  X X

                  X X

                  X X

                  X X

                  X X

                  2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                  3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                  Standard with glastic supports

                  X X X X X X X

                  4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                  65 kA with glastic supports

                  X X X X X X X

                  (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                  cw) and short circuit peak (l

                  pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                  Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                  The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                  Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                  The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                  The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                  The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                  The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                  Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                  Select Power Systems

                  26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                  Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                  The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                  An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                  A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                  Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                  An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                  The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                  Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                  Select Power Systems

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                  Select Unit Designs

                  All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                  Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                  Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                  bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                  2 Module Unit

                  8 Module Unit

                  4 Module Unit

                  Single Module Unit

                  Four Modules Unit

                  24 Modules Total

                  Unit Type Module Size

                  Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                  Fixed mount 2hellip24

                  Select Unit Designs

                  28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                  Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                  Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                  For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                  Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                  Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                  Withdraw Lever

                  Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                  Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                  Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                  Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                  Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                  Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                  Select Unit Designs

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                  Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                  Connection Present

                  Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                  Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                  Test radic radic radic radic

                  Disconnected radic radic

                  Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                  (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                  Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                  Unit Connections

                  Unit Type

                  Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                  Load Withdrawable Fixed

                  Line Withdrawable Fixed

                  PE Withdrawable Fixed

                  Control Withdrawable Fixed

                  Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                  Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                  Fixed

                  Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                  Select Unit Designs

                  30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                  The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                  The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                  Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                  Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                  Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                  Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                  Select Unit Designs

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                  Stab Assembly

                  Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                  The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                  Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                  The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                  One Module Stab Assembly

                  The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                  One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                  Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                  Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                  Guide PinsPE Contact

                  Withdrawable One Module

                  Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                  Power Stab

                  Select Unit Designs

                  32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                  Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                  The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                  Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                  Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                  Door Latches (Standard)

                  Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                  Arc Containment Latch

                  Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                  Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                  bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                  red with white lettering

                  Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                  Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                  Standard 14 Turn Latch

                  Locked Position Released Position

                  Select Unit Designs

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                  Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                  Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                  Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                  Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                  Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                  Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                  Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                  The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                  E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                  Select Unit Designs

                  34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Select Unit Types

                  Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                  Main and Feeder Units

                  Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                  Lug Components

                  Cable Provisions(1)

                  Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                  Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                  300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                  600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                  (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                  (2) 240 mm26

                  (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                  800 (2) 500 mm2

                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 240 mm24

                  (1) 400 mm2

                  (2) 300 mm2

                  (4) 240 mm2

                  (3) 240 mm2

                  (4) 185 mm26

                  (1) 500 mm2

                  (2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 300 mm2

                  (2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 185 mm28

                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                  1200 (2) 500 mm2

                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 240 mm24

                  (1) 500 mm2

                  (2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 300 mm2

                  (2) 400 mm2

                  (4) 240 mm28

                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                  1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                  2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                  (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                  Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                  The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                  MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                  They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                  MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                  For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                  For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                  Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                  Amperes

                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                  350 140G-KC3-D35

                  400 140G-KC3-D40

                  500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                  600 140G-MC3-D60

                  700 140G-MC3-D70

                  800 140G-MC3-D80

                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                  Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                  Amperes

                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                  350 140G-K3-D40

                  400

                  500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                  600

                  700 140G-M3-D80

                  800

                  1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                  Select Unit Types

                  36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                  Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                  Amperes

                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                  16 140M-D8E-C16

                  20 140M-D8E-C20

                  25 140M-D8E-C25

                  30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                  35 140G-GC3-C35

                  40 140G-GC3-C40

                  45 140G-GC3-C45

                  50 140G-GC3-C50

                  60 140G-GC3-C60

                  70 140G-GC3-C70

                  80 140G-GC3-C80

                  90 140G-GC3-C90

                  100 140G-GC3-D10

                  110 140G-GC3-D11

                  125 140G-GC3-D12

                  160 140G-GE3-D16

                  175 140G-IC3-D17

                  200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                  225 140G-IC3-D22

                  250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                  300 140G-KH3-D30

                  350 140G-KH3-D40

                  400

                  500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                  600

                  700 140G-MH3-D80

                  800

                  1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                  Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                  Amperes

                  Protection Type

                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                  40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                  60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                  LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                  100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                  LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                  125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                  150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                  LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                  160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                  250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                  300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                  400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                  630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                  800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                  1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                  LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                  Select Unit Types

                  38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                  The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                  The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                  The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                  bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                  Protection Modes

                  PR121 PR122 PR123

                  Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                  Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                  LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                  Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                  Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                  EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                  Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                  Fault History Fault History

                  ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                  Harmonic Metering

                  Terminal Temperature Protection

                  Trip Circuit Supervision

                  Pre-trip Alarm

                  Earth Leakage

                  Motor Protection

                  Power Metering and Protection

                  Breaker Failure Feedback

                  Digital InputRelay Outputs

                  Maintenance Indication

                  For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                  Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                  Amperes

                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                  1250

                  1600

                  2000 E3 800 800

                  2500

                  3200 E4 900

                  4000 1000

                  (1) Fixed mount style

                  Select Unit Types

                  40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                  Amperes

                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                  1250

                  1600

                  2000 E3 800 800

                  2500

                  3200 E4 900

                  4000 1000

                  (1) Fixed mount style

                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                  Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                  Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                  Starter Units

                  Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                  Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                  Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                  DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                  Select Unit Types

                  42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                  Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                  Input VoltagekW

                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                  Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                  380415440460480VIP204254

                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                  55

                  75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                  11 100-C2310 2(5)

                  15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                  185 mdash

                  22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                  37

                  45 140MG-J8P-

                  75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                  90

                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                  160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                  185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                  220

                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                  Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                  bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                  These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                  Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                  DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                  Select Unit Types

                  44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                  Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                  Input VoltagekW

                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                  380415440460480VIP204254

                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                  55

                  75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                  11

                  15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                  185 mdash

                  22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                  37 4

                  45 140MG-J8P-

                  75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                  90

                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                  160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                  185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                  220

                  (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                  Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                  Select Unit Types

                  46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                  SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                  ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                  bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                  bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                  When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                  For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                  For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                  SMC Flex Cat No

                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                  kW

                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                  380415V IP204254

                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                  4A Size 000

                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                  6A Size 000

                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                  16A Size 000

                  75 mdash

                  20A Size 000

                  11 mdash

                  40A Size 000

                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                  40A Size 000

                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                  63A Size 000

                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                  80A Size 00

                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                  125A Size 00

                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                  125A Size 00

                  75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                  200A Size 1

                  90 mdash

                  250A Size 1

                  110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                  355A Size 2

                  132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                  355A Size 2

                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                  500A Size 3

                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                  500A Size 3

                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                  630A Size 3

                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                  Select Unit Types

                  48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                  SMC Flex Cat No

                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                  kW

                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                  440460480V IP204254

                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                  4A Size 000

                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                  6A Size 000

                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                  16A Size 000

                  75 mdash

                  20A Size 000

                  11 mdash

                  40A Size 000

                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                  40A Size 000

                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                  63A Size 000

                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                  80A Size 00

                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                  125A Size 00

                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                  125A Size 00

                  75 150-F135NBD mdash

                  200A Size 1

                  90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                  250A Size 1

                  110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                  355A Size 2

                  132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                  355A Size 2

                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                  500A Size 3

                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                  500A Size 3

                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                  630A Size 3

                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                  Select Unit Types

                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                  VFD Cat No

                  Frame Size

                  Module Size(3)(4)

                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                  With Line

                  Reactor

                  With Load

                  Reactor

                  With Both

                  Reactors

                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                  Select Unit Types

                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                  VFD Cat No

                  Frame Size

                  Module Size(3)(4)

                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                  With Line

                  Reactor

                  With Load

                  Reactor

                  With Both

                  Reactors

                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                  22 25B-D043N114

                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                  Drive Ratings

                  Circuit Breaker

                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                  Size

                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                  Module Size(4)

                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                  Voltage kW(1)

                  Output Current

                  Amps

                  400V AC IP204254

                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                  1321-3R35-B

                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                  1321-3R45-B

                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                  1321-3R45-B 12

                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                  1321-3R80-B

                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                  1321-3R80-B

                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                  1321-3R80-B

                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                  1321-3R100-B

                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                  Select Unit Types

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                  Drive Ratings

                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                  Frame Size

                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                  Module

                  Size(4)

                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                  Voltage kW(1)

                  Output Current

                  Amps

                  400V AC IP204254

                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                  1321-3R160-B

                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                  1321-3R200-B

                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                  1321-3R200-B

                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                  1321-3RB250-B

                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                  1321-3RB320-B

                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                  1321-3RB400-B

                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                  1321-3R500-B

                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                  Select Unit Types

                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                  Select Unit Types

                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                  Linking Devices

                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                  Ethernet power supply 2

                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                  Select Unit Types

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                  Select Unit Types

                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Select Unit Types

                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                  2004108EC200695EC

                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                  Certifications and Markings

                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                  Rated Frequency fn

                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                  e

                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                  Neutral (N)

                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                  See page 19

                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                  Structural Surface Treatments

                  InteriorExterior

                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                  Selection Checklist

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                  Selection Checklist

                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                  Customer User

                  Office

                  Certifications and Markings

                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                  Incoming Power

                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                  Available fault current kA

                  Control Power

                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                  Structure

                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                  Bus

                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                  Selection Checklist

                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  IntelliCENTERreg

                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                  Other Network Options

                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                  Ampere rating A

                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                  Feeder Units

                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                  Nameplates

                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                  Door Latches

                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                  Wire Markers

                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                  Spares

                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                  Selection Checklist

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                  Options and Accessories

                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  Selection Checklist

                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                  Connection r Line r Delta

                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                  Options and Accessories

                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                  Selection Checklist

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                  Options and Accessories

                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                  Selection Checklist

                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                  Location (specify)

                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                  Location (specify)

                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  r Extra space for future units

                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                  Motor List

                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                  Selection Checklist

                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                  Notes

                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                  • Table of Contents
                  • Whatrsquos New
                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                    • Select Network Technology
                      • Network
                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                        • Select Structure
                          • ArcShield Technology
                            • Select Power Systems
                            • Select Unit Designs
                              • Unit Size
                              • Unit Style
                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                              • Stab Assembly
                              • Control and Network Connections
                              • Unit Doors
                              • Control Power
                                • Select Unit Types
                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                  • Starter Units
                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                    • Selection Checklist
                                    • Back Cover

                    10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 201410 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - August 2014

                    Step 1 Select Network TechnologyChoose the level and type of networking technology diagnostic and HMI software tools and additional arc flash safety features

                    Step 2 Select StructureChoose the IP rating you require the width and depth of the column (size of wireways) and the degree of separation

                    Step 4 Select Unit DesignsChoose type of operating handles door latches color and type of nameplates

                    Step 6 Selection ChecklistComplete the selection checklist and contact your local sales office

                    Step 3 Select Power SystemsChoose 3 or 4 wire electrical system horizontal and vertical power bus capacity bus withstand and short circuit withstand rating

                    Step 5 Select Unit TypesChoose the type of units from lugs and breakers non-motor loads starters soft starters variable frequency drive and PLCs

                    Select Unit Designs

                    Select Structure

                    Select Power Systems

                    Select Unit Types

                    Selection Checklist

                    Select Network Technology

                    10

                    Selection ProcessUse the following sections in this publication to select a CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center

                    Designed for Intelligence Safety and Reliability

                    Select Network Technology

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

                    Select Network Technology

                    Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

                    Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

                    IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

                    Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

                    IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

                    EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

                    NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

                    The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

                    Select Network Technology

                    12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                    EtherNetIP

                    Devices

                    Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

                    Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

                    Cabling

                    The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                    All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                    The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

                    System Performance

                    The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

                    An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

                    (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

                    EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                    Select Network Technology

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                    EtherNetIP Components

                    Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                    IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                    POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                    The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                    settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                    bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                    For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                    DeviceNet

                    Devices

                    DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                    Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                    Cabling

                    All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                    The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                    Select Network Technology

                    14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    System Performance

                    The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                    The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                    replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                    systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                    via IO explicit messaging

                    DeviceNet Components

                    Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                    overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                    starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                    For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                    IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                    Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                    bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                    bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                    diagrams or spare parts

                    Select Network Technology

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                    Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                    bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                    time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                    view

                    Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                    Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                    Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                    The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                    bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                    bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                    bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                    bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                    Spreadsheet View

                    This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                    bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                    Monitor View

                    Energy Monitoring and Management View

                    Spare Parts List View

                    Event Log View

                    The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                    Spare Parts List

                    A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                    Integration Assistant

                    IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                    bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                    bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                    bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                    Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                    IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                    When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                    Select Network Technology

                    16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Select Structure

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                    Select Structure

                    Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                    bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                    rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                    Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                    For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                    Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                    The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                    Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                    Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                    Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                    Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                    Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                    Double Front Configuration

                    Single Front Configuration

                    18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Typical Column

                    Top Wireway Endplates

                    Top Wireway Barrier

                    Top Wireway Cover

                    Vertical Wireway Door

                    Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                    Single Unit Support Pan

                    Bottom Plates

                    Top Wireway Pan

                    Center End Closing Plate

                    Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                    Network Wireway

                    Mounting Channels

                    Left Side Plate

                    Top Plate

                    Lifting Angle

                    Bottom Wireway Endplates

                    Bottom Wireway Cover

                    Select Structure

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                    Select Structure

                    Column Dimensions

                    All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                    Width

                    Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                    600(1) 600 None

                    700 500 200

                    800 300

                    900 400

                    1000 500

                    (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                    Depth

                    Single Front Double Front

                    600 1200

                    800 1600 or 2000(1)

                    (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                    Height

                    Dimension Measurement

                    Total height 2300

                    Available unit height 1980

                    Top horizontal wireway 170

                    Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                    External mounting channel 35

                    Weight(1) (kg)

                    Column Width

                    Column Depth

                    600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                    600 700 350 450

                    800 400 525

                    900 450 575

                    1000 500 650

                    (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                    600hellip1000

                    170

                    1980

                    115

                    35

                    200hellip500500 or 600

                    600 or 800

                    2300

                    20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                    bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                    Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                    Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                    The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                    The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                    Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                    The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                    Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                    WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                    Horizontal Wireways

                    Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                    Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                    Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                    Select Structure

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                    Select Structure

                    Vertical Wireway

                    The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                    The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                    Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                    Top Horizontal Wireway

                    Vertical Wireway

                    Door

                    Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                    Vertical Wireway Door

                    Select Structure

                    22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                    The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                    Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                    bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                    In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                    Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                    Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                    Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                    Select Structure

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                    ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                    CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                    Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                    bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                    bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                    bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                    bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                    bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                    bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                    Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                    IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                    bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                    Pressure relief system

                    Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                    Insulating covers between columns

                    Arc-containment Door Latches

                    Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                    Select Power Systems

                    24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Select Power Systems

                    CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                    Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                    The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                    The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                    The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                    Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                    Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                    The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                    bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                    helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                    Vertical Bus Standard Features

                    Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                    Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                    unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                    removed

                    Select Power Systems

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                    Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                    Bus Rating

                    Busbar Quantity

                    Busbar

                    Dimensions (mm)

                    Bus Bracing System(1)

                    Withstand Ratings(2)

                    lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                    lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                    800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                    1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                    1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                    2000 A 1 1

                    6 x 100 10 x 100

                    Standard Standard

                    X X

                    X X

                    X X

                    X X

                    X X

                    2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                    3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                    Standard with glastic supports

                    X X X X X X X

                    4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                    65 kA with glastic supports

                    X X X X X X X

                    (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                    cw) and short circuit peak (l

                    pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                    Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                    The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                    Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                    The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                    The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                    The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                    The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                    Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                    Select Power Systems

                    26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                    Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                    The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                    An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                    A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                    Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                    An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                    The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                    Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                    Select Power Systems

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                    Select Unit Designs

                    All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                    Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                    Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                    bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                    2 Module Unit

                    8 Module Unit

                    4 Module Unit

                    Single Module Unit

                    Four Modules Unit

                    24 Modules Total

                    Unit Type Module Size

                    Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                    Fixed mount 2hellip24

                    Select Unit Designs

                    28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                    Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                    Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                    For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                    Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                    Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                    Withdraw Lever

                    Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                    Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                    Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                    Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                    Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                    Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                    Select Unit Designs

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                    Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                    Connection Present

                    Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                    Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                    Test radic radic radic radic

                    Disconnected radic radic

                    Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                    (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                    Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                    Unit Connections

                    Unit Type

                    Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                    Load Withdrawable Fixed

                    Line Withdrawable Fixed

                    PE Withdrawable Fixed

                    Control Withdrawable Fixed

                    Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                    Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                    Fixed

                    Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                    Select Unit Designs

                    30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                    The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                    The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                    Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                    Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                    Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                    Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                    Select Unit Designs

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                    Stab Assembly

                    Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                    The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                    Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                    The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                    One Module Stab Assembly

                    The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                    One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                    Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                    Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                    Guide PinsPE Contact

                    Withdrawable One Module

                    Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                    Power Stab

                    Select Unit Designs

                    32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                    Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                    The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                    Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                    Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                    Door Latches (Standard)

                    Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                    Arc Containment Latch

                    Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                    Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                    bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                    red with white lettering

                    Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                    Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                    Standard 14 Turn Latch

                    Locked Position Released Position

                    Select Unit Designs

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                    Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                    Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                    Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                    Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                    Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                    Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                    Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                    The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                    E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                    Select Unit Designs

                    34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Select Unit Types

                    Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                    Main and Feeder Units

                    Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                    Lug Components

                    Cable Provisions(1)

                    Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                    Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                    300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                    600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                    (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                    (2) 240 mm26

                    (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                    800 (2) 500 mm2

                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 240 mm24

                    (1) 400 mm2

                    (2) 300 mm2

                    (4) 240 mm2

                    (3) 240 mm2

                    (4) 185 mm26

                    (1) 500 mm2

                    (2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 300 mm2

                    (2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 185 mm28

                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                    1200 (2) 500 mm2

                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 240 mm24

                    (1) 500 mm2

                    (2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 300 mm2

                    (2) 400 mm2

                    (4) 240 mm28

                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                    1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                    2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                    (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                    Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                    The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                    MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                    They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                    MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                    For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                    For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                    Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                    Amperes

                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                    350 140G-KC3-D35

                    400 140G-KC3-D40

                    500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                    600 140G-MC3-D60

                    700 140G-MC3-D70

                    800 140G-MC3-D80

                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                    Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                    Amperes

                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                    350 140G-K3-D40

                    400

                    500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                    600

                    700 140G-M3-D80

                    800

                    1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                    Select Unit Types

                    36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                    Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                    Amperes

                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                    16 140M-D8E-C16

                    20 140M-D8E-C20

                    25 140M-D8E-C25

                    30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                    35 140G-GC3-C35

                    40 140G-GC3-C40

                    45 140G-GC3-C45

                    50 140G-GC3-C50

                    60 140G-GC3-C60

                    70 140G-GC3-C70

                    80 140G-GC3-C80

                    90 140G-GC3-C90

                    100 140G-GC3-D10

                    110 140G-GC3-D11

                    125 140G-GC3-D12

                    160 140G-GE3-D16

                    175 140G-IC3-D17

                    200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                    225 140G-IC3-D22

                    250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                    300 140G-KH3-D30

                    350 140G-KH3-D40

                    400

                    500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                    600

                    700 140G-MH3-D80

                    800

                    1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                    Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                    Amperes

                    Protection Type

                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                    40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                    60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                    LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                    100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                    LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                    125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                    150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                    LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                    160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                    250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                    300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                    400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                    630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                    800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                    1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                    LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                    Select Unit Types

                    38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                    The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                    The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                    The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                    bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                    Protection Modes

                    PR121 PR122 PR123

                    Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                    Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                    LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                    Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                    Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                    EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                    Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                    Fault History Fault History

                    ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                    Harmonic Metering

                    Terminal Temperature Protection

                    Trip Circuit Supervision

                    Pre-trip Alarm

                    Earth Leakage

                    Motor Protection

                    Power Metering and Protection

                    Breaker Failure Feedback

                    Digital InputRelay Outputs

                    Maintenance Indication

                    For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                    Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                    Amperes

                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                    1250

                    1600

                    2000 E3 800 800

                    2500

                    3200 E4 900

                    4000 1000

                    (1) Fixed mount style

                    Select Unit Types

                    40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                    Amperes

                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                    1250

                    1600

                    2000 E3 800 800

                    2500

                    3200 E4 900

                    4000 1000

                    (1) Fixed mount style

                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                    Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                    Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                    Starter Units

                    Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                    Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                    Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                    DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                    Select Unit Types

                    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                    Input VoltagekW

                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                    380415440460480VIP204254

                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                    55

                    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                    11 100-C2310 2(5)

                    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                    185 mdash

                    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                    37

                    45 140MG-J8P-

                    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                    90

                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                    220

                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                    Select Unit Types

                    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                    Input VoltagekW

                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                    380415440460480VIP204254

                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                    55

                    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                    11

                    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                    185 mdash

                    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                    37 4

                    45 140MG-J8P-

                    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                    90

                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                    220

                    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                    Select Unit Types

                    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                    SMC Flex Cat No

                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                    kW

                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                    380415V IP204254

                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                    4A Size 000

                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                    6A Size 000

                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                    16A Size 000

                    75 mdash

                    20A Size 000

                    11 mdash

                    40A Size 000

                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                    40A Size 000

                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                    63A Size 000

                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                    80A Size 00

                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                    125A Size 00

                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                    125A Size 00

                    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                    200A Size 1

                    90 mdash

                    250A Size 1

                    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                    355A Size 2

                    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                    355A Size 2

                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                    500A Size 3

                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                    500A Size 3

                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                    630A Size 3

                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                    Select Unit Types

                    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                    SMC Flex Cat No

                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                    kW

                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                    440460480V IP204254

                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                    4A Size 000

                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                    6A Size 000

                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                    16A Size 000

                    75 mdash

                    20A Size 000

                    11 mdash

                    40A Size 000

                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                    40A Size 000

                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                    63A Size 000

                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                    80A Size 00

                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                    125A Size 00

                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                    125A Size 00

                    75 150-F135NBD mdash

                    200A Size 1

                    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                    250A Size 1

                    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                    355A Size 2

                    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                    355A Size 2

                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                    500A Size 3

                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                    500A Size 3

                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                    630A Size 3

                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                    Select Unit Types

                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                    VFD Cat No

                    Frame Size

                    Module Size(3)(4)

                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                    With Line

                    Reactor

                    With Load

                    Reactor

                    With Both

                    Reactors

                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                    Select Unit Types

                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                    VFD Cat No

                    Frame Size

                    Module Size(3)(4)

                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                    With Line

                    Reactor

                    With Load

                    Reactor

                    With Both

                    Reactors

                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                    22 25B-D043N114

                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                    Drive Ratings

                    Circuit Breaker

                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                    Size

                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                    Module Size(4)

                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                    Voltage kW(1)

                    Output Current

                    Amps

                    400V AC IP204254

                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                    1321-3R35-B

                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                    1321-3R45-B

                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                    1321-3R45-B 12

                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                    1321-3R80-B

                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                    1321-3R80-B

                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                    1321-3R80-B

                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                    1321-3R100-B

                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                    Select Unit Types

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                    Drive Ratings

                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                    Frame Size

                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                    Module

                    Size(4)

                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                    Voltage kW(1)

                    Output Current

                    Amps

                    400V AC IP204254

                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                    1321-3R160-B

                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                    1321-3R200-B

                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                    1321-3R200-B

                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                    1321-3RB250-B

                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                    1321-3RB320-B

                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                    1321-3RB400-B

                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                    1321-3R500-B

                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                    Select Unit Types

                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                    Select Unit Types

                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                    Linking Devices

                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                    Ethernet power supply 2

                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                    Select Unit Types

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                    Select Unit Types

                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Select Unit Types

                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                    2004108EC200695EC

                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                    Certifications and Markings

                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                    Rated Frequency fn

                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                    e

                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                    Neutral (N)

                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                    See page 19

                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                    Structural Surface Treatments

                    InteriorExterior

                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                    Selection Checklist

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                    Selection Checklist

                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                    Customer User

                    Office

                    Certifications and Markings

                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                    Incoming Power

                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                    Available fault current kA

                    Control Power

                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                    Structure

                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                    Bus

                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                    Selection Checklist

                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    IntelliCENTERreg

                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                    Other Network Options

                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                    Ampere rating A

                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                    Feeder Units

                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                    Nameplates

                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                    Door Latches

                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                    Wire Markers

                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                    Spares

                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                    Selection Checklist

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                    Options and Accessories

                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    Selection Checklist

                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                    Connection r Line r Delta

                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                    Options and Accessories

                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                    Selection Checklist

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                    Options and Accessories

                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                    Selection Checklist

                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                    Location (specify)

                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                    Location (specify)

                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    r Extra space for future units

                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                    Motor List

                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                    Selection Checklist

                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                    Notes

                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                    • Table of Contents
                    • Whatrsquos New
                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                      • Select Network Technology
                        • Network
                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                          • Select Structure
                            • ArcShield Technology
                              • Select Power Systems
                              • Select Unit Designs
                                • Unit Size
                                • Unit Style
                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                • Stab Assembly
                                • Control and Network Connections
                                • Unit Doors
                                • Control Power
                                  • Select Unit Types
                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                    • Starter Units
                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                      • Selection Checklist
                                      • Back Cover

                      Select Network Technology

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 11

                      Select Network Technology

                      Built-in Networkingbull EtherNetIP or DeviceNetbull Media protected behind barriersbull Topology so you can add and remove devices without interrupting any other device on the network

                      Intelligent Motor Controlsbull PowerFlex 523 525 753 and 755 drivesbull SMCtrade Flex soft starterbull E300 E1 Plustrade and E3 Plustrade electronic overload relays

                      IntelliCENTER Softwarebull Distributed IObull Point IODSAbull Virtual MCCbull Parameter editorbull Status dashboardsbull Energy monitoring and managementbull Documentation managementbull Spare parts information

                      Factory Configurationbull IP address network media validationbull IP address node configurationbull Communication checkbull Network commissioning

                      IntelliCENTERreg technology improves the intelligence of your MCC with built-in networking to capture information used for predictive maintenance process monitoring and advanced diagnostics

                      EtherNetIP enables IntelliCENTER Integration Assistant that automatically configures and populates your IO tree and network configuration

                      NetworkIn addition to DeviceNet CENTERLINE MCCs are now available with EtherNetIP as one of its factory-validated and tested embedded systems The EtherNetIP enhances integration reduces your MCC set-up time and increases the network speed It also lets you quickly monitor troubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust motor control capabilities with access to the real-time data you need by using a network that communicates with your entire enterprise

                      The cost and performance of a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network makes them ideal for MCC applications Open specifications and protocol managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) means vendors are not required to purchase hardware software or licensing rights to connect to a system

                      Select Network Technology

                      12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                      EtherNetIP

                      Devices

                      Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

                      Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

                      Cabling

                      The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                      All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                      The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

                      System Performance

                      The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

                      An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

                      (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

                      EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                      Select Network Technology

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                      EtherNetIP Components

                      Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                      IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                      POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                      The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                      settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                      bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                      For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                      DeviceNet

                      Devices

                      DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                      Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                      Cabling

                      All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                      The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                      Select Network Technology

                      14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      System Performance

                      The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                      The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                      replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                      systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                      via IO explicit messaging

                      DeviceNet Components

                      Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                      overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                      starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                      For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                      IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                      Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                      bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                      bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                      diagrams or spare parts

                      Select Network Technology

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                      Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                      bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                      time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                      view

                      Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                      Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                      Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                      The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                      bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                      bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                      bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                      bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                      Spreadsheet View

                      This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                      bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                      Monitor View

                      Energy Monitoring and Management View

                      Spare Parts List View

                      Event Log View

                      The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                      Spare Parts List

                      A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                      Integration Assistant

                      IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                      bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                      bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                      bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                      Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                      IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                      When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                      Select Network Technology

                      16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Select Structure

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                      Select Structure

                      Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                      bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                      rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                      Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                      For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                      Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                      The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                      Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                      Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                      Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                      Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                      Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                      Double Front Configuration

                      Single Front Configuration

                      18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Typical Column

                      Top Wireway Endplates

                      Top Wireway Barrier

                      Top Wireway Cover

                      Vertical Wireway Door

                      Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                      Single Unit Support Pan

                      Bottom Plates

                      Top Wireway Pan

                      Center End Closing Plate

                      Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                      Network Wireway

                      Mounting Channels

                      Left Side Plate

                      Top Plate

                      Lifting Angle

                      Bottom Wireway Endplates

                      Bottom Wireway Cover

                      Select Structure

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                      Select Structure

                      Column Dimensions

                      All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                      Width

                      Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                      600(1) 600 None

                      700 500 200

                      800 300

                      900 400

                      1000 500

                      (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                      Depth

                      Single Front Double Front

                      600 1200

                      800 1600 or 2000(1)

                      (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                      Height

                      Dimension Measurement

                      Total height 2300

                      Available unit height 1980

                      Top horizontal wireway 170

                      Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                      External mounting channel 35

                      Weight(1) (kg)

                      Column Width

                      Column Depth

                      600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                      600 700 350 450

                      800 400 525

                      900 450 575

                      1000 500 650

                      (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                      600hellip1000

                      170

                      1980

                      115

                      35

                      200hellip500500 or 600

                      600 or 800

                      2300

                      20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                      bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                      Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                      Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                      The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                      The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                      Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                      The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                      Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                      WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                      Horizontal Wireways

                      Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                      Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                      Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                      Select Structure

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                      Select Structure

                      Vertical Wireway

                      The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                      The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                      Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                      Top Horizontal Wireway

                      Vertical Wireway

                      Door

                      Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                      Vertical Wireway Door

                      Select Structure

                      22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                      The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                      Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                      bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                      In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                      Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                      Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                      Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                      Select Structure

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                      ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                      CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                      Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                      bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                      bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                      bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                      bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                      bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                      bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                      Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                      IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                      bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                      Pressure relief system

                      Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                      Insulating covers between columns

                      Arc-containment Door Latches

                      Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                      Select Power Systems

                      24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Select Power Systems

                      CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                      Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                      The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                      The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                      The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                      Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                      Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                      The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                      bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                      helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                      Vertical Bus Standard Features

                      Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                      Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                      unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                      removed

                      Select Power Systems

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                      Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                      Bus Rating

                      Busbar Quantity

                      Busbar

                      Dimensions (mm)

                      Bus Bracing System(1)

                      Withstand Ratings(2)

                      lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                      lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                      800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                      1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                      1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                      2000 A 1 1

                      6 x 100 10 x 100

                      Standard Standard

                      X X

                      X X

                      X X

                      X X

                      X X

                      2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                      3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                      Standard with glastic supports

                      X X X X X X X

                      4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                      65 kA with glastic supports

                      X X X X X X X

                      (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                      cw) and short circuit peak (l

                      pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                      Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                      The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                      Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                      The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                      The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                      The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                      The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                      Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                      Select Power Systems

                      26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                      Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                      The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                      An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                      A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                      Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                      An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                      The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                      Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                      Select Power Systems

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                      Select Unit Designs

                      All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                      Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                      Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                      bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                      2 Module Unit

                      8 Module Unit

                      4 Module Unit

                      Single Module Unit

                      Four Modules Unit

                      24 Modules Total

                      Unit Type Module Size

                      Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                      Fixed mount 2hellip24

                      Select Unit Designs

                      28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                      Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                      Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                      For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                      Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                      Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                      Withdraw Lever

                      Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                      Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                      Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                      Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                      Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                      Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                      Select Unit Designs

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                      Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                      Connection Present

                      Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                      Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                      Test radic radic radic radic

                      Disconnected radic radic

                      Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                      (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                      Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                      Unit Connections

                      Unit Type

                      Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                      Load Withdrawable Fixed

                      Line Withdrawable Fixed

                      PE Withdrawable Fixed

                      Control Withdrawable Fixed

                      Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                      Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                      Fixed

                      Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                      Select Unit Designs

                      30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                      The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                      The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                      Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                      Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                      Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                      Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                      Select Unit Designs

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                      Stab Assembly

                      Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                      The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                      Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                      The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                      One Module Stab Assembly

                      The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                      One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                      Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                      Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                      Guide PinsPE Contact

                      Withdrawable One Module

                      Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                      Power Stab

                      Select Unit Designs

                      32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                      Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                      The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                      Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                      Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                      Door Latches (Standard)

                      Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                      Arc Containment Latch

                      Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                      Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                      bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                      red with white lettering

                      Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                      Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                      Standard 14 Turn Latch

                      Locked Position Released Position

                      Select Unit Designs

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                      Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                      Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                      Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                      Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                      Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                      Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                      Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                      The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                      E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                      Select Unit Designs

                      34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Select Unit Types

                      Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                      Main and Feeder Units

                      Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                      Lug Components

                      Cable Provisions(1)

                      Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                      Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                      300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                      600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                      (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                      (2) 240 mm26

                      (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                      800 (2) 500 mm2

                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 240 mm24

                      (1) 400 mm2

                      (2) 300 mm2

                      (4) 240 mm2

                      (3) 240 mm2

                      (4) 185 mm26

                      (1) 500 mm2

                      (2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 300 mm2

                      (2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 185 mm28

                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                      1200 (2) 500 mm2

                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 240 mm24

                      (1) 500 mm2

                      (2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 300 mm2

                      (2) 400 mm2

                      (4) 240 mm28

                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                      1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                      2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                      (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                      Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                      The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                      MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                      They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                      MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                      For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                      For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                      Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                      Amperes

                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                      350 140G-KC3-D35

                      400 140G-KC3-D40

                      500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                      600 140G-MC3-D60

                      700 140G-MC3-D70

                      800 140G-MC3-D80

                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                      Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                      Amperes

                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                      350 140G-K3-D40

                      400

                      500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                      600

                      700 140G-M3-D80

                      800

                      1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                      Select Unit Types

                      36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                      Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                      Amperes

                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                      16 140M-D8E-C16

                      20 140M-D8E-C20

                      25 140M-D8E-C25

                      30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                      35 140G-GC3-C35

                      40 140G-GC3-C40

                      45 140G-GC3-C45

                      50 140G-GC3-C50

                      60 140G-GC3-C60

                      70 140G-GC3-C70

                      80 140G-GC3-C80

                      90 140G-GC3-C90

                      100 140G-GC3-D10

                      110 140G-GC3-D11

                      125 140G-GC3-D12

                      160 140G-GE3-D16

                      175 140G-IC3-D17

                      200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                      225 140G-IC3-D22

                      250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                      300 140G-KH3-D30

                      350 140G-KH3-D40

                      400

                      500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                      600

                      700 140G-MH3-D80

                      800

                      1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                      Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                      Amperes

                      Protection Type

                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                      40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                      60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                      LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                      100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                      LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                      125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                      150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                      LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                      160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                      250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                      300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                      400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                      630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                      800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                      1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                      LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                      Select Unit Types

                      38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                      The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                      The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                      The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                      bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                      Protection Modes

                      PR121 PR122 PR123

                      Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                      Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                      LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                      Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                      Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                      EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                      Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                      Fault History Fault History

                      ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                      Harmonic Metering

                      Terminal Temperature Protection

                      Trip Circuit Supervision

                      Pre-trip Alarm

                      Earth Leakage

                      Motor Protection

                      Power Metering and Protection

                      Breaker Failure Feedback

                      Digital InputRelay Outputs

                      Maintenance Indication

                      For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                      Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                      Amperes

                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                      1250

                      1600

                      2000 E3 800 800

                      2500

                      3200 E4 900

                      4000 1000

                      (1) Fixed mount style

                      Select Unit Types

                      40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                      Amperes

                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                      1250

                      1600

                      2000 E3 800 800

                      2500

                      3200 E4 900

                      4000 1000

                      (1) Fixed mount style

                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                      Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                      Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                      Starter Units

                      Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                      Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                      Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                      DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                      Select Unit Types

                      42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                      Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                      Input VoltagekW

                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                      Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                      380415440460480VIP204254

                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                      55

                      75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                      11 100-C2310 2(5)

                      15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                      185 mdash

                      22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                      37

                      45 140MG-J8P-

                      75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                      90

                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                      160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                      185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                      220

                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                      Select Unit Types

                      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                      Input VoltagekW

                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                      380415440460480VIP204254

                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                      55

                      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                      11

                      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                      185 mdash

                      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                      37 4

                      45 140MG-J8P-

                      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                      90

                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                      220

                      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                      Select Unit Types

                      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                      SMC Flex Cat No

                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                      kW

                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                      380415V IP204254

                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                      4A Size 000

                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                      6A Size 000

                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                      16A Size 000

                      75 mdash

                      20A Size 000

                      11 mdash

                      40A Size 000

                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                      40A Size 000

                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                      63A Size 000

                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                      80A Size 00

                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                      125A Size 00

                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                      125A Size 00

                      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                      200A Size 1

                      90 mdash

                      250A Size 1

                      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                      355A Size 2

                      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                      355A Size 2

                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                      500A Size 3

                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                      500A Size 3

                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                      630A Size 3

                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                      Select Unit Types

                      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                      SMC Flex Cat No

                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                      kW

                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                      440460480V IP204254

                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                      4A Size 000

                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                      6A Size 000

                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                      16A Size 000

                      75 mdash

                      20A Size 000

                      11 mdash

                      40A Size 000

                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                      40A Size 000

                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                      63A Size 000

                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                      80A Size 00

                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                      125A Size 00

                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                      125A Size 00

                      75 150-F135NBD mdash

                      200A Size 1

                      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                      250A Size 1

                      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                      355A Size 2

                      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                      355A Size 2

                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                      500A Size 3

                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                      500A Size 3

                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                      630A Size 3

                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                      Select Unit Types

                      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                      VFD Cat No

                      Frame Size

                      Module Size(3)(4)

                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                      With Line

                      Reactor

                      With Load

                      Reactor

                      With Both

                      Reactors

                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                      Select Unit Types

                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                      VFD Cat No

                      Frame Size

                      Module Size(3)(4)

                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                      With Line

                      Reactor

                      With Load

                      Reactor

                      With Both

                      Reactors

                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                      22 25B-D043N114

                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                      Drive Ratings

                      Circuit Breaker

                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                      Size

                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                      Module Size(4)

                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                      Voltage kW(1)

                      Output Current

                      Amps

                      400V AC IP204254

                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                      1321-3R35-B

                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                      1321-3R45-B

                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                      1321-3R45-B 12

                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                      1321-3R80-B

                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                      1321-3R80-B

                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                      1321-3R80-B

                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                      1321-3R100-B

                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                      Select Unit Types

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                      Drive Ratings

                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                      Frame Size

                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                      Module

                      Size(4)

                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                      Voltage kW(1)

                      Output Current

                      Amps

                      400V AC IP204254

                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                      1321-3R160-B

                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                      1321-3R200-B

                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                      1321-3R200-B

                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                      1321-3RB250-B

                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                      1321-3RB320-B

                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                      1321-3RB400-B

                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                      1321-3R500-B

                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                      Select Unit Types

                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                      Select Unit Types

                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                      Linking Devices

                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                      Ethernet power supply 2

                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                      Select Unit Types

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                      Select Unit Types

                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Select Unit Types

                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                      2004108EC200695EC

                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                      Certifications and Markings

                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                      Rated Frequency fn

                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                      e

                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                      Neutral (N)

                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                      See page 19

                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                      Structural Surface Treatments

                      InteriorExterior

                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                      Selection Checklist

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                      Selection Checklist

                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                      Customer User

                      Office

                      Certifications and Markings

                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                      Incoming Power

                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                      Available fault current kA

                      Control Power

                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                      Structure

                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                      Bus

                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                      Selection Checklist

                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      IntelliCENTERreg

                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                      Other Network Options

                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                      Ampere rating A

                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                      Feeder Units

                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                      Nameplates

                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                      Door Latches

                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                      Wire Markers

                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                      Spares

                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                      Selection Checklist

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                      Options and Accessories

                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      Selection Checklist

                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                      Connection r Line r Delta

                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                      Options and Accessories

                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                      Selection Checklist

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                      Options and Accessories

                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                      Selection Checklist

                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                      Location (specify)

                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                      Location (specify)

                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      r Extra space for future units

                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                      Motor List

                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                      Selection Checklist

                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                      Notes

                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                      • Table of Contents
                      • Whatrsquos New
                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                        • Select Network Technology
                          • Network
                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                            • Select Structure
                              • ArcShield Technology
                                • Select Power Systems
                                • Select Unit Designs
                                  • Unit Size
                                  • Unit Style
                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                  • Stab Assembly
                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                  • Unit Doors
                                  • Control Power
                                    • Select Unit Types
                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                      • Starter Units
                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                        • Selection Checklist
                                        • Back Cover

                        Select Network Technology

                        12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Example of EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                        EtherNetIP

                        Devices

                        Each EtherNetIP network has one or two Stratixtrade switches(1) typically mounted in the top horizontal wireway in the standard configuration Up to 12 EtherNetIP ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Cables connected to the switch are then routed to EtherNetIP devices in the column

                        Each EtherNetIP component in an MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system Network wireways are isolated from the power wire

                        Cabling

                        The EtherNetIP network uses fiber or copper twisted-pair wiring The maximum length of copper twisted-pair wiring is 100 m between devices There is no cumulative length for the entire network Fiber cable length varies by cable design All EtherNetIP cabling is 600V rated meaning separation from motor cables is not needed An EtherNetIP system undergoes the same tests as a DeviceNet system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                        All EtherNetIP cables are routed through the control and network wireway as well as the top or bottom wireway of the MCC All cables are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                        The EtherNetIP cabling system for IntelliCENTER technology has been extensively tested for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads IntelliCENTER technology provides a robust network solution

                        System Performance

                        The EtherNetIP system in the MCC is designed to operate at 100 Mbaud

                        An EtherNetIP system is qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments Its application can be plant-wide and over multiple disciplines through commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) products like Ethernet switches and devices

                        (1) CENTERLINE 2500 units use Stratix 5700trade or Stratix 8000trade switches

                        EtherNetIP or DeviceNet Network

                        Select Network Technology

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                        EtherNetIP Components

                        Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                        IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                        POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                        The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                        settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                        bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                        For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                        DeviceNet

                        Devices

                        DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                        Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                        Cabling

                        All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                        The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                        Select Network Technology

                        14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        System Performance

                        The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                        The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                        replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                        systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                        via IO explicit messaging

                        DeviceNet Components

                        Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                        overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                        starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                        For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                        IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                        Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                        bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                        bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                        diagrams or spare parts

                        Select Network Technology

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                        Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                        bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                        time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                        view

                        Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                        Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                        Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                        The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                        bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                        bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                        bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                        bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                        Spreadsheet View

                        This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                        bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                        Monitor View

                        Energy Monitoring and Management View

                        Spare Parts List View

                        Event Log View

                        The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                        Spare Parts List

                        A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                        Integration Assistant

                        IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                        bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                        bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                        bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                        Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                        IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                        When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                        Select Network Technology

                        16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Select Structure

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                        Select Structure

                        Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                        bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                        rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                        Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                        For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                        Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                        The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                        Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                        Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                        Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                        Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                        Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                        Double Front Configuration

                        Single Front Configuration

                        18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Typical Column

                        Top Wireway Endplates

                        Top Wireway Barrier

                        Top Wireway Cover

                        Vertical Wireway Door

                        Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                        Single Unit Support Pan

                        Bottom Plates

                        Top Wireway Pan

                        Center End Closing Plate

                        Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                        Network Wireway

                        Mounting Channels

                        Left Side Plate

                        Top Plate

                        Lifting Angle

                        Bottom Wireway Endplates

                        Bottom Wireway Cover

                        Select Structure

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                        Select Structure

                        Column Dimensions

                        All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                        Width

                        Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                        600(1) 600 None

                        700 500 200

                        800 300

                        900 400

                        1000 500

                        (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                        Depth

                        Single Front Double Front

                        600 1200

                        800 1600 or 2000(1)

                        (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                        Height

                        Dimension Measurement

                        Total height 2300

                        Available unit height 1980

                        Top horizontal wireway 170

                        Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                        External mounting channel 35

                        Weight(1) (kg)

                        Column Width

                        Column Depth

                        600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                        600 700 350 450

                        800 400 525

                        900 450 575

                        1000 500 650

                        (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                        600hellip1000

                        170

                        1980

                        115

                        35

                        200hellip500500 or 600

                        600 or 800

                        2300

                        20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                        bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                        Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                        Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                        The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                        The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                        Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                        The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                        Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                        WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                        Horizontal Wireways

                        Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                        Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                        Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                        Select Structure

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                        Select Structure

                        Vertical Wireway

                        The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                        The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                        Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                        Top Horizontal Wireway

                        Vertical Wireway

                        Door

                        Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                        Vertical Wireway Door

                        Select Structure

                        22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                        The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                        Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                        bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                        In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                        Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                        Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                        Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                        Select Structure

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                        ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                        CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                        Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                        bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                        bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                        bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                        bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                        bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                        bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                        Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                        IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                        bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                        Pressure relief system

                        Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                        Insulating covers between columns

                        Arc-containment Door Latches

                        Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                        Select Power Systems

                        24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Select Power Systems

                        CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                        Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                        The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                        The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                        The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                        Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                        Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                        The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                        bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                        helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                        Vertical Bus Standard Features

                        Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                        Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                        unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                        removed

                        Select Power Systems

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                        Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                        Bus Rating

                        Busbar Quantity

                        Busbar

                        Dimensions (mm)

                        Bus Bracing System(1)

                        Withstand Ratings(2)

                        lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                        lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                        800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                        1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                        1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                        2000 A 1 1

                        6 x 100 10 x 100

                        Standard Standard

                        X X

                        X X

                        X X

                        X X

                        X X

                        2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                        3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                        Standard with glastic supports

                        X X X X X X X

                        4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                        65 kA with glastic supports

                        X X X X X X X

                        (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                        cw) and short circuit peak (l

                        pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                        Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                        The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                        Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                        The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                        The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                        The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                        The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                        Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                        Select Power Systems

                        26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                        Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                        The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                        An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                        A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                        Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                        An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                        The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                        Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                        Select Power Systems

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                        Select Unit Designs

                        All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                        Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                        Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                        bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                        2 Module Unit

                        8 Module Unit

                        4 Module Unit

                        Single Module Unit

                        Four Modules Unit

                        24 Modules Total

                        Unit Type Module Size

                        Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                        Fixed mount 2hellip24

                        Select Unit Designs

                        28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                        Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                        Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                        For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                        Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                        Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                        Withdraw Lever

                        Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                        Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                        Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                        Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                        Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                        Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                        Select Unit Designs

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                        Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                        Connection Present

                        Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                        Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                        Test radic radic radic radic

                        Disconnected radic radic

                        Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                        (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                        Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                        Unit Connections

                        Unit Type

                        Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                        Load Withdrawable Fixed

                        Line Withdrawable Fixed

                        PE Withdrawable Fixed

                        Control Withdrawable Fixed

                        Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                        Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                        Fixed

                        Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                        Select Unit Designs

                        30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                        The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                        The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                        Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                        Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                        Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                        Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                        Select Unit Designs

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                        Stab Assembly

                        Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                        The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                        Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                        The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                        One Module Stab Assembly

                        The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                        One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                        Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                        Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                        Guide PinsPE Contact

                        Withdrawable One Module

                        Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                        Power Stab

                        Select Unit Designs

                        32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                        Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                        The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                        Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                        Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                        Door Latches (Standard)

                        Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                        Arc Containment Latch

                        Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                        Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                        bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                        red with white lettering

                        Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                        Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                        Standard 14 Turn Latch

                        Locked Position Released Position

                        Select Unit Designs

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                        Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                        Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                        Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                        Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                        Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                        Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                        Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                        The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                        E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                        Select Unit Designs

                        34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Select Unit Types

                        Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                        Main and Feeder Units

                        Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                        Lug Components

                        Cable Provisions(1)

                        Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                        Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                        300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                        600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                        (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                        (2) 240 mm26

                        (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                        800 (2) 500 mm2

                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 240 mm24

                        (1) 400 mm2

                        (2) 300 mm2

                        (4) 240 mm2

                        (3) 240 mm2

                        (4) 185 mm26

                        (1) 500 mm2

                        (2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 300 mm2

                        (2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 185 mm28

                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                        1200 (2) 500 mm2

                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 240 mm24

                        (1) 500 mm2

                        (2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 300 mm2

                        (2) 400 mm2

                        (4) 240 mm28

                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                        1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                        2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                        (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                        Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                        The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                        MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                        They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                        MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                        For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                        For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                        Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                        Amperes

                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                        350 140G-KC3-D35

                        400 140G-KC3-D40

                        500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                        600 140G-MC3-D60

                        700 140G-MC3-D70

                        800 140G-MC3-D80

                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                        Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                        Amperes

                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                        350 140G-K3-D40

                        400

                        500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                        600

                        700 140G-M3-D80

                        800

                        1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                        Select Unit Types

                        36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                        Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                        Amperes

                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                        16 140M-D8E-C16

                        20 140M-D8E-C20

                        25 140M-D8E-C25

                        30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                        35 140G-GC3-C35

                        40 140G-GC3-C40

                        45 140G-GC3-C45

                        50 140G-GC3-C50

                        60 140G-GC3-C60

                        70 140G-GC3-C70

                        80 140G-GC3-C80

                        90 140G-GC3-C90

                        100 140G-GC3-D10

                        110 140G-GC3-D11

                        125 140G-GC3-D12

                        160 140G-GE3-D16

                        175 140G-IC3-D17

                        200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                        225 140G-IC3-D22

                        250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                        300 140G-KH3-D30

                        350 140G-KH3-D40

                        400

                        500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                        600

                        700 140G-MH3-D80

                        800

                        1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                        Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                        Amperes

                        Protection Type

                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                        40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                        60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                        LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                        100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                        LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                        125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                        150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                        LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                        160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                        250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                        300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                        400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                        630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                        800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                        1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                        LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                        Select Unit Types

                        38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                        The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                        The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                        The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                        bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                        Protection Modes

                        PR121 PR122 PR123

                        Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                        Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                        LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                        Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                        Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                        EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                        Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                        Fault History Fault History

                        ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                        Harmonic Metering

                        Terminal Temperature Protection

                        Trip Circuit Supervision

                        Pre-trip Alarm

                        Earth Leakage

                        Motor Protection

                        Power Metering and Protection

                        Breaker Failure Feedback

                        Digital InputRelay Outputs

                        Maintenance Indication

                        For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                        Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                        Amperes

                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                        1250

                        1600

                        2000 E3 800 800

                        2500

                        3200 E4 900

                        4000 1000

                        (1) Fixed mount style

                        Select Unit Types

                        40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                        Amperes

                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                        1250

                        1600

                        2000 E3 800 800

                        2500

                        3200 E4 900

                        4000 1000

                        (1) Fixed mount style

                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                        Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                        Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                        Starter Units

                        Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                        Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                        Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                        DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                        Select Unit Types

                        42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                        Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                        Input VoltagekW

                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                        Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                        380415440460480VIP204254

                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                        55

                        75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                        11 100-C2310 2(5)

                        15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                        185 mdash

                        22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                        37

                        45 140MG-J8P-

                        75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                        90

                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                        160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                        185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                        220

                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                        Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                        bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                        These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                        Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                        DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                        Select Unit Types

                        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                        Input VoltagekW

                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                        380415440460480VIP204254

                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                        55

                        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                        11

                        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                        185 mdash

                        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                        37 4

                        45 140MG-J8P-

                        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                        90

                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                        220

                        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                        Select Unit Types

                        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                        SMC Flex Cat No

                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                        kW

                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                        380415V IP204254

                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                        4A Size 000

                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                        6A Size 000

                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                        16A Size 000

                        75 mdash

                        20A Size 000

                        11 mdash

                        40A Size 000

                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                        40A Size 000

                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                        63A Size 000

                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                        80A Size 00

                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                        125A Size 00

                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                        125A Size 00

                        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                        200A Size 1

                        90 mdash

                        250A Size 1

                        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                        355A Size 2

                        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                        355A Size 2

                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                        500A Size 3

                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                        500A Size 3

                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                        630A Size 3

                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                        Select Unit Types

                        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                        SMC Flex Cat No

                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                        kW

                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                        440460480V IP204254

                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                        4A Size 000

                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                        6A Size 000

                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                        16A Size 000

                        75 mdash

                        20A Size 000

                        11 mdash

                        40A Size 000

                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                        40A Size 000

                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                        63A Size 000

                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                        80A Size 00

                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                        125A Size 00

                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                        125A Size 00

                        75 150-F135NBD mdash

                        200A Size 1

                        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                        250A Size 1

                        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                        355A Size 2

                        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                        355A Size 2

                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                        500A Size 3

                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                        500A Size 3

                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                        630A Size 3

                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                        Select Unit Types

                        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                        VFD Cat No

                        Frame Size

                        Module Size(3)(4)

                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                        With Line

                        Reactor

                        With Load

                        Reactor

                        With Both

                        Reactors

                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                        Select Unit Types

                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                        VFD Cat No

                        Frame Size

                        Module Size(3)(4)

                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                        With Line

                        Reactor

                        With Load

                        Reactor

                        With Both

                        Reactors

                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                        22 25B-D043N114

                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                        Drive Ratings

                        Circuit Breaker

                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                        Size

                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                        Module Size(4)

                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                        Voltage kW(1)

                        Output Current

                        Amps

                        400V AC IP204254

                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                        1321-3R35-B

                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                        1321-3R45-B

                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                        1321-3R45-B 12

                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                        1321-3R80-B

                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                        1321-3R80-B

                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                        1321-3R80-B

                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                        1321-3R100-B

                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                        Select Unit Types

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                        Drive Ratings

                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                        Frame Size

                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                        Module

                        Size(4)

                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                        Voltage kW(1)

                        Output Current

                        Amps

                        400V AC IP204254

                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                        1321-3R160-B

                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                        1321-3R200-B

                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                        1321-3R200-B

                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                        1321-3RB250-B

                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                        1321-3RB320-B

                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                        1321-3RB400-B

                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                        1321-3R500-B

                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                        Select Unit Types

                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                        Select Unit Types

                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                        Linking Devices

                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                        Ethernet power supply 2

                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                        Select Unit Types

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                        Select Unit Types

                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Select Unit Types

                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                        2004108EC200695EC

                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                        Certifications and Markings

                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                        Rated Frequency fn

                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                        e

                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                        Neutral (N)

                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                        See page 19

                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                        Structural Surface Treatments

                        InteriorExterior

                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                        Selection Checklist

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                        Selection Checklist

                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                        Customer User

                        Office

                        Certifications and Markings

                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                        Incoming Power

                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                        Available fault current kA

                        Control Power

                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                        Structure

                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                        Bus

                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                        Selection Checklist

                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        IntelliCENTERreg

                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                        Other Network Options

                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                        Ampere rating A

                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                        Feeder Units

                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                        Nameplates

                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                        Door Latches

                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                        Wire Markers

                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                        Spares

                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                        Selection Checklist

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                        Options and Accessories

                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        Selection Checklist

                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                        Connection r Line r Delta

                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                        Options and Accessories

                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                        Selection Checklist

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                        Options and Accessories

                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                        Selection Checklist

                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                        Location (specify)

                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                        Location (specify)

                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        r Extra space for future units

                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                        Motor List

                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                        Selection Checklist

                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                        Notes

                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                        • Table of Contents
                        • Whatrsquos New
                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                          • Select Network Technology
                            • Network
                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                              • Select Structure
                                • ArcShield Technology
                                  • Select Power Systems
                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                    • Unit Size
                                    • Unit Style
                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                    • Stab Assembly
                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                    • Unit Doors
                                    • Control Power
                                      • Select Unit Types
                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                        • Starter Units
                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                          • Selection Checklist
                                          • Back Cover

                          Select Network Technology

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 13

                          EtherNetIP Components

                          Each unit can be provided with an EtherNetIP componentbull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with EtherNetIP module E3trade or E3 Plus overload relays with an EtherNet

                          IP adapter or E300 solid-state overload relaysbull AC drives can be provided with an EtherNetIP communication module andor an embedded optionbull Solid-state controllers can be provided with EtherNetIP communication modules and in some instances an EtherNetIP

                          POINT IOtrade systembull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                          The EtherNetIP system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Configuration (ADC) which automatically downloads the IP address firmware and device parameter

                          settings to a newly replaced device without user interaction You can quickly replace a failed device without any tools or expertise and ADC completely configures all aspects of the device in minutes

                          bull Switch-level linear or switch-level ring topologies provide network flexibility for any sized operation or business systembull Heavy traffic performancebull You can add or subtract nodes on-the-flybull Advanced network configuration security and diagnostics provided by layer-2 managed Ethernet switches

                          For more information on MCCs with EtherNetIP refer to CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers with EtherNetIP Network publication 2500-TD003

                          DeviceNet

                          Devices

                          DeviceNet linking devices allow you to quickly connect your factory network to a CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with IntelliCENTER technology With an integrated architecture solution you can seamlessly access parameters through a Human Machine Interface (HMI) for motor control across hundreds of motors

                          Up to 24 DeviceNet ports can be provided in each control and network wireway Each DeviceNet component in a MCC unit is connected to the network through a port in the control and network wireway Adding or removing units from the network does not interrupt the other units operating in the system

                          Cabling

                          All trunk and drop DeviceNet cabling is ODVA certified Class 1 with 600V insulation and 8 A rating A DeviceNet system undergoes the same tests as an EtherNetIP system for noise immunity with network cables in close proximity to high current motor leads

                          The DeviceNet trunk line is routed through the control and network wireway and top horizontal wireway of the MCC Trunk lines are routed behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways to help prevent accidental damage

                          Select Network Technology

                          14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          System Performance

                          The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                          The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                          replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                          systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                          via IO explicit messaging

                          DeviceNet Components

                          Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                          overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                          starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                          For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                          IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                          Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                          bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                          bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                          diagrams or spare parts

                          Select Network Technology

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                          Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                          bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                          time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                          view

                          Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                          Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                          Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                          The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                          bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                          bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                          bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                          bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                          Spreadsheet View

                          This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                          bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                          Monitor View

                          Energy Monitoring and Management View

                          Spare Parts List View

                          Event Log View

                          The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                          Spare Parts List

                          A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                          Integration Assistant

                          IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                          bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                          bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                          bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                          Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                          IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                          When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                          Select Network Technology

                          16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Select Structure

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                          Select Structure

                          Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                          bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                          rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                          Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                          For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                          Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                          The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                          Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                          Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                          Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                          Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                          Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                          Double Front Configuration

                          Single Front Configuration

                          18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Typical Column

                          Top Wireway Endplates

                          Top Wireway Barrier

                          Top Wireway Cover

                          Vertical Wireway Door

                          Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                          Single Unit Support Pan

                          Bottom Plates

                          Top Wireway Pan

                          Center End Closing Plate

                          Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                          Network Wireway

                          Mounting Channels

                          Left Side Plate

                          Top Plate

                          Lifting Angle

                          Bottom Wireway Endplates

                          Bottom Wireway Cover

                          Select Structure

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                          Select Structure

                          Column Dimensions

                          All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                          Width

                          Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                          600(1) 600 None

                          700 500 200

                          800 300

                          900 400

                          1000 500

                          (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                          Depth

                          Single Front Double Front

                          600 1200

                          800 1600 or 2000(1)

                          (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                          Height

                          Dimension Measurement

                          Total height 2300

                          Available unit height 1980

                          Top horizontal wireway 170

                          Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                          External mounting channel 35

                          Weight(1) (kg)

                          Column Width

                          Column Depth

                          600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                          600 700 350 450

                          800 400 525

                          900 450 575

                          1000 500 650

                          (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                          600hellip1000

                          170

                          1980

                          115

                          35

                          200hellip500500 or 600

                          600 or 800

                          2300

                          20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                          bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                          Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                          Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                          The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                          The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                          Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                          The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                          Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                          WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                          Horizontal Wireways

                          Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                          Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                          Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                          Select Structure

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                          Select Structure

                          Vertical Wireway

                          The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                          The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                          Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                          Top Horizontal Wireway

                          Vertical Wireway

                          Door

                          Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                          Vertical Wireway Door

                          Select Structure

                          22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                          The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                          Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                          bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                          In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                          Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                          Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                          Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                          Select Structure

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                          ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                          CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                          Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                          bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                          bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                          bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                          bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                          bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                          bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                          Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                          IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                          bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                          Pressure relief system

                          Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                          Insulating covers between columns

                          Arc-containment Door Latches

                          Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                          Select Power Systems

                          24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Select Power Systems

                          CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                          Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                          The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                          The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                          The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                          Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                          Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                          The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                          bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                          helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                          Vertical Bus Standard Features

                          Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                          Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                          unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                          removed

                          Select Power Systems

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                          Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                          Bus Rating

                          Busbar Quantity

                          Busbar

                          Dimensions (mm)

                          Bus Bracing System(1)

                          Withstand Ratings(2)

                          lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                          lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                          800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                          1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                          1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                          2000 A 1 1

                          6 x 100 10 x 100

                          Standard Standard

                          X X

                          X X

                          X X

                          X X

                          X X

                          2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                          3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                          Standard with glastic supports

                          X X X X X X X

                          4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                          65 kA with glastic supports

                          X X X X X X X

                          (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                          cw) and short circuit peak (l

                          pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                          Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                          The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                          Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                          The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                          The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                          The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                          The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                          Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                          Select Power Systems

                          26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                          Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                          The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                          An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                          A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                          Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                          An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                          The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                          Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                          Select Power Systems

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                          Select Unit Designs

                          All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                          Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                          Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                          bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                          2 Module Unit

                          8 Module Unit

                          4 Module Unit

                          Single Module Unit

                          Four Modules Unit

                          24 Modules Total

                          Unit Type Module Size

                          Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                          Fixed mount 2hellip24

                          Select Unit Designs

                          28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                          Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                          Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                          For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                          Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                          Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                          Withdraw Lever

                          Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                          Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                          Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                          Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                          Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                          Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                          Select Unit Designs

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                          Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                          Connection Present

                          Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                          Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                          Test radic radic radic radic

                          Disconnected radic radic

                          Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                          (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                          Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                          Unit Connections

                          Unit Type

                          Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                          Load Withdrawable Fixed

                          Line Withdrawable Fixed

                          PE Withdrawable Fixed

                          Control Withdrawable Fixed

                          Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                          Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                          Fixed

                          Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                          Select Unit Designs

                          30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                          The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                          The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                          Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                          Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                          Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                          Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                          Select Unit Designs

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                          Stab Assembly

                          Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                          The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                          Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                          The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                          One Module Stab Assembly

                          The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                          One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                          Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                          Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                          Guide PinsPE Contact

                          Withdrawable One Module

                          Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                          Power Stab

                          Select Unit Designs

                          32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                          Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                          The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                          Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                          Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                          Door Latches (Standard)

                          Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                          Arc Containment Latch

                          Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                          Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                          bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                          red with white lettering

                          Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                          Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                          Standard 14 Turn Latch

                          Locked Position Released Position

                          Select Unit Designs

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                          Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                          Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                          Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                          Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                          Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                          Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                          Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                          The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                          E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                          Select Unit Designs

                          34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Select Unit Types

                          Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                          Main and Feeder Units

                          Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                          Lug Components

                          Cable Provisions(1)

                          Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                          Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                          300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                          600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                          (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                          (2) 240 mm26

                          (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                          800 (2) 500 mm2

                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 240 mm24

                          (1) 400 mm2

                          (2) 300 mm2

                          (4) 240 mm2

                          (3) 240 mm2

                          (4) 185 mm26

                          (1) 500 mm2

                          (2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 300 mm2

                          (2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 185 mm28

                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                          1200 (2) 500 mm2

                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 240 mm24

                          (1) 500 mm2

                          (2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 300 mm2

                          (2) 400 mm2

                          (4) 240 mm28

                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                          1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                          2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                          (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                          Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                          The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                          MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                          They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                          MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                          For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                          For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                          Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                          Amperes

                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                          350 140G-KC3-D35

                          400 140G-KC3-D40

                          500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                          600 140G-MC3-D60

                          700 140G-MC3-D70

                          800 140G-MC3-D80

                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                          Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                          Amperes

                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                          350 140G-K3-D40

                          400

                          500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                          600

                          700 140G-M3-D80

                          800

                          1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                          Select Unit Types

                          36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                          Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                          Amperes

                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                          16 140M-D8E-C16

                          20 140M-D8E-C20

                          25 140M-D8E-C25

                          30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                          35 140G-GC3-C35

                          40 140G-GC3-C40

                          45 140G-GC3-C45

                          50 140G-GC3-C50

                          60 140G-GC3-C60

                          70 140G-GC3-C70

                          80 140G-GC3-C80

                          90 140G-GC3-C90

                          100 140G-GC3-D10

                          110 140G-GC3-D11

                          125 140G-GC3-D12

                          160 140G-GE3-D16

                          175 140G-IC3-D17

                          200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                          225 140G-IC3-D22

                          250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                          300 140G-KH3-D30

                          350 140G-KH3-D40

                          400

                          500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                          600

                          700 140G-MH3-D80

                          800

                          1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                          Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                          Amperes

                          Protection Type

                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                          40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                          60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                          LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                          100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                          LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                          125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                          150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                          LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                          160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                          250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                          300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                          400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                          630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                          800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                          1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                          LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                          Select Unit Types

                          38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                          The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                          The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                          The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                          bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                          Protection Modes

                          PR121 PR122 PR123

                          Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                          Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                          LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                          Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                          Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                          EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                          Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                          Fault History Fault History

                          ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                          Harmonic Metering

                          Terminal Temperature Protection

                          Trip Circuit Supervision

                          Pre-trip Alarm

                          Earth Leakage

                          Motor Protection

                          Power Metering and Protection

                          Breaker Failure Feedback

                          Digital InputRelay Outputs

                          Maintenance Indication

                          For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                          Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                          Amperes

                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                          1250

                          1600

                          2000 E3 800 800

                          2500

                          3200 E4 900

                          4000 1000

                          (1) Fixed mount style

                          Select Unit Types

                          40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                          Amperes

                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                          1250

                          1600

                          2000 E3 800 800

                          2500

                          3200 E4 900

                          4000 1000

                          (1) Fixed mount style

                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                          Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                          Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                          Starter Units

                          Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                          Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                          Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                          DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                          Select Unit Types

                          42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                          Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                          Input VoltagekW

                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                          Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                          380415440460480VIP204254

                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                          55

                          75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                          11 100-C2310 2(5)

                          15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                          185 mdash

                          22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                          37

                          45 140MG-J8P-

                          75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                          90

                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                          160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                          185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                          220

                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                          Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                          bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                          These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                          Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                          DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                          Select Unit Types

                          44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                          Input VoltagekW

                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                          380415440460480VIP204254

                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                          55

                          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                          11

                          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                          185 mdash

                          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                          37 4

                          45 140MG-J8P-

                          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                          90

                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                          220

                          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                          Select Unit Types

                          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                          SMC Flex Cat No

                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                          kW

                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                          380415V IP204254

                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                          4A Size 000

                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                          6A Size 000

                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                          16A Size 000

                          75 mdash

                          20A Size 000

                          11 mdash

                          40A Size 000

                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                          40A Size 000

                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                          63A Size 000

                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                          80A Size 00

                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                          125A Size 00

                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                          125A Size 00

                          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                          200A Size 1

                          90 mdash

                          250A Size 1

                          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                          355A Size 2

                          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                          355A Size 2

                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                          500A Size 3

                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                          500A Size 3

                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                          630A Size 3

                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                          Select Unit Types

                          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                          SMC Flex Cat No

                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                          kW

                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                          440460480V IP204254

                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                          4A Size 000

                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                          6A Size 000

                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                          16A Size 000

                          75 mdash

                          20A Size 000

                          11 mdash

                          40A Size 000

                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                          40A Size 000

                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                          63A Size 000

                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                          80A Size 00

                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                          125A Size 00

                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                          125A Size 00

                          75 150-F135NBD mdash

                          200A Size 1

                          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                          250A Size 1

                          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                          355A Size 2

                          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                          355A Size 2

                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                          500A Size 3

                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                          500A Size 3

                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                          630A Size 3

                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                          Select Unit Types

                          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                          VFD Cat No

                          Frame Size

                          Module Size(3)(4)

                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                          With Line

                          Reactor

                          With Load

                          Reactor

                          With Both

                          Reactors

                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                          Select Unit Types

                          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                          VFD Cat No

                          Frame Size

                          Module Size(3)(4)

                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                          With Line

                          Reactor

                          With Load

                          Reactor

                          With Both

                          Reactors

                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                          185 25B-D037N114 E

                          22 25B-D043N114

                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                          Drive Ratings

                          Circuit Breaker

                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                          Size

                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                          Module Size(4)

                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                          Voltage kW(1)

                          Output Current

                          Amps

                          400V AC IP204254

                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                          1321-3R35-B

                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                          1321-3R45-B

                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                          1321-3R45-B 12

                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                          1321-3R80-B

                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                          1321-3R80-B

                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                          1321-3R80-B

                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                          1321-3R100-B

                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                          Select Unit Types

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                          Drive Ratings

                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                          Frame Size

                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                          Module

                          Size(4)

                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                          Voltage kW(1)

                          Output Current

                          Amps

                          400V AC IP204254

                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                          1321-3R160-B

                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                          1321-3R200-B

                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                          1321-3R200-B

                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                          1321-3RB250-B

                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                          1321-3RB320-B

                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                          1321-3RB400-B

                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                          1321-3R500-B

                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                          Select Unit Types

                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                          Select Unit Types

                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                          Linking Devices

                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                          Ethernet power supply 2

                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                          Select Unit Types

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                          Select Unit Types

                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Select Unit Types

                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                          2004108EC200695EC

                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                          Certifications and Markings

                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                          Rated Frequency fn

                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                          e

                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                          Neutral (N)

                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                          See page 19

                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                          Structural Surface Treatments

                          InteriorExterior

                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                          Selection Checklist

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                          Selection Checklist

                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                          Customer User

                          Office

                          Certifications and Markings

                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                          Incoming Power

                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                          Available fault current kA

                          Control Power

                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                          Structure

                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                          Bus

                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                          Selection Checklist

                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          IntelliCENTERreg

                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                          Other Network Options

                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                          Ampere rating A

                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                          Feeder Units

                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                          Nameplates

                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                          Door Latches

                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                          Wire Markers

                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                          Spares

                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                          Selection Checklist

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                          Options and Accessories

                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          Selection Checklist

                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                          Connection r Line r Delta

                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                          Options and Accessories

                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                          Selection Checklist

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                          Options and Accessories

                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                          Selection Checklist

                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                          Location (specify)

                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                          Location (specify)

                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          r Extra space for future units

                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                          Motor List

                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                          Selection Checklist

                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                          Notes

                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                          • Table of Contents
                          • Whatrsquos New
                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                            • Select Network Technology
                              • Network
                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                • Select Structure
                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                    • Select Power Systems
                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                      • Unit Size
                                      • Unit Style
                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                      • Stab Assembly
                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                      • Unit Doors
                                      • Control Power
                                        • Select Unit Types
                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                          • Starter Units
                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                            • Selection Checklist
                                            • Back Cover

                            Select Network Technology

                            14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            System Performance

                            The DeviceNet system in the MCC can operate at 500 kBd to maximize performance To achieve best performance all MCCs are engineered for a 250 kBd minimum communication rate The system can communicate and perform under normal and adverse electrical environments (for example contactor electrical operation contactor jogging duty and unit short circuit fault)

                            The DeviceNet system has the following capabilitiesbull Automatic Device Replacement (ADR) which automatically downloads the parameter settings of a failed device to its

                            replacementbull Online scanlist changes at run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is runningbull By choosing the appropriate scan mode (Polled Change of State [COS] Strobe and Cyclic) for different data DeviceNet

                            systems can achieve better throughput performance than networks with much higher communication ratesbull The control system can access every parameter in the device not just a few registers by transmitting and receiving data

                            via IO explicit messaging

                            DeviceNet Components

                            Each unit can be provided with a DeviceNet component bull Starter units can be provided with an E1 Plus with DeviceNet module E3 or E3 Plus overload relays or solid-state

                            overload relays with a DeviceNet Starter Auxiliarybull Contactor units can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliarybull AC drives can be provided with a DeviceNet communication modulebull Solid-state controllers can be provided with DeviceNet communication modules and in some instances a DeviceNet

                            starter auxiliary bull Fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits can be provided with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                            For more information on MCCs with DeviceNet refer to CENTERLINE 2500 DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2500-TD002

                            IntelliCENTER SoftwareThe CENTERLINE 2500 MCC is available with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software IntelliCENTER software is an intuitive software package that is customized to your MCC The software is capable of viewing managing and configuring multiple MCC line-ups The IntelliCENTER software communication driver lets the software be installed and operated on EtherNetIP or DeviceNet The IntelliCENTER software can function as a stand alone software package or as an ActiveX control in a HMI The IntelliCENTER software displays the following views

                            Elevation View The Elevation View screen in IntelliCENTER is an easy-to-identify graphical representation of your entire MCC lineup The condition of each motor controller is quickly established with status light indicators Customizable text provides instant identification of the motor machine or process

                            bull Navigate immediately to units of concern by simply double clicking on them

                            bull Re-arrange the view by using simple drag-and-drop bull Select units for which you want to see manuals wiring

                            diagrams or spare parts

                            Select Network Technology

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                            Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                            bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                            time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                            view

                            Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                            Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                            Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                            The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                            bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                            bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                            bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                            bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                            Spreadsheet View

                            This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                            bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                            Monitor View

                            Energy Monitoring and Management View

                            Spare Parts List View

                            Event Log View

                            The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                            Spare Parts List

                            A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                            Integration Assistant

                            IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                            bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                            bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                            bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                            Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                            IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                            When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                            Select Network Technology

                            16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Select Structure

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                            Select Structure

                            Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                            bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                            rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                            Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                            For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                            Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                            The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                            Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                            Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                            Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                            Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                            Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                            Double Front Configuration

                            Single Front Configuration

                            18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Typical Column

                            Top Wireway Endplates

                            Top Wireway Barrier

                            Top Wireway Cover

                            Vertical Wireway Door

                            Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                            Single Unit Support Pan

                            Bottom Plates

                            Top Wireway Pan

                            Center End Closing Plate

                            Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                            Network Wireway

                            Mounting Channels

                            Left Side Plate

                            Top Plate

                            Lifting Angle

                            Bottom Wireway Endplates

                            Bottom Wireway Cover

                            Select Structure

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                            Select Structure

                            Column Dimensions

                            All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                            Width

                            Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                            600(1) 600 None

                            700 500 200

                            800 300

                            900 400

                            1000 500

                            (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                            Depth

                            Single Front Double Front

                            600 1200

                            800 1600 or 2000(1)

                            (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                            Height

                            Dimension Measurement

                            Total height 2300

                            Available unit height 1980

                            Top horizontal wireway 170

                            Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                            External mounting channel 35

                            Weight(1) (kg)

                            Column Width

                            Column Depth

                            600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                            600 700 350 450

                            800 400 525

                            900 450 575

                            1000 500 650

                            (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                            600hellip1000

                            170

                            1980

                            115

                            35

                            200hellip500500 or 600

                            600 or 800

                            2300

                            20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                            bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                            Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                            Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                            The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                            The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                            Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                            The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                            Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                            WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                            Horizontal Wireways

                            Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                            Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                            Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                            Select Structure

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                            Select Structure

                            Vertical Wireway

                            The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                            The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                            Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                            Top Horizontal Wireway

                            Vertical Wireway

                            Door

                            Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                            Vertical Wireway Door

                            Select Structure

                            22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                            The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                            Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                            bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                            In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                            Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                            Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                            Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                            Select Structure

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                            ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                            CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                            Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                            bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                            bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                            bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                            bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                            bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                            bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                            Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                            IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                            bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                            Pressure relief system

                            Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                            Insulating covers between columns

                            Arc-containment Door Latches

                            Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                            Select Power Systems

                            24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Select Power Systems

                            CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                            Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                            The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                            The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                            The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                            Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                            Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                            The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                            bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                            helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                            Vertical Bus Standard Features

                            Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                            Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                            unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                            removed

                            Select Power Systems

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                            Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                            Bus Rating

                            Busbar Quantity

                            Busbar

                            Dimensions (mm)

                            Bus Bracing System(1)

                            Withstand Ratings(2)

                            lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                            lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                            800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                            1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                            1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                            2000 A 1 1

                            6 x 100 10 x 100

                            Standard Standard

                            X X

                            X X

                            X X

                            X X

                            X X

                            2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                            3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                            Standard with glastic supports

                            X X X X X X X

                            4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                            65 kA with glastic supports

                            X X X X X X X

                            (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                            cw) and short circuit peak (l

                            pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                            Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                            The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                            Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                            The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                            The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                            The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                            The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                            Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                            Select Power Systems

                            26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                            Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                            The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                            An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                            A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                            Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                            An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                            The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                            Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                            Select Power Systems

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                            Select Unit Designs

                            All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                            Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                            Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                            bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                            2 Module Unit

                            8 Module Unit

                            4 Module Unit

                            Single Module Unit

                            Four Modules Unit

                            24 Modules Total

                            Unit Type Module Size

                            Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                            Fixed mount 2hellip24

                            Select Unit Designs

                            28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                            Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                            Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                            For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                            Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                            Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                            Withdraw Lever

                            Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                            Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                            Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                            Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                            Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                            Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                            Select Unit Designs

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                            Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                            Connection Present

                            Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                            Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                            Test radic radic radic radic

                            Disconnected radic radic

                            Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                            (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                            Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                            Unit Connections

                            Unit Type

                            Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                            Load Withdrawable Fixed

                            Line Withdrawable Fixed

                            PE Withdrawable Fixed

                            Control Withdrawable Fixed

                            Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                            Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                            Fixed

                            Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                            Select Unit Designs

                            30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                            The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                            The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                            Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                            Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                            Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                            Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                            Select Unit Designs

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                            Stab Assembly

                            Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                            The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                            Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                            The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                            One Module Stab Assembly

                            The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                            One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                            Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                            Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                            Guide PinsPE Contact

                            Withdrawable One Module

                            Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                            Power Stab

                            Select Unit Designs

                            32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                            Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                            The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                            Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                            Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                            Door Latches (Standard)

                            Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                            Arc Containment Latch

                            Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                            Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                            bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                            red with white lettering

                            Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                            Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                            Standard 14 Turn Latch

                            Locked Position Released Position

                            Select Unit Designs

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                            Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                            Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                            Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                            Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                            Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                            Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                            Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                            The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                            E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                            Select Unit Designs

                            34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Select Unit Types

                            Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                            Main and Feeder Units

                            Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                            Lug Components

                            Cable Provisions(1)

                            Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                            Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                            300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                            600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                            (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                            (2) 240 mm26

                            (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                            800 (2) 500 mm2

                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 240 mm24

                            (1) 400 mm2

                            (2) 300 mm2

                            (4) 240 mm2

                            (3) 240 mm2

                            (4) 185 mm26

                            (1) 500 mm2

                            (2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 300 mm2

                            (2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 185 mm28

                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                            1200 (2) 500 mm2

                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 240 mm24

                            (1) 500 mm2

                            (2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 300 mm2

                            (2) 400 mm2

                            (4) 240 mm28

                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                            1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                            2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                            (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                            Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                            The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                            MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                            They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                            MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                            For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                            For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                            Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                            Amperes

                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                            350 140G-KC3-D35

                            400 140G-KC3-D40

                            500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                            600 140G-MC3-D60

                            700 140G-MC3-D70

                            800 140G-MC3-D80

                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                            Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                            Amperes

                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                            350 140G-K3-D40

                            400

                            500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                            600

                            700 140G-M3-D80

                            800

                            1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                            Select Unit Types

                            36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                            Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                            Amperes

                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                            16 140M-D8E-C16

                            20 140M-D8E-C20

                            25 140M-D8E-C25

                            30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                            35 140G-GC3-C35

                            40 140G-GC3-C40

                            45 140G-GC3-C45

                            50 140G-GC3-C50

                            60 140G-GC3-C60

                            70 140G-GC3-C70

                            80 140G-GC3-C80

                            90 140G-GC3-C90

                            100 140G-GC3-D10

                            110 140G-GC3-D11

                            125 140G-GC3-D12

                            160 140G-GE3-D16

                            175 140G-IC3-D17

                            200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                            225 140G-IC3-D22

                            250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                            300 140G-KH3-D30

                            350 140G-KH3-D40

                            400

                            500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                            600

                            700 140G-MH3-D80

                            800

                            1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                            Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                            Amperes

                            Protection Type

                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                            40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                            60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                            LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                            100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                            LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                            125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                            150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                            LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                            160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                            250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                            300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                            400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                            630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                            800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                            1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                            LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                            Select Unit Types

                            38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                            The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                            The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                            The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                            bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                            Protection Modes

                            PR121 PR122 PR123

                            Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                            Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                            LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                            Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                            Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                            EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                            Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                            Fault History Fault History

                            ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                            Harmonic Metering

                            Terminal Temperature Protection

                            Trip Circuit Supervision

                            Pre-trip Alarm

                            Earth Leakage

                            Motor Protection

                            Power Metering and Protection

                            Breaker Failure Feedback

                            Digital InputRelay Outputs

                            Maintenance Indication

                            For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                            Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                            Amperes

                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                            1250

                            1600

                            2000 E3 800 800

                            2500

                            3200 E4 900

                            4000 1000

                            (1) Fixed mount style

                            Select Unit Types

                            40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                            Amperes

                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                            1250

                            1600

                            2000 E3 800 800

                            2500

                            3200 E4 900

                            4000 1000

                            (1) Fixed mount style

                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                            Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                            Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                            Starter Units

                            Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                            Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                            Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                            DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                            Select Unit Types

                            42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                            Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                            Input VoltagekW

                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                            Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                            380415440460480VIP204254

                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                            55

                            75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                            11 100-C2310 2(5)

                            15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                            185 mdash

                            22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                            37

                            45 140MG-J8P-

                            75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                            90

                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                            160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                            185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                            220

                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                            Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                            bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                            These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                            Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                            DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                            Select Unit Types

                            44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                            Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                            Input VoltagekW

                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                            380415440460480VIP204254

                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                            55

                            75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                            11

                            15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                            185 mdash

                            22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                            37 4

                            45 140MG-J8P-

                            75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                            90

                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                            160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                            185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                            220

                            (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                            Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                            Select Unit Types

                            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                            SMC Flex Cat No

                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                            kW

                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                            380415V IP204254

                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                            4A Size 000

                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                            6A Size 000

                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                            16A Size 000

                            75 mdash

                            20A Size 000

                            11 mdash

                            40A Size 000

                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                            40A Size 000

                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                            63A Size 000

                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                            80A Size 00

                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                            125A Size 00

                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                            125A Size 00

                            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                            200A Size 1

                            90 mdash

                            250A Size 1

                            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                            355A Size 2

                            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                            355A Size 2

                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                            500A Size 3

                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                            500A Size 3

                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                            630A Size 3

                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                            Select Unit Types

                            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                            SMC Flex Cat No

                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                            kW

                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                            440460480V IP204254

                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                            4A Size 000

                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                            6A Size 000

                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                            16A Size 000

                            75 mdash

                            20A Size 000

                            11 mdash

                            40A Size 000

                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                            40A Size 000

                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                            63A Size 000

                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                            80A Size 00

                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                            125A Size 00

                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                            125A Size 00

                            75 150-F135NBD mdash

                            200A Size 1

                            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                            250A Size 1

                            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                            355A Size 2

                            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                            355A Size 2

                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                            500A Size 3

                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                            500A Size 3

                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                            630A Size 3

                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                            Select Unit Types

                            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                            VFD Cat No

                            Frame Size

                            Module Size(3)(4)

                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                            With Line

                            Reactor

                            With Load

                            Reactor

                            With Both

                            Reactors

                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                            Select Unit Types

                            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                            VFD Cat No

                            Frame Size

                            Module Size(3)(4)

                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                            With Line

                            Reactor

                            With Load

                            Reactor

                            With Both

                            Reactors

                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                            185 25B-D037N114 E

                            22 25B-D043N114

                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                            Drive Ratings

                            Circuit Breaker

                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                            Size

                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                            Module Size(4)

                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                            Voltage kW(1)

                            Output Current

                            Amps

                            400V AC IP204254

                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                            1321-3R35-B

                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                            1321-3R45-B

                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                            1321-3R45-B 12

                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                            1321-3R80-B

                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                            1321-3R80-B

                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                            1321-3R80-B

                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                            1321-3R100-B

                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                            Select Unit Types

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                            Drive Ratings

                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                            Frame Size

                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                            Module

                            Size(4)

                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                            Voltage kW(1)

                            Output Current

                            Amps

                            400V AC IP204254

                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                            1321-3R160-B

                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                            1321-3R200-B

                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                            1321-3R200-B

                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                            1321-3RB250-B

                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                            1321-3RB320-B

                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                            1321-3RB400-B

                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                            1321-3R500-B

                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                            Select Unit Types

                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                            Select Unit Types

                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                            Linking Devices

                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                            Ethernet power supply 2

                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                            Select Unit Types

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                            Select Unit Types

                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Select Unit Types

                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                            2004108EC200695EC

                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                            Certifications and Markings

                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                            Rated Frequency fn

                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                            e

                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                            Neutral (N)

                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                            See page 19

                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                            Structural Surface Treatments

                            InteriorExterior

                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                            Selection Checklist

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                            Selection Checklist

                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                            Customer User

                            Office

                            Certifications and Markings

                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                            Incoming Power

                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                            Available fault current kA

                            Control Power

                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                            Structure

                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                            Bus

                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                            Selection Checklist

                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            IntelliCENTERreg

                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                            Other Network Options

                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                            Ampere rating A

                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                            Feeder Units

                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                            Nameplates

                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                            Door Latches

                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                            Wire Markers

                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                            Spares

                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                            Selection Checklist

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                            Options and Accessories

                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            Selection Checklist

                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                            Connection r Line r Delta

                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                            Options and Accessories

                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                            Selection Checklist

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                            Options and Accessories

                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                            Selection Checklist

                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                            Location (specify)

                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                            Location (specify)

                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            r Extra space for future units

                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                            Motor List

                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                            Selection Checklist

                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                            Notes

                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                            • Table of Contents
                            • Whatrsquos New
                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                              • Select Network Technology
                                • Network
                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                  • Select Structure
                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                      • Select Power Systems
                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                        • Unit Size
                                        • Unit Style
                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                        • Stab Assembly
                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                        • Unit Doors
                                        • Control Power
                                          • Select Unit Types
                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                            • Starter Units
                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                              • Selection Checklist
                                              • Back Cover

                              Select Network Technology

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 15

                              Monitor ViewThe Monitor View screen displays an overview of the intelligent motor control device being monitored with configurable gauges trend graphs IO status on the device and configurable data fields

                              bull Monitor parameters from the intelligent devicesbull Change configuration parameters bull Record and export up to 5000 data points with the real

                              time data trend graph bull Change what parameters are displayed in the monitor

                              view

                              Energy Monitoring and ManagementIntelliCENTER software can be integrated with FactoryTalk EnergyMatrix software to monitor and manage energy consumption putting critical energy information at your desktop Integrating these two software provides an energy monitoring functionality exclusive to Rockwell Automation customers with improved productivity and lower energy costs as the net result

                              Documentation Management Documentation Management accesses the various manuals diagrams and other important MCC information

                              Manuals and Wiring Diagrams

                              The IntelliCENTER Software data CD comes with the complete documentation for your MCC including wiring diagrams and device manuals Your manuals are quickly available when you need them most

                              bull Troubleshoot problems with the exact manuals for your MCC

                              bull Trace out wiring and understand control circuits with wiring diagrams

                              bull Add new documentation (procedures engineering notes) associated with your MCC

                              bull Substitute lsquoas-builtrsquo drawings with your lsquoas-installedrsquo drawings

                              Spreadsheet View

                              This view is for sorting and editing data that seldom changes including the following information

                              bull Node number (network address)bull Unit descriptionbull Nameplate databull Device type

                              Monitor View

                              Energy Monitoring and Management View

                              Spare Parts List View

                              Event Log View

                              The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                              Spare Parts List

                              A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                              Integration Assistant

                              IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                              bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                              bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                              bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                              Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                              IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                              When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                              Select Network Technology

                              16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Select Structure

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                              Select Structure

                              Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                              bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                              rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                              Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                              For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                              Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                              The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                              Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                              Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                              Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                              Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                              Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                              Double Front Configuration

                              Single Front Configuration

                              18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Typical Column

                              Top Wireway Endplates

                              Top Wireway Barrier

                              Top Wireway Cover

                              Vertical Wireway Door

                              Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                              Single Unit Support Pan

                              Bottom Plates

                              Top Wireway Pan

                              Center End Closing Plate

                              Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                              Network Wireway

                              Mounting Channels

                              Left Side Plate

                              Top Plate

                              Lifting Angle

                              Bottom Wireway Endplates

                              Bottom Wireway Cover

                              Select Structure

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                              Select Structure

                              Column Dimensions

                              All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                              Width

                              Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                              600(1) 600 None

                              700 500 200

                              800 300

                              900 400

                              1000 500

                              (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                              Depth

                              Single Front Double Front

                              600 1200

                              800 1600 or 2000(1)

                              (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                              Height

                              Dimension Measurement

                              Total height 2300

                              Available unit height 1980

                              Top horizontal wireway 170

                              Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                              External mounting channel 35

                              Weight(1) (kg)

                              Column Width

                              Column Depth

                              600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                              600 700 350 450

                              800 400 525

                              900 450 575

                              1000 500 650

                              (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                              600hellip1000

                              170

                              1980

                              115

                              35

                              200hellip500500 or 600

                              600 or 800

                              2300

                              20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                              bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                              Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                              Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                              The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                              The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                              Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                              The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                              Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                              WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                              Horizontal Wireways

                              Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                              Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                              Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                              Select Structure

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                              Select Structure

                              Vertical Wireway

                              The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                              The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                              Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                              Top Horizontal Wireway

                              Vertical Wireway

                              Door

                              Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                              Vertical Wireway Door

                              Select Structure

                              22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                              The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                              Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                              bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                              In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                              Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                              Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                              Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                              Select Structure

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                              ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                              CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                              Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                              bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                              bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                              bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                              bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                              bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                              bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                              Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                              IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                              bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                              Pressure relief system

                              Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                              Insulating covers between columns

                              Arc-containment Door Latches

                              Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                              Select Power Systems

                              24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Select Power Systems

                              CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                              Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                              The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                              The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                              The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                              Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                              Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                              The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                              bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                              helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                              Vertical Bus Standard Features

                              Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                              Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                              unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                              removed

                              Select Power Systems

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                              Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                              Bus Rating

                              Busbar Quantity

                              Busbar

                              Dimensions (mm)

                              Bus Bracing System(1)

                              Withstand Ratings(2)

                              lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                              lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                              800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                              1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                              1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                              2000 A 1 1

                              6 x 100 10 x 100

                              Standard Standard

                              X X

                              X X

                              X X

                              X X

                              X X

                              2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                              3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                              Standard with glastic supports

                              X X X X X X X

                              4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                              65 kA with glastic supports

                              X X X X X X X

                              (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                              cw) and short circuit peak (l

                              pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                              Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                              The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                              Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                              The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                              The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                              The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                              The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                              Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                              Select Power Systems

                              26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                              Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                              The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                              An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                              A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                              Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                              An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                              The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                              Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                              Select Power Systems

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                              Select Unit Designs

                              All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                              Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                              Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                              bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                              2 Module Unit

                              8 Module Unit

                              4 Module Unit

                              Single Module Unit

                              Four Modules Unit

                              24 Modules Total

                              Unit Type Module Size

                              Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                              Fixed mount 2hellip24

                              Select Unit Designs

                              28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                              Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                              Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                              For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                              Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                              Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                              Withdraw Lever

                              Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                              Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                              Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                              Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                              Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                              Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                              Select Unit Designs

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                              Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                              Connection Present

                              Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                              Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                              Test radic radic radic radic

                              Disconnected radic radic

                              Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                              (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                              Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                              Unit Connections

                              Unit Type

                              Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                              Load Withdrawable Fixed

                              Line Withdrawable Fixed

                              PE Withdrawable Fixed

                              Control Withdrawable Fixed

                              Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                              Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                              Fixed

                              Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                              Select Unit Designs

                              30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                              The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                              The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                              Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                              Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                              Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                              Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                              Select Unit Designs

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                              Stab Assembly

                              Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                              The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                              Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                              The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                              One Module Stab Assembly

                              The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                              One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                              Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                              Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                              Guide PinsPE Contact

                              Withdrawable One Module

                              Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                              Power Stab

                              Select Unit Designs

                              32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                              Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                              The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                              Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                              Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                              Door Latches (Standard)

                              Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                              Arc Containment Latch

                              Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                              Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                              bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                              red with white lettering

                              Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                              Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                              Standard 14 Turn Latch

                              Locked Position Released Position

                              Select Unit Designs

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                              Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                              Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                              Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                              Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                              Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                              Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                              Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                              The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                              E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                              Select Unit Designs

                              34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Select Unit Types

                              Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                              Main and Feeder Units

                              Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                              Lug Components

                              Cable Provisions(1)

                              Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                              Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                              300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                              600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                              (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                              (2) 240 mm26

                              (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                              800 (2) 500 mm2

                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 240 mm24

                              (1) 400 mm2

                              (2) 300 mm2

                              (4) 240 mm2

                              (3) 240 mm2

                              (4) 185 mm26

                              (1) 500 mm2

                              (2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 300 mm2

                              (2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 185 mm28

                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                              1200 (2) 500 mm2

                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 240 mm24

                              (1) 500 mm2

                              (2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 300 mm2

                              (2) 400 mm2

                              (4) 240 mm28

                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                              1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                              2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                              (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                              Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                              The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                              MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                              They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                              MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                              For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                              For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                              Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                              Amperes

                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                              350 140G-KC3-D35

                              400 140G-KC3-D40

                              500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                              600 140G-MC3-D60

                              700 140G-MC3-D70

                              800 140G-MC3-D80

                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                              Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                              Amperes

                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                              350 140G-K3-D40

                              400

                              500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                              600

                              700 140G-M3-D80

                              800

                              1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                              Select Unit Types

                              36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                              Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                              Amperes

                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                              16 140M-D8E-C16

                              20 140M-D8E-C20

                              25 140M-D8E-C25

                              30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                              35 140G-GC3-C35

                              40 140G-GC3-C40

                              45 140G-GC3-C45

                              50 140G-GC3-C50

                              60 140G-GC3-C60

                              70 140G-GC3-C70

                              80 140G-GC3-C80

                              90 140G-GC3-C90

                              100 140G-GC3-D10

                              110 140G-GC3-D11

                              125 140G-GC3-D12

                              160 140G-GE3-D16

                              175 140G-IC3-D17

                              200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                              225 140G-IC3-D22

                              250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                              300 140G-KH3-D30

                              350 140G-KH3-D40

                              400

                              500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                              600

                              700 140G-MH3-D80

                              800

                              1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                              Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                              Amperes

                              Protection Type

                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                              40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                              60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                              LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                              100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                              LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                              125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                              150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                              LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                              160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                              250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                              300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                              400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                              630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                              800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                              1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                              LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                              Select Unit Types

                              38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                              The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                              The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                              The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                              bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                              Protection Modes

                              PR121 PR122 PR123

                              Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                              Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                              LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                              Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                              Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                              EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                              Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                              Fault History Fault History

                              ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                              Harmonic Metering

                              Terminal Temperature Protection

                              Trip Circuit Supervision

                              Pre-trip Alarm

                              Earth Leakage

                              Motor Protection

                              Power Metering and Protection

                              Breaker Failure Feedback

                              Digital InputRelay Outputs

                              Maintenance Indication

                              For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                              Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                              Amperes

                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                              1250

                              1600

                              2000 E3 800 800

                              2500

                              3200 E4 900

                              4000 1000

                              (1) Fixed mount style

                              Select Unit Types

                              40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                              Amperes

                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                              1250

                              1600

                              2000 E3 800 800

                              2500

                              3200 E4 900

                              4000 1000

                              (1) Fixed mount style

                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                              Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                              Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                              Starter Units

                              Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                              Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                              Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                              DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                              Select Unit Types

                              42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                              Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                              Input VoltagekW

                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                              Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                              380415440460480VIP204254

                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                              55

                              75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                              11 100-C2310 2(5)

                              15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                              185 mdash

                              22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                              37

                              45 140MG-J8P-

                              75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                              90

                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                              160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                              185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                              220

                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                              Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                              bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                              These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                              Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                              DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                              Select Unit Types

                              44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                              Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                              Input VoltagekW

                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                              380415440460480VIP204254

                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                              55

                              75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                              11

                              15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                              185 mdash

                              22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                              37 4

                              45 140MG-J8P-

                              75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                              90

                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                              160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                              185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                              220

                              (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                              Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                              Select Unit Types

                              46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                              SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                              ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                              bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                              bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                              When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                              For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                              For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                              SMC Flex Cat No

                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                              kW

                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                              380415V IP204254

                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                              4A Size 000

                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                              6A Size 000

                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                              16A Size 000

                              75 mdash

                              20A Size 000

                              11 mdash

                              40A Size 000

                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                              40A Size 000

                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                              63A Size 000

                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                              80A Size 00

                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                              125A Size 00

                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                              125A Size 00

                              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                              200A Size 1

                              90 mdash

                              250A Size 1

                              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                              355A Size 2

                              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                              355A Size 2

                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                              500A Size 3

                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                              500A Size 3

                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                              630A Size 3

                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                              Select Unit Types

                              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                              SMC Flex Cat No

                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                              kW

                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                              440460480V IP204254

                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                              4A Size 000

                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                              6A Size 000

                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                              16A Size 000

                              75 mdash

                              20A Size 000

                              11 mdash

                              40A Size 000

                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                              40A Size 000

                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                              63A Size 000

                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                              80A Size 00

                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                              125A Size 00

                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                              125A Size 00

                              75 150-F135NBD mdash

                              200A Size 1

                              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                              250A Size 1

                              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                              355A Size 2

                              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                              355A Size 2

                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                              500A Size 3

                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                              500A Size 3

                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                              630A Size 3

                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                              Select Unit Types

                              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                              VFD Cat No

                              Frame Size

                              Module Size(3)(4)

                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                              With Line

                              Reactor

                              With Load

                              Reactor

                              With Both

                              Reactors

                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                              Select Unit Types

                              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                              VFD Cat No

                              Frame Size

                              Module Size(3)(4)

                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                              With Line

                              Reactor

                              With Load

                              Reactor

                              With Both

                              Reactors

                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                              185 25B-D037N114 E

                              22 25B-D043N114

                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                              Drive Ratings

                              Circuit Breaker

                              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                              VFD Cat NoFrame

                              Size

                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                              Module Size(4)

                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                              Voltage kW(1)

                              Output Current

                              Amps

                              400V AC IP204254

                              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                              1321-3R35-B

                              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                              1321-3R45-B

                              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                              1321-3R45-B 12

                              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                              1321-3R80-B

                              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                              1321-3R80-B

                              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                              1321-3R80-B

                              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                              1321-3R100-B

                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                              Select Unit Types

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                              Drive Ratings

                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                              Frame Size

                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                              Module

                              Size(4)

                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                              Voltage kW(1)

                              Output Current

                              Amps

                              400V AC IP204254

                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                              1321-3R160-B

                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                              1321-3R200-B

                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                              1321-3R200-B

                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                              1321-3RB250-B

                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                              1321-3RB320-B

                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                              1321-3RB400-B

                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                              1321-3R500-B

                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                              Select Unit Types

                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                              Select Unit Types

                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                              Linking Devices

                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                              Ethernet power supply 2

                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                              Select Unit Types

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                              Select Unit Types

                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Select Unit Types

                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                              2004108EC200695EC

                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                              Certifications and Markings

                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                              Rated Frequency fn

                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                              e

                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                              Neutral (N)

                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                              See page 19

                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                              Structural Surface Treatments

                              InteriorExterior

                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                              Selection Checklist

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                              Selection Checklist

                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                              Customer User

                              Office

                              Certifications and Markings

                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                              Incoming Power

                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                              Available fault current kA

                              Control Power

                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                              Structure

                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                              Bus

                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                              Selection Checklist

                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              IntelliCENTERreg

                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                              Other Network Options

                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                              Ampere rating A

                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                              Feeder Units

                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                              Nameplates

                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                              Door Latches

                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                              Wire Markers

                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                              Spares

                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                              Selection Checklist

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                              Options and Accessories

                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              Selection Checklist

                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                              Connection r Line r Delta

                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                              Options and Accessories

                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                              Selection Checklist

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                              Options and Accessories

                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                              Selection Checklist

                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                              Location (specify)

                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                              Location (specify)

                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              r Extra space for future units

                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                              Motor List

                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                              Selection Checklist

                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                              Notes

                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                              • Table of Contents
                              • Whatrsquos New
                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                • Select Network Technology
                                  • Network
                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                    • Select Structure
                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                        • Select Power Systems
                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                          • Unit Size
                                          • Unit Style
                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                          • Stab Assembly
                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                          • Unit Doors
                                          • Control Power
                                            • Select Unit Types
                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                              • Starter Units
                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                • Back Cover

                                Event Log View

                                The Event Log View screen keeps a history of changes to equipment parameters (trip settings warnings and faults) The software can create an lsquoAuto Logrsquo or manually log these changes

                                Spare Parts List

                                A spare parts list is provided for each unit to quickly identify replacement parts The list includes each partrsquos number and description which saves time when calling your authorized Allen-Bradley distributor

                                Integration Assistant

                                IntelliCENTER software offers a Studio 5000 Integration Assistant for those users connecting their IntelliCENTER MCCs to a Rockwell Automation PLC like the ControlLogix or CompactLogix processor Integration Assistant takes customized MCC information within the IntelliCENTER software and exports it to Studio 5000 providing quick device integration and reducing programming time

                                bull Automatically builds and populates the Studio 5000 IO tree with all intelligent motor control devices used in the MCC

                                bull Automatically imports device configuration including auto-generated device tags from device add-on profiles (AOPs)

                                bull Quickly transitions programming logic to control end devices and application

                                Factory ConfigurationIntelliCENTER Technology can save you time because each MCC is pre-wired and the network is pre-programmed and validated at the factory Network devices are preconfigured with node addresses and communication rates ready to communicate so you can configure device parameters (such as acceleration time and full load amps) via the network

                                IntelliCENTER DatabaseThe IntelliCENTER database contains all of your order-specific information One IntelliCENTER database is needed for each MCC lineup or for individual units (when the unit is purchased separately) The database is installed on the computer or computers running the IntelliCENTER software The database CD includes the IntelliCENTER data files all of the electronic documentation all of the up-to-date EDS files for the networked devices and the network configuration file as recorded during the final system test of the MCC The EDS and configuration files are very useful for programming the control system allowing the programmer to complete the project before the equipment is even energized

                                When used with Studio 5000 and RSNetworxtrade for DeviceNet software the programmer can use the DeviceNet Tag Generator utility in Studio 5000 to instantly generate descriptive tags for every device in the MCC For EtherNetIP the configuration file can help in determining the installed firmware revision to properly configure the Studio 5000 software Add-on-Profile (AOP) that generates all of the tags for each EtherNetIP device in the MCC

                                Select Network Technology

                                16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Select Structure

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                                Select Structure

                                Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                                bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                                rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                                Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                                For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                                Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                                The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                                Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                                Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                                Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                                Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                                Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                                Double Front Configuration

                                Single Front Configuration

                                18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Typical Column

                                Top Wireway Endplates

                                Top Wireway Barrier

                                Top Wireway Cover

                                Vertical Wireway Door

                                Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                                Single Unit Support Pan

                                Bottom Plates

                                Top Wireway Pan

                                Center End Closing Plate

                                Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                                Network Wireway

                                Mounting Channels

                                Left Side Plate

                                Top Plate

                                Lifting Angle

                                Bottom Wireway Endplates

                                Bottom Wireway Cover

                                Select Structure

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                                Select Structure

                                Column Dimensions

                                All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                                Width

                                Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                                600(1) 600 None

                                700 500 200

                                800 300

                                900 400

                                1000 500

                                (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                                Depth

                                Single Front Double Front

                                600 1200

                                800 1600 or 2000(1)

                                (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                                Height

                                Dimension Measurement

                                Total height 2300

                                Available unit height 1980

                                Top horizontal wireway 170

                                Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                                External mounting channel 35

                                Weight(1) (kg)

                                Column Width

                                Column Depth

                                600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                                600 700 350 450

                                800 400 525

                                900 450 575

                                1000 500 650

                                (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                                600hellip1000

                                170

                                1980

                                115

                                35

                                200hellip500500 or 600

                                600 or 800

                                2300

                                20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                                bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                                Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                                Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                                The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                                The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                                Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                                The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                                Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                                WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                                Horizontal Wireways

                                Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                                Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                                Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                                Select Structure

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                Select Structure

                                Vertical Wireway

                                The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                Top Horizontal Wireway

                                Vertical Wireway

                                Door

                                Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                Vertical Wireway Door

                                Select Structure

                                22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                Select Structure

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                Pressure relief system

                                Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                Insulating covers between columns

                                Arc-containment Door Latches

                                Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                Select Power Systems

                                24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Select Power Systems

                                CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                removed

                                Select Power Systems

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                Bus Rating

                                Busbar Quantity

                                Busbar

                                Dimensions (mm)

                                Bus Bracing System(1)

                                Withstand Ratings(2)

                                lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                2000 A 1 1

                                6 x 100 10 x 100

                                Standard Standard

                                X X

                                X X

                                X X

                                X X

                                X X

                                2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                Standard with glastic supports

                                X X X X X X X

                                4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                65 kA with glastic supports

                                X X X X X X X

                                (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                Select Power Systems

                                26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                Select Power Systems

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                Select Unit Designs

                                All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                2 Module Unit

                                8 Module Unit

                                4 Module Unit

                                Single Module Unit

                                Four Modules Unit

                                24 Modules Total

                                Unit Type Module Size

                                Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                Select Unit Designs

                                28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                Withdraw Lever

                                Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                Select Unit Designs

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                Connection Present

                                Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                Test radic radic radic radic

                                Disconnected radic radic

                                Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                Unit Connections

                                Unit Type

                                Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                Fixed

                                Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                Select Unit Designs

                                30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                Select Unit Designs

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                Stab Assembly

                                Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                One Module Stab Assembly

                                The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                Guide PinsPE Contact

                                Withdrawable One Module

                                Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                Power Stab

                                Select Unit Designs

                                32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                Door Latches (Standard)

                                Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                Arc Containment Latch

                                Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                red with white lettering

                                Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                Locked Position Released Position

                                Select Unit Designs

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                Select Unit Designs

                                34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Select Unit Types

                                Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                Main and Feeder Units

                                Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                Lug Components

                                Cable Provisions(1)

                                Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                (2) 240 mm26

                                (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                800 (2) 500 mm2

                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 240 mm24

                                (1) 400 mm2

                                (2) 300 mm2

                                (4) 240 mm2

                                (3) 240 mm2

                                (4) 185 mm26

                                (1) 500 mm2

                                (2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 300 mm2

                                (2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 185 mm28

                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 240 mm24

                                (1) 500 mm2

                                (2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 300 mm2

                                (2) 400 mm2

                                (4) 240 mm28

                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                Amperes

                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                350 140G-KC3-D35

                                400 140G-KC3-D40

                                500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                600 140G-MC3-D60

                                700 140G-MC3-D70

                                800 140G-MC3-D80

                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                Amperes

                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                350 140G-K3-D40

                                400

                                500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                600

                                700 140G-M3-D80

                                800

                                1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                Select Unit Types

                                36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                Amperes

                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                16 140M-D8E-C16

                                20 140M-D8E-C20

                                25 140M-D8E-C25

                                30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                35 140G-GC3-C35

                                40 140G-GC3-C40

                                45 140G-GC3-C45

                                50 140G-GC3-C50

                                60 140G-GC3-C60

                                70 140G-GC3-C70

                                80 140G-GC3-C80

                                90 140G-GC3-C90

                                100 140G-GC3-D10

                                110 140G-GC3-D11

                                125 140G-GC3-D12

                                160 140G-GE3-D16

                                175 140G-IC3-D17

                                200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                225 140G-IC3-D22

                                250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                300 140G-KH3-D30

                                350 140G-KH3-D40

                                400

                                500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                600

                                700 140G-MH3-D80

                                800

                                1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                Amperes

                                Protection Type

                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                Select Unit Types

                                38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                Protection Modes

                                PR121 PR122 PR123

                                Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                Fault History Fault History

                                ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                Harmonic Metering

                                Terminal Temperature Protection

                                Trip Circuit Supervision

                                Pre-trip Alarm

                                Earth Leakage

                                Motor Protection

                                Power Metering and Protection

                                Breaker Failure Feedback

                                Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                Maintenance Indication

                                For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                Amperes

                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                1250

                                1600

                                2000 E3 800 800

                                2500

                                3200 E4 900

                                4000 1000

                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                Select Unit Types

                                40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                Amperes

                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                1250

                                1600

                                2000 E3 800 800

                                2500

                                3200 E4 900

                                4000 1000

                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                Starter Units

                                Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                Select Unit Types

                                42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                Input VoltagekW

                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                55

                                75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                185 mdash

                                22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                37

                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                90

                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                220

                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                Select Unit Types

                                44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                Input VoltagekW

                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                55

                                75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                11

                                15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                185 mdash

                                22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                37 4

                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                90

                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                220

                                (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                Select Unit Types

                                46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                kW

                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                380415V IP204254

                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                4A Size 000

                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                6A Size 000

                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                16A Size 000

                                75 mdash

                                20A Size 000

                                11 mdash

                                40A Size 000

                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                40A Size 000

                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                63A Size 000

                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                80A Size 00

                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                125A Size 00

                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                125A Size 00

                                75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                200A Size 1

                                90 mdash

                                250A Size 1

                                110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                355A Size 2

                                132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                355A Size 2

                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                500A Size 3

                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                500A Size 3

                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                630A Size 3

                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                Select Unit Types

                                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                kW

                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                440460480V IP204254

                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                4A Size 000

                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                6A Size 000

                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                16A Size 000

                                75 mdash

                                20A Size 000

                                11 mdash

                                40A Size 000

                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                40A Size 000

                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                63A Size 000

                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                80A Size 00

                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                125A Size 00

                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                125A Size 00

                                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                200A Size 1

                                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                250A Size 1

                                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                355A Size 2

                                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                355A Size 2

                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                500A Size 3

                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                500A Size 3

                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                630A Size 3

                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                Select Unit Types

                                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                VFD Cat No

                                Frame Size

                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                With Line

                                Reactor

                                With Load

                                Reactor

                                With Both

                                Reactors

                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                Select Unit Types

                                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                VFD Cat No

                                Frame Size

                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                With Line

                                Reactor

                                With Load

                                Reactor

                                With Both

                                Reactors

                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                185 25B-D037N114 E

                                22 25B-D043N114

                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                Drive Ratings

                                Circuit Breaker

                                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                VFD Cat NoFrame

                                Size

                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                Module Size(4)

                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                Voltage kW(1)

                                Output Current

                                Amps

                                400V AC IP204254

                                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                1321-3R35-B

                                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                1321-3R45-B

                                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                1321-3R45-B 12

                                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                1321-3R80-B

                                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                1321-3R80-B

                                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                1321-3R80-B

                                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                1321-3R100-B

                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                Select Unit Types

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                Drive Ratings

                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                Frame Size

                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                Module

                                Size(4)

                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                Voltage kW(1)

                                Output Current

                                Amps

                                400V AC IP204254

                                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                1321-3R160-B

                                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                1321-3R200-B

                                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                1321-3R200-B

                                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                1321-3RB250-B

                                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                1321-3RB320-B

                                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                1321-3RB400-B

                                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                1321-3R500-B

                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                Select Unit Types

                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                Select Unit Types

                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                Linking Devices

                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                Select Unit Types

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                Select Unit Types

                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Select Unit Types

                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                2004108EC200695EC

                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                Certifications and Markings

                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                Rated Frequency fn

                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                e

                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                Neutral (N)

                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                See page 19

                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                InteriorExterior

                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                Selection Checklist

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                Selection Checklist

                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                Customer User

                                Office

                                Certifications and Markings

                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                Incoming Power

                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                Available fault current kA

                                Control Power

                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                Structure

                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                Bus

                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                Selection Checklist

                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                Other Network Options

                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                Ampere rating A

                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                Feeder Units

                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                Nameplates

                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                Door Latches

                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                Wire Markers

                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                Spares

                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                Selection Checklist

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                Options and Accessories

                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                Selection Checklist

                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                Options and Accessories

                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                Selection Checklist

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                Options and Accessories

                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                Selection Checklist

                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                Location (specify)

                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                Location (specify)

                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                r Extra space for future units

                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                Motor List

                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                Selection Checklist

                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                Notes

                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                • Table of Contents
                                • Whatrsquos New
                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                  • Select Network Technology
                                    • Network
                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                      • Select Structure
                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                          • Select Power Systems
                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                            • Unit Size
                                            • Unit Style
                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                            • Stab Assembly
                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                            • Unit Doors
                                            • Control Power
                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                • Starter Units
                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                  • Back Cover

                                  Select Structure

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 17

                                  Select Structure

                                  Mounting ConfigurationsThe MCC is available in two mounting configurations single front and double front

                                  bull Single front columns are joined and installed side-by-side bull Double front columns are two separate columns joined at the

                                  rear with back plates removed The two columns have separate power bus systems providing the same phasing for all units The horizontal power bus is linked front to rear with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly

                                  Due to their size some double front configurations must be shipped as single front columns and assembled on site See lsquoColumn Shippingrsquo below for more information

                                  For larger 800 mm deep columns (3200A and 4000A) a 400 mm air gap is required when assembled on site for double front configuration

                                  Column Construction and DimensionsThe standard for internal sheet metal parts is G90 galvanized metal for Series C CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers

                                  The CENTERLINE 2500 MCCrsquos rigid design helps provide a longer life Withdrawable units can still be installed and removed and doors close securely after years of dependable service

                                  Fault containment is enhanced with two side sheets on every column to help prevent a single fault from cascading throughout the structure and limiting equipment damage

                                  Unit size is described in terms of modules Each module is approximately 80 mm high Columns can accommodate 24 modules of varying combinations

                                  Columns are secured at the installation site by bolting together clearance holes in the mounting channels or welding together

                                  Column ShippingA steel lifting angle is provided on each column while one continuous removable lifting angle is provided on each single front shipping block Two lifting angles are provided on each double front column while two continuous removable lifting angles are provided on each double front shipping block

                                  Only double front configurations of 600 mm deep columns are factory shipped Double front configurations are possible for 800 mm deep columns but they must be factory shipped as single front columns and then assembled on site

                                  Double Front Configuration

                                  Single Front Configuration

                                  18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Typical Column

                                  Top Wireway Endplates

                                  Top Wireway Barrier

                                  Top Wireway Cover

                                  Vertical Wireway Door

                                  Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                                  Single Unit Support Pan

                                  Bottom Plates

                                  Top Wireway Pan

                                  Center End Closing Plate

                                  Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                                  Network Wireway

                                  Mounting Channels

                                  Left Side Plate

                                  Top Plate

                                  Lifting Angle

                                  Bottom Wireway Endplates

                                  Bottom Wireway Cover

                                  Select Structure

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                                  Select Structure

                                  Column Dimensions

                                  All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                                  Width

                                  Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                                  600(1) 600 None

                                  700 500 200

                                  800 300

                                  900 400

                                  1000 500

                                  (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                                  Depth

                                  Single Front Double Front

                                  600 1200

                                  800 1600 or 2000(1)

                                  (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                                  Height

                                  Dimension Measurement

                                  Total height 2300

                                  Available unit height 1980

                                  Top horizontal wireway 170

                                  Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                                  External mounting channel 35

                                  Weight(1) (kg)

                                  Column Width

                                  Column Depth

                                  600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                                  600 700 350 450

                                  800 400 525

                                  900 450 575

                                  1000 500 650

                                  (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                                  600hellip1000

                                  170

                                  1980

                                  115

                                  35

                                  200hellip500500 or 600

                                  600 or 800

                                  2300

                                  20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                                  bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                                  Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                                  Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                                  The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                                  The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                                  Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                                  The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                                  Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                                  WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                                  Horizontal Wireways

                                  Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                                  Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                                  Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                                  Select Structure

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                  Select Structure

                                  Vertical Wireway

                                  The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                  The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                  Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                  Top Horizontal Wireway

                                  Vertical Wireway

                                  Door

                                  Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                  Vertical Wireway Door

                                  Select Structure

                                  22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                  The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                  Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                  bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                  In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                  Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                  Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                  Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                  Select Structure

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                  ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                  CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                  Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                  bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                  bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                  bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                  bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                  bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                  bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                  Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                  IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                  bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                  Pressure relief system

                                  Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                  Insulating covers between columns

                                  Arc-containment Door Latches

                                  Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                  Select Power Systems

                                  24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Select Power Systems

                                  CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                  Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                  The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                  The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                  The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                  Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                  Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                  The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                  bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                  helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                  Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                  Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                  Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                  unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                  removed

                                  Select Power Systems

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                  Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                  Bus Rating

                                  Busbar Quantity

                                  Busbar

                                  Dimensions (mm)

                                  Bus Bracing System(1)

                                  Withstand Ratings(2)

                                  lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                  lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                  800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                  1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                  1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                  2000 A 1 1

                                  6 x 100 10 x 100

                                  Standard Standard

                                  X X

                                  X X

                                  X X

                                  X X

                                  X X

                                  2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                  3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                  Standard with glastic supports

                                  X X X X X X X

                                  4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                  65 kA with glastic supports

                                  X X X X X X X

                                  (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                  cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                  pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                  Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                  The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                  Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                  The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                  The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                  The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                  The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                  Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                  Select Power Systems

                                  26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                  Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                  The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                  An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                  A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                  Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                  An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                  The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                  Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                  Select Power Systems

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                  Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                  Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                  bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                  2 Module Unit

                                  8 Module Unit

                                  4 Module Unit

                                  Single Module Unit

                                  Four Modules Unit

                                  24 Modules Total

                                  Unit Type Module Size

                                  Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                  Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                  Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                  Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                  For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                  Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                  Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                  Withdraw Lever

                                  Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                  Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                  Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                  Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                  Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                  Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                  Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                  Connection Present

                                  Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                  Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                  Test radic radic radic radic

                                  Disconnected radic radic

                                  Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                  (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                  Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                  Unit Connections

                                  Unit Type

                                  Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                  Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                  Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                  PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                  Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                  Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                  Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                  Fixed

                                  Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                  The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                  The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                  Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                  Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                  Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                  Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                  Stab Assembly

                                  Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                  The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                  Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                  The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                  One Module Stab Assembly

                                  The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                  One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                  Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                  Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                  Guide PinsPE Contact

                                  Withdrawable One Module

                                  Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                  Power Stab

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                  Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                  The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                  Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                  Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                  Door Latches (Standard)

                                  Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                  Arc Containment Latch

                                  Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                  Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                  bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                  red with white lettering

                                  Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                  Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                  Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                  Locked Position Released Position

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                  Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                  Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                  Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                  Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                  Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                  Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                  Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                  The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                  E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                  Select Unit Designs

                                  34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                  Main and Feeder Units

                                  Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                  Lug Components

                                  Cable Provisions(1)

                                  Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                  Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                  300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                  600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                  (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                  (2) 240 mm26

                                  (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                  800 (2) 500 mm2

                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                  (1) 400 mm2

                                  (2) 300 mm2

                                  (4) 240 mm2

                                  (3) 240 mm2

                                  (4) 185 mm26

                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 185 mm28

                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                  1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                  (4) 240 mm28

                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                  1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                  2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                  (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                  Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                  The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                  MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                  They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                  MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                  For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                  For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                  Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                  Amperes

                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                  350 140G-KC3-D35

                                  400 140G-KC3-D40

                                  500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                  600 140G-MC3-D60

                                  700 140G-MC3-D70

                                  800 140G-MC3-D80

                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                  Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                  Amperes

                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                  350 140G-K3-D40

                                  400

                                  500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                  600

                                  700 140G-M3-D80

                                  800

                                  1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                  Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                  Amperes

                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                  16 140M-D8E-C16

                                  20 140M-D8E-C20

                                  25 140M-D8E-C25

                                  30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                  35 140G-GC3-C35

                                  40 140G-GC3-C40

                                  45 140G-GC3-C45

                                  50 140G-GC3-C50

                                  60 140G-GC3-C60

                                  70 140G-GC3-C70

                                  80 140G-GC3-C80

                                  90 140G-GC3-C90

                                  100 140G-GC3-D10

                                  110 140G-GC3-D11

                                  125 140G-GC3-D12

                                  160 140G-GE3-D16

                                  175 140G-IC3-D17

                                  200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                  225 140G-IC3-D22

                                  250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                  300 140G-KH3-D30

                                  350 140G-KH3-D40

                                  400

                                  500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                  600

                                  700 140G-MH3-D80

                                  800

                                  1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                  Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                  Amperes

                                  Protection Type

                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                  40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                  60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                  LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                  100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                  LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                  125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                  150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                  LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                  160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                  250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                  300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                  400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                  630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                  800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                  1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                  LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                  The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                  The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                  The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                  bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                  Protection Modes

                                  PR121 PR122 PR123

                                  Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                  Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                  LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                  Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                  Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                  EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                  Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                  Fault History Fault History

                                  ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                  Harmonic Metering

                                  Terminal Temperature Protection

                                  Trip Circuit Supervision

                                  Pre-trip Alarm

                                  Earth Leakage

                                  Motor Protection

                                  Power Metering and Protection

                                  Breaker Failure Feedback

                                  Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                  Maintenance Indication

                                  For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                  Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                  Amperes

                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                  1250

                                  1600

                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                  2500

                                  3200 E4 900

                                  4000 1000

                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                  Amperes

                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                  1250

                                  1600

                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                  2500

                                  3200 E4 900

                                  4000 1000

                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                  Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                  Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                  Starter Units

                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                  Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                  Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                  DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                  Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                  Input VoltagekW

                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                  Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                  55

                                  75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                  11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                  15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                  185 mdash

                                  22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                  37

                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                  75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                  90

                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                  160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                  185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                  220

                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                  bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                  These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                  Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                  DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                  Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                  Input VoltagekW

                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                  55

                                  75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                  11

                                  15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                  185 mdash

                                  22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                  37 4

                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                  75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                  90

                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                  160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                  185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                  220

                                  (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                  Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                  SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                  ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                  bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                  bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                  When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                  For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                  For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                  kW

                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                  380415V IP204254

                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                  4A Size 000

                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                  6A Size 000

                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                  16A Size 000

                                  75 mdash

                                  20A Size 000

                                  11 mdash

                                  40A Size 000

                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                  40A Size 000

                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                  63A Size 000

                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                  80A Size 00

                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                  125A Size 00

                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                  125A Size 00

                                  75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                  200A Size 1

                                  90 mdash

                                  250A Size 1

                                  110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                  355A Size 2

                                  132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                  355A Size 2

                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                  500A Size 3

                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                  500A Size 3

                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                  630A Size 3

                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                  kW

                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                  440460480V IP204254

                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                  4A Size 000

                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                  6A Size 000

                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                  16A Size 000

                                  75 mdash

                                  20A Size 000

                                  11 mdash

                                  40A Size 000

                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                  40A Size 000

                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                  63A Size 000

                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                  80A Size 00

                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                  125A Size 00

                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                  125A Size 00

                                  75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                  200A Size 1

                                  90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                  250A Size 1

                                  110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                  355A Size 2

                                  132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                  355A Size 2

                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                  500A Size 3

                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                  500A Size 3

                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                  630A Size 3

                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                  VFD Cat No

                                  Frame Size

                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                  With Line

                                  Reactor

                                  With Load

                                  Reactor

                                  With Both

                                  Reactors

                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                  VFD Cat No

                                  Frame Size

                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                  With Line

                                  Reactor

                                  With Load

                                  Reactor

                                  With Both

                                  Reactors

                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                                  22 25B-D043N114

                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                  Drive Ratings

                                  Circuit Breaker

                                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                                  Size

                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                  Module Size(4)

                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                  Output Current

                                  Amps

                                  400V AC IP204254

                                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                  1321-3R35-B

                                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                  1321-3R45-B

                                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                  1321-3R45-B 12

                                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                  1321-3R80-B

                                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                  1321-3R80-B

                                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                  1321-3R80-B

                                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                  1321-3R100-B

                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                  Drive Ratings

                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                  Frame Size

                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                  Module

                                  Size(4)

                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                  Output Current

                                  Amps

                                  400V AC IP204254

                                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                  1321-3R160-B

                                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                  1321-3R200-B

                                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                  1321-3R200-B

                                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                  1321-3RB250-B

                                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                  1321-3RB320-B

                                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                  1321-3RB400-B

                                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                  1321-3R500-B

                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                  Linking Devices

                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Select Unit Types

                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                  Certifications and Markings

                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                  e

                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                  Neutral (N)

                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                  See page 19

                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                  InteriorExterior

                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                  Customer User

                                  Office

                                  Certifications and Markings

                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                  Incoming Power

                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                  Available fault current kA

                                  Control Power

                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                  Structure

                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                  Bus

                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                  Other Network Options

                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                  Ampere rating A

                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                  Feeder Units

                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                  Nameplates

                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                  Door Latches

                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                  Wire Markers

                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                  Spares

                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                  Options and Accessories

                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                  Options and Accessories

                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                  Options and Accessories

                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                  Location (specify)

                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                  Location (specify)

                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  r Extra space for future units

                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                  Motor List

                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                  Selection Checklist

                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                  Notes

                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                  • Table of Contents
                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                    • Select Network Technology
                                      • Network
                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                        • Select Structure
                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                            • Select Power Systems
                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                              • Unit Size
                                              • Unit Style
                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                              • Stab Assembly
                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                              • Unit Doors
                                              • Control Power
                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                  • Starter Units
                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                    • Back Cover

                                    18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Typical Column

                                    Top Wireway Endplates

                                    Top Wireway Barrier

                                    Top Wireway Cover

                                    Vertical Wireway Door

                                    Right Unit Support and Vertical Wireway Assembly

                                    Single Unit Support Pan

                                    Bottom Plates

                                    Top Wireway Pan

                                    Center End Closing Plate

                                    Horizontal Power Bus (3)

                                    Network Wireway

                                    Mounting Channels

                                    Left Side Plate

                                    Top Plate

                                    Lifting Angle

                                    Bottom Wireway Endplates

                                    Bottom Wireway Cover

                                    Select Structure

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                                    Select Structure

                                    Column Dimensions

                                    All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                                    Width

                                    Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                                    600(1) 600 None

                                    700 500 200

                                    800 300

                                    900 400

                                    1000 500

                                    (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                                    Depth

                                    Single Front Double Front

                                    600 1200

                                    800 1600 or 2000(1)

                                    (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                                    Height

                                    Dimension Measurement

                                    Total height 2300

                                    Available unit height 1980

                                    Top horizontal wireway 170

                                    Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                                    External mounting channel 35

                                    Weight(1) (kg)

                                    Column Width

                                    Column Depth

                                    600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                                    600 700 350 450

                                    800 400 525

                                    900 450 575

                                    1000 500 650

                                    (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                                    600hellip1000

                                    170

                                    1980

                                    115

                                    35

                                    200hellip500500 or 600

                                    600 or 800

                                    2300

                                    20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                                    bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                                    Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                                    Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                                    The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                                    The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                                    Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                                    The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                                    Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                                    WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                                    Horizontal Wireways

                                    Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                                    Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                                    Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                                    Select Structure

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                    Select Structure

                                    Vertical Wireway

                                    The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                    The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                    Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                    Top Horizontal Wireway

                                    Vertical Wireway

                                    Door

                                    Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                    Vertical Wireway Door

                                    Select Structure

                                    22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                    The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                    Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                    bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                    In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                    Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                    Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                    Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                    Select Structure

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                    ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                    CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                    Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                    bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                    bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                    bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                    bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                    bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                    bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                    Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                    IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                    bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                    Pressure relief system

                                    Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                    Insulating covers between columns

                                    Arc-containment Door Latches

                                    Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                    Select Power Systems

                                    24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Select Power Systems

                                    CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                    Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                    The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                    The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                    The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                    Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                    Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                    The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                    bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                    helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                    Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                    Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                    Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                    unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                    removed

                                    Select Power Systems

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                    Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                    Bus Rating

                                    Busbar Quantity

                                    Busbar

                                    Dimensions (mm)

                                    Bus Bracing System(1)

                                    Withstand Ratings(2)

                                    lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                    lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                    800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                    1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                    1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                    2000 A 1 1

                                    6 x 100 10 x 100

                                    Standard Standard

                                    X X

                                    X X

                                    X X

                                    X X

                                    X X

                                    2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                    3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                    Standard with glastic supports

                                    X X X X X X X

                                    4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                    65 kA with glastic supports

                                    X X X X X X X

                                    (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                    cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                    pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                    Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                    The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                    Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                    The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                    The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                    The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                    The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                    Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                    Select Power Systems

                                    26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                    Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                    The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                    An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                    A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                    Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                    An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                    The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                    Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                    Select Power Systems

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                    Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                    Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                    bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                    2 Module Unit

                                    8 Module Unit

                                    4 Module Unit

                                    Single Module Unit

                                    Four Modules Unit

                                    24 Modules Total

                                    Unit Type Module Size

                                    Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                    Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                    Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                    Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                    For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                    Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                    Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                    Withdraw Lever

                                    Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                    Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                    Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                    Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                    Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                    Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                    Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                    Connection Present

                                    Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                    Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                    Test radic radic radic radic

                                    Disconnected radic radic

                                    Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                    (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                    Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                    Unit Connections

                                    Unit Type

                                    Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                    Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                    Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                    PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                    Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                    Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                    Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                    Fixed

                                    Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                    The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                    The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                    Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                    Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                    Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                    Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                    Stab Assembly

                                    Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                    The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                    Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                    The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                    One Module Stab Assembly

                                    The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                    One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                    Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                    Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                    Guide PinsPE Contact

                                    Withdrawable One Module

                                    Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                    Power Stab

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                    Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                    The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                    Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                    Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                    Door Latches (Standard)

                                    Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                    Arc Containment Latch

                                    Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                    Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                    bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                    red with white lettering

                                    Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                    Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                    Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                    Locked Position Released Position

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                    Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                    Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                    Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                    Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                    Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                    Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                    Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                    The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                    E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                    Select Unit Designs

                                    34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                    Main and Feeder Units

                                    Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                    Lug Components

                                    Cable Provisions(1)

                                    Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                    Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                    300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                    600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                    (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                    (2) 240 mm26

                                    (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                    800 (2) 500 mm2

                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                    (1) 400 mm2

                                    (2) 300 mm2

                                    (4) 240 mm2

                                    (3) 240 mm2

                                    (4) 185 mm26

                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 185 mm28

                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                    1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                    (4) 240 mm28

                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                    1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                    2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                    (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                    Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                    The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                    MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                    They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                    MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                    For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                    For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                    Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                    Amperes

                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                    350 140G-KC3-D35

                                    400 140G-KC3-D40

                                    500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                    600 140G-MC3-D60

                                    700 140G-MC3-D70

                                    800 140G-MC3-D80

                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                    Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                    Amperes

                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                    350 140G-K3-D40

                                    400

                                    500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                    600

                                    700 140G-M3-D80

                                    800

                                    1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                    Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                    Amperes

                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                    16 140M-D8E-C16

                                    20 140M-D8E-C20

                                    25 140M-D8E-C25

                                    30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                    35 140G-GC3-C35

                                    40 140G-GC3-C40

                                    45 140G-GC3-C45

                                    50 140G-GC3-C50

                                    60 140G-GC3-C60

                                    70 140G-GC3-C70

                                    80 140G-GC3-C80

                                    90 140G-GC3-C90

                                    100 140G-GC3-D10

                                    110 140G-GC3-D11

                                    125 140G-GC3-D12

                                    160 140G-GE3-D16

                                    175 140G-IC3-D17

                                    200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                    225 140G-IC3-D22

                                    250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                    300 140G-KH3-D30

                                    350 140G-KH3-D40

                                    400

                                    500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                    600

                                    700 140G-MH3-D80

                                    800

                                    1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                    Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                    Amperes

                                    Protection Type

                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                    40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                    60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                    LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                    100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                    LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                    125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                    150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                    LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                    160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                    250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                    300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                    400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                    630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                    800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                    1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                    LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                    The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                    The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                    The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                    bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                    Protection Modes

                                    PR121 PR122 PR123

                                    Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                    Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                    LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                    Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                    Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                    EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                    Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                    Fault History Fault History

                                    ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                    Harmonic Metering

                                    Terminal Temperature Protection

                                    Trip Circuit Supervision

                                    Pre-trip Alarm

                                    Earth Leakage

                                    Motor Protection

                                    Power Metering and Protection

                                    Breaker Failure Feedback

                                    Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                    Maintenance Indication

                                    For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                    Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                    Amperes

                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                    1250

                                    1600

                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                    2500

                                    3200 E4 900

                                    4000 1000

                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                    Amperes

                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                    1250

                                    1600

                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                    2500

                                    3200 E4 900

                                    4000 1000

                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                    Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                    Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                    Starter Units

                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                    Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                    Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                    DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                    Input VoltagekW

                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                    55

                                    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                    11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                    185 mdash

                                    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                    37

                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                    90

                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                    220

                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                    Input VoltagekW

                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                    55

                                    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                    11

                                    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                    185 mdash

                                    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                    37 4

                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                    90

                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                    220

                                    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                    kW

                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                    380415V IP204254

                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                    4A Size 000

                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                    6A Size 000

                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                    16A Size 000

                                    75 mdash

                                    20A Size 000

                                    11 mdash

                                    40A Size 000

                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                    40A Size 000

                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                    63A Size 000

                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                    80A Size 00

                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                    125A Size 00

                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                    125A Size 00

                                    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                    200A Size 1

                                    90 mdash

                                    250A Size 1

                                    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                    355A Size 2

                                    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                    355A Size 2

                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                    500A Size 3

                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                    500A Size 3

                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                    630A Size 3

                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                    kW

                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                    440460480V IP204254

                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                    4A Size 000

                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                    6A Size 000

                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                    16A Size 000

                                    75 mdash

                                    20A Size 000

                                    11 mdash

                                    40A Size 000

                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                    40A Size 000

                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                    63A Size 000

                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                    80A Size 00

                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                    125A Size 00

                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                    125A Size 00

                                    75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                    200A Size 1

                                    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                    250A Size 1

                                    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                    355A Size 2

                                    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                    355A Size 2

                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                    500A Size 3

                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                    500A Size 3

                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                    630A Size 3

                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                    VFD Cat No

                                    Frame Size

                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                    With Line

                                    Reactor

                                    With Load

                                    Reactor

                                    With Both

                                    Reactors

                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                    VFD Cat No

                                    Frame Size

                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                    With Line

                                    Reactor

                                    With Load

                                    Reactor

                                    With Both

                                    Reactors

                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                                    22 25B-D043N114

                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                    Drive Ratings

                                    Circuit Breaker

                                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                                    Size

                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                    Module Size(4)

                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                    Output Current

                                    Amps

                                    400V AC IP204254

                                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                    1321-3R35-B

                                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                    1321-3R45-B

                                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                    1321-3R45-B 12

                                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                    1321-3R80-B

                                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                    1321-3R80-B

                                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                    1321-3R80-B

                                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                    1321-3R100-B

                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                    Drive Ratings

                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                    Frame Size

                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                    Module

                                    Size(4)

                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                    Output Current

                                    Amps

                                    400V AC IP204254

                                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                    1321-3R160-B

                                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                    1321-3R200-B

                                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                    1321-3R200-B

                                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                    1321-3RB250-B

                                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                    1321-3RB320-B

                                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                    1321-3RB400-B

                                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                    1321-3R500-B

                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                    Linking Devices

                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Select Unit Types

                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                    Certifications and Markings

                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                    e

                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                    Neutral (N)

                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                    See page 19

                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                    InteriorExterior

                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                    Customer User

                                    Office

                                    Certifications and Markings

                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                    Incoming Power

                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                    Available fault current kA

                                    Control Power

                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                    Structure

                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                    Bus

                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                    Other Network Options

                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                    Ampere rating A

                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                    Feeder Units

                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                    Nameplates

                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                    Door Latches

                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                    Wire Markers

                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                    Spares

                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                    Options and Accessories

                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                    Options and Accessories

                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                    Options and Accessories

                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                    Location (specify)

                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                    Location (specify)

                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    r Extra space for future units

                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                    Motor List

                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                    Selection Checklist

                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                    Notes

                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                    • Table of Contents
                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                      • Select Network Technology
                                        • Network
                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                          • Select Structure
                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                              • Select Power Systems
                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                • Unit Size
                                                • Unit Style
                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                • Unit Doors
                                                • Control Power
                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                    • Starter Units
                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                      • Back Cover

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 19

                                      Select Structure

                                      Column Dimensions

                                      All measurements are mm unless otherwise specified

                                      Width

                                      Total Column Unit Vertical Wireway

                                      600(1) 600 None

                                      700 500 200

                                      800 300

                                      900 400

                                      1000 500

                                      (1) Only for full column frame mount applications

                                      Depth

                                      Single Front Double Front

                                      600 1200

                                      800 1600 or 2000(1)

                                      (1) 800 mm columns can be mounted in a double front arrangement on site A 400 mm air gap is required for 3200A and 4000A columns

                                      Height

                                      Dimension Measurement

                                      Total height 2300

                                      Available unit height 1980

                                      Top horizontal wireway 170

                                      Bottom horizontal wireway 115

                                      External mounting channel 35

                                      Weight(1) (kg)

                                      Column Width

                                      Column Depth

                                      600 mm(1) 800 mm(1)

                                      600 700 350 450

                                      800 400 525

                                      900 450 575

                                      1000 500 650

                                      (1) Weights shown are for a MCC column with six units Many factors (number of units horizontal power bus wireway width column depth and shipment packaging) affect the actual weight The packing slip shipped with a MCC unit shows the exact shipping weights

                                      600hellip1000

                                      170

                                      1980

                                      115

                                      35

                                      200hellip500500 or 600

                                      600 or 800

                                      2300

                                      20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                                      bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                                      Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                                      Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                                      The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                                      The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                                      Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                                      The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                                      Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                                      WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                                      Horizontal Wireways

                                      Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                                      Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                                      Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                                      Select Structure

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                      Select Structure

                                      Vertical Wireway

                                      The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                      The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                      Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                      Top Horizontal Wireway

                                      Vertical Wireway

                                      Door

                                      Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                      Vertical Wireway Door

                                      Select Structure

                                      22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                      The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                      Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                      bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                      In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                      Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                      Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                      Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                      Select Structure

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                      ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                      CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                      Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                      bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                      bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                      bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                      bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                      bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                      bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                      Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                      IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                      bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                      Pressure relief system

                                      Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                      Insulating covers between columns

                                      Arc-containment Door Latches

                                      Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                      Select Power Systems

                                      24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Select Power Systems

                                      CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                      Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                      The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                      The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                      The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                      Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                      Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                      The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                      bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                      helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                      Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                      Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                      Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                      unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                      removed

                                      Select Power Systems

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                      Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                      Bus Rating

                                      Busbar Quantity

                                      Busbar

                                      Dimensions (mm)

                                      Bus Bracing System(1)

                                      Withstand Ratings(2)

                                      lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                      lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                      800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                      1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                      1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                      2000 A 1 1

                                      6 x 100 10 x 100

                                      Standard Standard

                                      X X

                                      X X

                                      X X

                                      X X

                                      X X

                                      2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                      3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                      Standard with glastic supports

                                      X X X X X X X

                                      4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                      65 kA with glastic supports

                                      X X X X X X X

                                      (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                      cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                      pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                      Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                      The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                      Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                      The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                      The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                      The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                      The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                      Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                      Select Power Systems

                                      26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                      Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                      The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                      An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                      A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                      Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                      An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                      The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                      Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                      Select Power Systems

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                      Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                      Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                      bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                      2 Module Unit

                                      8 Module Unit

                                      4 Module Unit

                                      Single Module Unit

                                      Four Modules Unit

                                      24 Modules Total

                                      Unit Type Module Size

                                      Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                      Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                      Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                      Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                      For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                      Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                      Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                      Withdraw Lever

                                      Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                      Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                      Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                      Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                      Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                      Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                      Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                      Connection Present

                                      Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                      Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                      Test radic radic radic radic

                                      Disconnected radic radic

                                      Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                      (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                      Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                      Unit Connections

                                      Unit Type

                                      Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                      Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                      Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                      PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                      Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                      Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                      Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                      Fixed

                                      Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                      The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                      The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                      Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                      Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                      Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                      Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                      Stab Assembly

                                      Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                      The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                      Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                      The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                      One Module Stab Assembly

                                      The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                      One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                      Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                      Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                      Guide PinsPE Contact

                                      Withdrawable One Module

                                      Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                      Power Stab

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                      Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                      The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                      Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                      Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                      Door Latches (Standard)

                                      Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                      Arc Containment Latch

                                      Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                      Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                      bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                      red with white lettering

                                      Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                      Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                      Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                      Locked Position Released Position

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                      Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                      Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                      Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                      Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                      Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                      Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                      Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                      The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                      E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                      Select Unit Designs

                                      34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                      Main and Feeder Units

                                      Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                      Lug Components

                                      Cable Provisions(1)

                                      Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                      Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                      300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                      600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                      (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                      (2) 240 mm26

                                      (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                      800 (2) 500 mm2

                                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 240 mm24

                                      (1) 400 mm2

                                      (2) 300 mm2

                                      (4) 240 mm2

                                      (3) 240 mm2

                                      (4) 185 mm26

                                      (1) 500 mm2

                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 300 mm2

                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 185 mm28

                                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                      1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 240 mm24

                                      (1) 500 mm2

                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 300 mm2

                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                      (4) 240 mm28

                                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                      1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                      2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                      (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                      Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                      The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                      MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                      They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                      MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                      For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                      For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                      Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                      Amperes

                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                      350 140G-KC3-D35

                                      400 140G-KC3-D40

                                      500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                      600 140G-MC3-D60

                                      700 140G-MC3-D70

                                      800 140G-MC3-D80

                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                      Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                      Amperes

                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                      350 140G-K3-D40

                                      400

                                      500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                      600

                                      700 140G-M3-D80

                                      800

                                      1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                      Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                      Amperes

                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                      16 140M-D8E-C16

                                      20 140M-D8E-C20

                                      25 140M-D8E-C25

                                      30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                      35 140G-GC3-C35

                                      40 140G-GC3-C40

                                      45 140G-GC3-C45

                                      50 140G-GC3-C50

                                      60 140G-GC3-C60

                                      70 140G-GC3-C70

                                      80 140G-GC3-C80

                                      90 140G-GC3-C90

                                      100 140G-GC3-D10

                                      110 140G-GC3-D11

                                      125 140G-GC3-D12

                                      160 140G-GE3-D16

                                      175 140G-IC3-D17

                                      200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                      225 140G-IC3-D22

                                      250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                      300 140G-KH3-D30

                                      350 140G-KH3-D40

                                      400

                                      500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                      600

                                      700 140G-MH3-D80

                                      800

                                      1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                      Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                      Amperes

                                      Protection Type

                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                      40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                      60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                      LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                      100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                      LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                      125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                      150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                      LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                      160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                      250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                      300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                      400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                      630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                      800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                      1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                      LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                      The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                      The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                      The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                      bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                      Protection Modes

                                      PR121 PR122 PR123

                                      Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                      Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                      LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                      Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                      Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                      EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                      Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                      Fault History Fault History

                                      ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                      Harmonic Metering

                                      Terminal Temperature Protection

                                      Trip Circuit Supervision

                                      Pre-trip Alarm

                                      Earth Leakage

                                      Motor Protection

                                      Power Metering and Protection

                                      Breaker Failure Feedback

                                      Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                      Maintenance Indication

                                      For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                      Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                      Amperes

                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                      1250

                                      1600

                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                      2500

                                      3200 E4 900

                                      4000 1000

                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                      Amperes

                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                      1250

                                      1600

                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                      2500

                                      3200 E4 900

                                      4000 1000

                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                      Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                      Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                      Starter Units

                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                      Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                      Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                      DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                      Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                      Input VoltagekW

                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                      Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                      55

                                      75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                      11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                      15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                      185 mdash

                                      22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                      37

                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                      75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                      90

                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                      160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                      185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                      220

                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                      Input VoltagekW

                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                      55

                                      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                      11

                                      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                      185 mdash

                                      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                      37 4

                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                      90

                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                      220

                                      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                      kW

                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                      380415V IP204254

                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                      4A Size 000

                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                      6A Size 000

                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                      16A Size 000

                                      75 mdash

                                      20A Size 000

                                      11 mdash

                                      40A Size 000

                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                      40A Size 000

                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                      63A Size 000

                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                      80A Size 00

                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                      125A Size 00

                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                      125A Size 00

                                      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                      200A Size 1

                                      90 mdash

                                      250A Size 1

                                      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                      355A Size 2

                                      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                      355A Size 2

                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                      500A Size 3

                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                      500A Size 3

                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                      630A Size 3

                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                      kW

                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                      440460480V IP204254

                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                      4A Size 000

                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                      6A Size 000

                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                      16A Size 000

                                      75 mdash

                                      20A Size 000

                                      11 mdash

                                      40A Size 000

                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                      40A Size 000

                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                      63A Size 000

                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                      80A Size 00

                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                      125A Size 00

                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                      125A Size 00

                                      75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                      200A Size 1

                                      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                      250A Size 1

                                      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                      355A Size 2

                                      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                      355A Size 2

                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                      500A Size 3

                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                      500A Size 3

                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                      630A Size 3

                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                      VFD Cat No

                                      Frame Size

                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                      With Line

                                      Reactor

                                      With Load

                                      Reactor

                                      With Both

                                      Reactors

                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                      VFD Cat No

                                      Frame Size

                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                      With Line

                                      Reactor

                                      With Load

                                      Reactor

                                      With Both

                                      Reactors

                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                                      22 25B-D043N114

                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                      Drive Ratings

                                      Circuit Breaker

                                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                                      Size

                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                      Module Size(4)

                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                      Output Current

                                      Amps

                                      400V AC IP204254

                                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                      1321-3R35-B

                                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                      1321-3R45-B

                                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                      1321-3R45-B 12

                                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                      1321-3R80-B

                                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                      1321-3R80-B

                                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                      1321-3R80-B

                                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                      1321-3R100-B

                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                      Drive Ratings

                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                      Frame Size

                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                      Module

                                      Size(4)

                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                      Output Current

                                      Amps

                                      400V AC IP204254

                                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                      1321-3R160-B

                                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                      1321-3R200-B

                                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                      1321-3R200-B

                                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                      1321-3RB250-B

                                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                      1321-3RB320-B

                                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                      1321-3RB400-B

                                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                      1321-3R500-B

                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                      Linking Devices

                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                      Ethernet power supply 2

                                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Select Unit Types

                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                      Certifications and Markings

                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                      e

                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                      Neutral (N)

                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                      See page 19

                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                      InteriorExterior

                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                      Customer User

                                      Office

                                      Certifications and Markings

                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                      Incoming Power

                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                      Available fault current kA

                                      Control Power

                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                      Structure

                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                      Bus

                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                      Other Network Options

                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                      Ampere rating A

                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                      Feeder Units

                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                      Nameplates

                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                      Door Latches

                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                      Wire Markers

                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                      Spares

                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                      Options and Accessories

                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                      Options and Accessories

                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                      Options and Accessories

                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                      Location (specify)

                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                      Location (specify)

                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      r Extra space for future units

                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                      Motor List

                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                      Selection Checklist

                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                      Notes

                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                      • Table of Contents
                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                        • Select Network Technology
                                          • Network
                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                            • Select Structure
                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                  • Unit Size
                                                  • Unit Style
                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                  • Control Power
                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                      • Starter Units
                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                        • Back Cover

                                        20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Degree of ProtectionIn accordance with IEC 60529 structures are available with the following IP ratings

                                        bull IP 20 (non-filtered vented doors)bull IP 42 (non-vented doors standard)bull IP 54 (gasketed with bottom plates)

                                        Structure sheet metal has rounded edges and is tightly fitted with no visible air gaps

                                        Operating EnvironmentThe MCC is intended for use in up to a pollution degree 3 environment

                                        The MCC is designed to operate in an ambient operating temperature range of -5hellip40 degC up to 95 non-condensing humidity with the average temperature in any 24 hour period not exceeding 35 degC

                                        The MCC is designed to operate at altitudes up to 1000 m without derating For altitudes exceeding 1000 m contact your Rockwell Automation representative for derating information

                                        Plating and PaintingStructural metal undergoes a multi-step cleaning rinsing and painting process resulting in complete uniform-thickness paint coverage This process is maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards Zinc with trivalent chromate is used to plate unpainted surfaces for corrosion resistance

                                        The standard exterior paint color is Pebble Grey (RAL 7032) Closing plates channel supports lifting angles and horizontal wireway covers are painted Black Grey (RAL 7021) Other colors are available by request

                                        Master NameplatesWhen specified the MCC master nameplate is available with up to five lines of engraving and is on the top horizontal wireway cover

                                        WirewaysEach MCC has horizontal vertical and control and network wireways for continuous dedicated wire and cable location

                                        Horizontal Wireways

                                        Horizontal wireways are at the top and bottom of each MCC column Horizontal wireways extend the full width and depth of the MCC A barrier is present in the top horizontal wireway to provide a connection point for network receptacles The top horizontal wireway is 170 mm high while the bottom horizontal wireway is 115 mm high Complete wireway access from front to rear is available for double-front configured MCC columns

                                        Horizontal wireways have removable front covers that are held in place by captive screws Openings in the side plate of the column allow access to the top and bottom horizontal wireways between joined columns Plates are provided to cover these openings for columns at the end of a MCC lineup

                                        Horizontal wireways are isolated from the power bus Horizontal wireways for incoming line sections are reduced depth to maintain isolation from the incoming line area

                                        Select Structure

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                        Select Structure

                                        Vertical Wireway

                                        The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                        The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                        Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                        Top Horizontal Wireway

                                        Vertical Wireway

                                        Door

                                        Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                        Vertical Wireway Door

                                        Select Structure

                                        22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                        The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                        Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                        bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                        In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                        Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                        Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                        Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                        Select Structure

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                        ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                        CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                        Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                        bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                        bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                        bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                        bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                        bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                        bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                        Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                        IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                        bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                        Pressure relief system

                                        Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                        Insulating covers between columns

                                        Arc-containment Door Latches

                                        Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                        Select Power Systems

                                        24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Select Power Systems

                                        CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                        Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                        The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                        The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                        The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                        Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                        Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                        The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                        bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                        helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                        Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                        Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                        Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                        unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                        removed

                                        Select Power Systems

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                        Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                        Bus Rating

                                        Busbar Quantity

                                        Busbar

                                        Dimensions (mm)

                                        Bus Bracing System(1)

                                        Withstand Ratings(2)

                                        lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                        lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                        800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                        1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                        1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                        2000 A 1 1

                                        6 x 100 10 x 100

                                        Standard Standard

                                        X X

                                        X X

                                        X X

                                        X X

                                        X X

                                        2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                        3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                        Standard with glastic supports

                                        X X X X X X X

                                        4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                        65 kA with glastic supports

                                        X X X X X X X

                                        (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                        cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                        pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                        Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                        The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                        Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                        The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                        The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                        The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                        The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                        Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                        Select Power Systems

                                        26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                        Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                        The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                        An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                        A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                        Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                        An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                        The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                        Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                        Select Power Systems

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                        Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                        Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                        bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                        2 Module Unit

                                        8 Module Unit

                                        4 Module Unit

                                        Single Module Unit

                                        Four Modules Unit

                                        24 Modules Total

                                        Unit Type Module Size

                                        Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                        Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                        Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                        Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                        For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                        Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                        Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                        Withdraw Lever

                                        Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                        Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                        Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                        Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                        Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                        Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                        Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                        Connection Present

                                        Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                        Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                        Test radic radic radic radic

                                        Disconnected radic radic

                                        Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                        (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                        Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                        Unit Connections

                                        Unit Type

                                        Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                        Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                        Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                        PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                        Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                        Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                        Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                        Fixed

                                        Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                        The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                        The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                        Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                        Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                        Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                        Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                        Stab Assembly

                                        Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                        The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                        Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                        The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                        One Module Stab Assembly

                                        The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                        One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                        Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                        Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                        Guide PinsPE Contact

                                        Withdrawable One Module

                                        Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                        Power Stab

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                        Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                        The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                        Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                        Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                        Door Latches (Standard)

                                        Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                        Arc Containment Latch

                                        Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                        Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                        bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                        red with white lettering

                                        Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                        Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                        Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                        Locked Position Released Position

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                        Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                        Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                        Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                        Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                        Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                        Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                        Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                        The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                        E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                        Select Unit Designs

                                        34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                        Main and Feeder Units

                                        Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                        Lug Components

                                        Cable Provisions(1)

                                        Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                        Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                        300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                        600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                        (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                        (2) 240 mm26

                                        (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                        800 (2) 500 mm2

                                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 240 mm24

                                        (1) 400 mm2

                                        (2) 300 mm2

                                        (4) 240 mm2

                                        (3) 240 mm2

                                        (4) 185 mm26

                                        (1) 500 mm2

                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 300 mm2

                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 185 mm28

                                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                        1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 240 mm24

                                        (1) 500 mm2

                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 300 mm2

                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                        (4) 240 mm28

                                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                        1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                        2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                        (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                        Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                        The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                        MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                        They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                        MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                        For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                        For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                        Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                        Amperes

                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                        350 140G-KC3-D35

                                        400 140G-KC3-D40

                                        500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                        600 140G-MC3-D60

                                        700 140G-MC3-D70

                                        800 140G-MC3-D80

                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                        Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                        Amperes

                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                        350 140G-K3-D40

                                        400

                                        500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                        600

                                        700 140G-M3-D80

                                        800

                                        1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                        Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                        Amperes

                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                        16 140M-D8E-C16

                                        20 140M-D8E-C20

                                        25 140M-D8E-C25

                                        30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                        35 140G-GC3-C35

                                        40 140G-GC3-C40

                                        45 140G-GC3-C45

                                        50 140G-GC3-C50

                                        60 140G-GC3-C60

                                        70 140G-GC3-C70

                                        80 140G-GC3-C80

                                        90 140G-GC3-C90

                                        100 140G-GC3-D10

                                        110 140G-GC3-D11

                                        125 140G-GC3-D12

                                        160 140G-GE3-D16

                                        175 140G-IC3-D17

                                        200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                        225 140G-IC3-D22

                                        250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                        300 140G-KH3-D30

                                        350 140G-KH3-D40

                                        400

                                        500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                        600

                                        700 140G-MH3-D80

                                        800

                                        1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                        Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                        Amperes

                                        Protection Type

                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                        40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                        60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                        LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                        100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                        LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                        125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                        150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                        LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                        160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                        250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                        300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                        400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                        630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                        800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                        1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                        LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                        The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                        The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                        The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                        bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                        Protection Modes

                                        PR121 PR122 PR123

                                        Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                        Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                        LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                        Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                        Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                        EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                        Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                        Fault History Fault History

                                        ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                        Harmonic Metering

                                        Terminal Temperature Protection

                                        Trip Circuit Supervision

                                        Pre-trip Alarm

                                        Earth Leakage

                                        Motor Protection

                                        Power Metering and Protection

                                        Breaker Failure Feedback

                                        Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                        Maintenance Indication

                                        For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                        Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                        Amperes

                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                        1250

                                        1600

                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                        2500

                                        3200 E4 900

                                        4000 1000

                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                        Amperes

                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                        1250

                                        1600

                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                        2500

                                        3200 E4 900

                                        4000 1000

                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                        Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                        Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                        Starter Units

                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                        Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                        Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                        DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                        Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                        Input VoltagekW

                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                        Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                        55

                                        75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                        11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                        15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                        185 mdash

                                        22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                        37

                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                        75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                        90

                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                        160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                        185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                        220

                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                        bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                        These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                        Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                        DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                        Input VoltagekW

                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                        55

                                        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                        11

                                        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                        185 mdash

                                        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                        37 4

                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                        90

                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                        220

                                        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                        kW

                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                        380415V IP204254

                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                        4A Size 000

                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                        6A Size 000

                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                        16A Size 000

                                        75 mdash

                                        20A Size 000

                                        11 mdash

                                        40A Size 000

                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                        40A Size 000

                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                        63A Size 000

                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                        80A Size 00

                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                        125A Size 00

                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                        125A Size 00

                                        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                        200A Size 1

                                        90 mdash

                                        250A Size 1

                                        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                        355A Size 2

                                        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                        355A Size 2

                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                        500A Size 3

                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                        500A Size 3

                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                        630A Size 3

                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                        kW

                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                        440460480V IP204254

                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                        4A Size 000

                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                        6A Size 000

                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                        16A Size 000

                                        75 mdash

                                        20A Size 000

                                        11 mdash

                                        40A Size 000

                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                        40A Size 000

                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                        63A Size 000

                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                        80A Size 00

                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                        125A Size 00

                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                        125A Size 00

                                        75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                        200A Size 1

                                        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                        250A Size 1

                                        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                        355A Size 2

                                        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                        355A Size 2

                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                        500A Size 3

                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                        500A Size 3

                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                        630A Size 3

                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                        VFD Cat No

                                        Frame Size

                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                        With Line

                                        Reactor

                                        With Load

                                        Reactor

                                        With Both

                                        Reactors

                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                        VFD Cat No

                                        Frame Size

                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                        With Line

                                        Reactor

                                        With Load

                                        Reactor

                                        With Both

                                        Reactors

                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                                        22 25B-D043N114

                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                        Drive Ratings

                                        Circuit Breaker

                                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                                        Size

                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                        Module Size(4)

                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                        Output Current

                                        Amps

                                        400V AC IP204254

                                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                        1321-3R35-B

                                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                        1321-3R45-B

                                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                        1321-3R45-B 12

                                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                        1321-3R80-B

                                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                        1321-3R80-B

                                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                        1321-3R80-B

                                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                        1321-3R100-B

                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                        Drive Ratings

                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                        Frame Size

                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                        Module

                                        Size(4)

                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                        Output Current

                                        Amps

                                        400V AC IP204254

                                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                        1321-3R160-B

                                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                        1321-3R200-B

                                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                        1321-3R200-B

                                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                        1321-3RB250-B

                                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                        1321-3RB320-B

                                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                        1321-3RB400-B

                                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                        1321-3R500-B

                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                        Linking Devices

                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                        Ethernet power supply 2

                                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Select Unit Types

                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                        Certifications and Markings

                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                        e

                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                        Neutral (N)

                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                        See page 19

                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                        InteriorExterior

                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                        Customer User

                                        Office

                                        Certifications and Markings

                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                        Incoming Power

                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                        Available fault current kA

                                        Control Power

                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                        Structure

                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                        Bus

                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                        Other Network Options

                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                        Ampere rating A

                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                        Feeder Units

                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                        Nameplates

                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                        Door Latches

                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                        Wire Markers

                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                        Spares

                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                        Options and Accessories

                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                        Options and Accessories

                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                        Options and Accessories

                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                        Location (specify)

                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                        Location (specify)

                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        r Extra space for future units

                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                        Motor List

                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                        Selection Checklist

                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                        Notes

                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                        • Table of Contents
                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                          • Select Network Technology
                                            • Network
                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                              • Select Structure
                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                    • Unit Size
                                                    • Unit Style
                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                    • Control Power
                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                        • Starter Units
                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                          • Back Cover

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 21

                                          Select Structure

                                          Vertical Wireway

                                          The vertical wireway is on the right side of each column and extends 1980 mm between the top and the bottom horizontal wireway The vertical wireway is approximately 350 mm deep Vertical wireways are available in widths of 200 300 400 and 500 mm Wider wireways are recommended for MCCs with higher bus ratings and higher unit density per section

                                          The vertical wireway is isolated from power bus and is independent of unit space Vertical wireways are present in only columns with withdrawable units

                                          Each vertical wireway has a steel door with multiple door latches Vertical wireway cable supports are available to help you keep your cable wireways organized

                                          Top Horizontal Wireway

                                          Vertical Wireway

                                          Door

                                          Bottom Horizontal Wireway

                                          Vertical Wireway Door

                                          Select Structure

                                          22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                          The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                          Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                          bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                          In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                          Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                          Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                          Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                          Select Structure

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                          ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                          CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                          Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                          bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                          bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                          bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                          bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                          bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                          bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                          Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                          IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                          bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                          Pressure relief system

                                          Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                          Insulating covers between columns

                                          Arc-containment Door Latches

                                          Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                          Select Power Systems

                                          24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Select Power Systems

                                          CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                          Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                          The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                          The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                          The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                          Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                          Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                          The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                          bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                          helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                          Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                          Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                          Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                          unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                          removed

                                          Select Power Systems

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                          Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                          Bus Rating

                                          Busbar Quantity

                                          Busbar

                                          Dimensions (mm)

                                          Bus Bracing System(1)

                                          Withstand Ratings(2)

                                          lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                          lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                          800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                          1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                          1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                          2000 A 1 1

                                          6 x 100 10 x 100

                                          Standard Standard

                                          X X

                                          X X

                                          X X

                                          X X

                                          X X

                                          2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                          3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                          Standard with glastic supports

                                          X X X X X X X

                                          4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                          65 kA with glastic supports

                                          X X X X X X X

                                          (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                          cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                          pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                          Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                          The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                          Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                          The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                          The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                          The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                          The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                          Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                          Select Power Systems

                                          26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                          Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                          The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                          An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                          A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                          Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                          An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                          The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                          Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                          Select Power Systems

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                          Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                          Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                          bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                          2 Module Unit

                                          8 Module Unit

                                          4 Module Unit

                                          Single Module Unit

                                          Four Modules Unit

                                          24 Modules Total

                                          Unit Type Module Size

                                          Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                          Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                          Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                          Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                          For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                          Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                          Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                          Withdraw Lever

                                          Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                          Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                          Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                          Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                          Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                          Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                          Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                          Connection Present

                                          Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                          Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                          Test radic radic radic radic

                                          Disconnected radic radic

                                          Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                          (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                          Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                          Unit Connections

                                          Unit Type

                                          Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                          Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                          Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                          PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                          Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                          Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                          Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                          Fixed

                                          Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                          The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                          The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                          Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                          Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                          Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                          Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                          Stab Assembly

                                          Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                          The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                          Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                          The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                          One Module Stab Assembly

                                          The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                          One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                          Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                          Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                          Guide PinsPE Contact

                                          Withdrawable One Module

                                          Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                          Power Stab

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                          Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                          The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                          Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                          Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                          Door Latches (Standard)

                                          Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                          Arc Containment Latch

                                          Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                          Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                          bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                          red with white lettering

                                          Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                          Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                          Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                          Locked Position Released Position

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                          Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                          Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                          Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                          Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                          Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                          Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                          Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                          The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                          E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                          Select Unit Designs

                                          34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                          Main and Feeder Units

                                          Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                          Lug Components

                                          Cable Provisions(1)

                                          Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                          Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                          300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                          600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                          (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                          (2) 240 mm26

                                          (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                          800 (2) 500 mm2

                                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 240 mm24

                                          (1) 400 mm2

                                          (2) 300 mm2

                                          (4) 240 mm2

                                          (3) 240 mm2

                                          (4) 185 mm26

                                          (1) 500 mm2

                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 300 mm2

                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 185 mm28

                                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                          1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 240 mm24

                                          (1) 500 mm2

                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 300 mm2

                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                          (4) 240 mm28

                                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                          1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                          2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                          (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                          Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                          The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                          MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                          They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                          MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                          For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                          For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                          Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                          Amperes

                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                          350 140G-KC3-D35

                                          400 140G-KC3-D40

                                          500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                          600 140G-MC3-D60

                                          700 140G-MC3-D70

                                          800 140G-MC3-D80

                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                          Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                          Amperes

                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                          350 140G-K3-D40

                                          400

                                          500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                          600

                                          700 140G-M3-D80

                                          800

                                          1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                          Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                          Amperes

                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                          16 140M-D8E-C16

                                          20 140M-D8E-C20

                                          25 140M-D8E-C25

                                          30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                          35 140G-GC3-C35

                                          40 140G-GC3-C40

                                          45 140G-GC3-C45

                                          50 140G-GC3-C50

                                          60 140G-GC3-C60

                                          70 140G-GC3-C70

                                          80 140G-GC3-C80

                                          90 140G-GC3-C90

                                          100 140G-GC3-D10

                                          110 140G-GC3-D11

                                          125 140G-GC3-D12

                                          160 140G-GE3-D16

                                          175 140G-IC3-D17

                                          200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                          225 140G-IC3-D22

                                          250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                          300 140G-KH3-D30

                                          350 140G-KH3-D40

                                          400

                                          500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                          600

                                          700 140G-MH3-D80

                                          800

                                          1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                          Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                          Amperes

                                          Protection Type

                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                          40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                          60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                          LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                          100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                          LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                          125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                          150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                          LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                          160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                          250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                          300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                          400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                          630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                          800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                          1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                          LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                          The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                          The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                          The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                          bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                          Protection Modes

                                          PR121 PR122 PR123

                                          Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                          Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                          LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                          Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                          Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                          EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                          Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                          Fault History Fault History

                                          ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                          Harmonic Metering

                                          Terminal Temperature Protection

                                          Trip Circuit Supervision

                                          Pre-trip Alarm

                                          Earth Leakage

                                          Motor Protection

                                          Power Metering and Protection

                                          Breaker Failure Feedback

                                          Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                          Maintenance Indication

                                          For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                          Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                          Amperes

                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                          1250

                                          1600

                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                          2500

                                          3200 E4 900

                                          4000 1000

                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                          Amperes

                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                          1250

                                          1600

                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                          2500

                                          3200 E4 900

                                          4000 1000

                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                          Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                          Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                          Starter Units

                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                          Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                          Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                          DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                          Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                          Input VoltagekW

                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                          Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                          55

                                          75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                          11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                          15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                          185 mdash

                                          22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                          37

                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                          75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                          90

                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                          160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                          185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                          220

                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                          bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                          These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                          Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                          DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                          Input VoltagekW

                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                          55

                                          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                          11

                                          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                          185 mdash

                                          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                          37 4

                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                          90

                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                          220

                                          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                          kW

                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                          380415V IP204254

                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                          4A Size 000

                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                          6A Size 000

                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                          16A Size 000

                                          75 mdash

                                          20A Size 000

                                          11 mdash

                                          40A Size 000

                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                          40A Size 000

                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                          63A Size 000

                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                          80A Size 00

                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                          125A Size 00

                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                          125A Size 00

                                          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                          200A Size 1

                                          90 mdash

                                          250A Size 1

                                          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                          355A Size 2

                                          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                          355A Size 2

                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                          500A Size 3

                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                          500A Size 3

                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                          630A Size 3

                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                          kW

                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                          440460480V IP204254

                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                          4A Size 000

                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                          6A Size 000

                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                          16A Size 000

                                          75 mdash

                                          20A Size 000

                                          11 mdash

                                          40A Size 000

                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                          40A Size 000

                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                          63A Size 000

                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                          80A Size 00

                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                          125A Size 00

                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                          125A Size 00

                                          75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                          200A Size 1

                                          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                          250A Size 1

                                          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                          355A Size 2

                                          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                          355A Size 2

                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                          500A Size 3

                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                          500A Size 3

                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                          630A Size 3

                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                          VFD Cat No

                                          Frame Size

                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                          With Line

                                          Reactor

                                          With Load

                                          Reactor

                                          With Both

                                          Reactors

                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                          VFD Cat No

                                          Frame Size

                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                          With Line

                                          Reactor

                                          With Load

                                          Reactor

                                          With Both

                                          Reactors

                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                          185 25B-D037N114 E

                                          22 25B-D043N114

                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                          Drive Ratings

                                          Circuit Breaker

                                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                                          Size

                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                          Module Size(4)

                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                          Output Current

                                          Amps

                                          400V AC IP204254

                                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                          1321-3R35-B

                                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                          1321-3R45-B

                                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                          1321-3R45-B 12

                                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                          1321-3R80-B

                                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                          1321-3R80-B

                                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                          1321-3R80-B

                                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                          1321-3R100-B

                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                          Drive Ratings

                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                          Frame Size

                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                          Module

                                          Size(4)

                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                          Output Current

                                          Amps

                                          400V AC IP204254

                                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                          1321-3R160-B

                                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                          1321-3R200-B

                                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                          1321-3R200-B

                                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                          1321-3RB250-B

                                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                          1321-3RB320-B

                                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                          1321-3RB400-B

                                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                          1321-3R500-B

                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                          Linking Devices

                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                          Ethernet power supply 2

                                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Select Unit Types

                                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                          2004108EC200695EC

                                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                          Certifications and Markings

                                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                          Rated Frequency fn

                                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                          e

                                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                          Neutral (N)

                                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                          See page 19

                                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                          Structural Surface Treatments

                                          InteriorExterior

                                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                          Customer User

                                          Office

                                          Certifications and Markings

                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                          Incoming Power

                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                          Available fault current kA

                                          Control Power

                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                          Structure

                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                          Bus

                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                          Other Network Options

                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                          Ampere rating A

                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                          Feeder Units

                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                          Nameplates

                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                          Door Latches

                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                          Wire Markers

                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                          Spares

                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                          Options and Accessories

                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                          Options and Accessories

                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                          Options and Accessories

                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                          Location (specify)

                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                          Location (specify)

                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          r Extra space for future units

                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                          Motor List

                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                          Selection Checklist

                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                          Notes

                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                          • Table of Contents
                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                            • Select Network Technology
                                              • Network
                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                • Select Structure
                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                      • Unit Size
                                                      • Unit Style
                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                      • Control Power
                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                          • Starter Units
                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                            • Back Cover

                                            Select Structure

                                            22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Control and Network WirewayA separate wireway isolates control and optional network cables from power wiring

                                            The control and network wireway is on the left side of the column in the unit space Control and network connections are made to withdrawable units through receptacles in this wireway

                                            Forms of SeparationInternal isolation and separation exists between the following

                                            bull Individual unitsbull Units and wirewaysbull Units and the bus systembull Wireways and the bus system

                                            In addition the vertical wireway for power wiring is separate from the vertical wireway for control and network wiring

                                            Standard internal separation within the MCC is Form 3b Form 4b is available via separate cable chambers in frame mounted and fixed units and individual boxes for connections within vertical wireways

                                            Form 4b Terminals not in same compartment as associated functional unit

                                            Form 3b Terminals separated from busbarsForm 2b Terminals separated from busbars

                                            Select Structure

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                            ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                            CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                            Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                            bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                            bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                            bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                            bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                            bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                            bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                            Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                            IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                            bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                            Pressure relief system

                                            Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                            Insulating covers between columns

                                            Arc-containment Door Latches

                                            Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                            Select Power Systems

                                            24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Select Power Systems

                                            CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                            Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                            The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                            The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                            The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                            Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                            Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                            The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                            bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                            helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                            Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                            Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                            Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                            unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                            removed

                                            Select Power Systems

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                            Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                            Bus Rating

                                            Busbar Quantity

                                            Busbar

                                            Dimensions (mm)

                                            Bus Bracing System(1)

                                            Withstand Ratings(2)

                                            lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                            lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                            800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                            1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                            1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                            2000 A 1 1

                                            6 x 100 10 x 100

                                            Standard Standard

                                            X X

                                            X X

                                            X X

                                            X X

                                            X X

                                            2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                            3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                            Standard with glastic supports

                                            X X X X X X X

                                            4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                            65 kA with glastic supports

                                            X X X X X X X

                                            (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                            cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                            pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                            Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                            The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                            Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                            The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                            The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                            The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                            The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                            Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                            Select Power Systems

                                            26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                            Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                            The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                            An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                            A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                            Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                            An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                            The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                            Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                            Select Power Systems

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                            Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                            Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                            bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                            2 Module Unit

                                            8 Module Unit

                                            4 Module Unit

                                            Single Module Unit

                                            Four Modules Unit

                                            24 Modules Total

                                            Unit Type Module Size

                                            Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                            Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                            Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                            Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                            For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                            Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                            Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                            Withdraw Lever

                                            Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                            Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                            Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                            Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                            Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                            Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                            Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                            Connection Present

                                            Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                            Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                            Test radic radic radic radic

                                            Disconnected radic radic

                                            Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                            (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                            Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                            Unit Connections

                                            Unit Type

                                            Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                            Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                            Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                            PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                            Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                            Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                            Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                            Fixed

                                            Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                            The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                            The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                            Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                            Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                            Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                            Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                            Stab Assembly

                                            Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                            The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                            Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                            The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                            One Module Stab Assembly

                                            The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                            One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                            Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                            Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                            Guide PinsPE Contact

                                            Withdrawable One Module

                                            Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                            Power Stab

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                            Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                            The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                            Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                            Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                            Door Latches (Standard)

                                            Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                            Arc Containment Latch

                                            Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                            Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                            bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                            red with white lettering

                                            Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                            Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                            Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                            Locked Position Released Position

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                            Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                            Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                            Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                            Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                            Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                            Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                            Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                            The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                            E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                            Select Unit Designs

                                            34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                            Main and Feeder Units

                                            Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                            Lug Components

                                            Cable Provisions(1)

                                            Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                            Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                            300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                            600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                            (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                            (2) 240 mm26

                                            (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                            800 (2) 500 mm2

                                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 240 mm24

                                            (1) 400 mm2

                                            (2) 300 mm2

                                            (4) 240 mm2

                                            (3) 240 mm2

                                            (4) 185 mm26

                                            (1) 500 mm2

                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 300 mm2

                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 185 mm28

                                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                            1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 240 mm24

                                            (1) 500 mm2

                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 300 mm2

                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                            (4) 240 mm28

                                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                            1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                            2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                            (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                            Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                            The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                            MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                            They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                            MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                            For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                            For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                            Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                            Amperes

                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                            350 140G-KC3-D35

                                            400 140G-KC3-D40

                                            500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                            600 140G-MC3-D60

                                            700 140G-MC3-D70

                                            800 140G-MC3-D80

                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                            Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                            Amperes

                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                            350 140G-K3-D40

                                            400

                                            500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                            600

                                            700 140G-M3-D80

                                            800

                                            1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                            Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                            Amperes

                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                            16 140M-D8E-C16

                                            20 140M-D8E-C20

                                            25 140M-D8E-C25

                                            30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                            35 140G-GC3-C35

                                            40 140G-GC3-C40

                                            45 140G-GC3-C45

                                            50 140G-GC3-C50

                                            60 140G-GC3-C60

                                            70 140G-GC3-C70

                                            80 140G-GC3-C80

                                            90 140G-GC3-C90

                                            100 140G-GC3-D10

                                            110 140G-GC3-D11

                                            125 140G-GC3-D12

                                            160 140G-GE3-D16

                                            175 140G-IC3-D17

                                            200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                            225 140G-IC3-D22

                                            250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                            300 140G-KH3-D30

                                            350 140G-KH3-D40

                                            400

                                            500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                            600

                                            700 140G-MH3-D80

                                            800

                                            1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                            Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                            Amperes

                                            Protection Type

                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                            40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                            60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                            LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                            100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                            LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                            125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                            150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                            LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                            160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                            250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                            300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                            400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                            630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                            800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                            1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                            LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                            The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                            The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                            The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                            bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                            Protection Modes

                                            PR121 PR122 PR123

                                            Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                            Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                            LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                            Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                            Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                            EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                            Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                            Fault History Fault History

                                            ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                            Harmonic Metering

                                            Terminal Temperature Protection

                                            Trip Circuit Supervision

                                            Pre-trip Alarm

                                            Earth Leakage

                                            Motor Protection

                                            Power Metering and Protection

                                            Breaker Failure Feedback

                                            Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                            Maintenance Indication

                                            For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                            Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                            Amperes

                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                            1250

                                            1600

                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                            2500

                                            3200 E4 900

                                            4000 1000

                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                            Amperes

                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                            1250

                                            1600

                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                            2500

                                            3200 E4 900

                                            4000 1000

                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                            Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                            Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                            Starter Units

                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                            Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                            Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                            DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                            Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                            Input VoltagekW

                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                            Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                            55

                                            75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                            11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                            15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                            185 mdash

                                            22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                            37

                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                            75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                            90

                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                            160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                            185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                            220

                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                            bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                            These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                            Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                            DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                            Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                            Input VoltagekW

                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                            55

                                            75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                            11

                                            15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                            185 mdash

                                            22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                            37 4

                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                            75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                            90

                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                            160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                            185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                            220

                                            (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                            Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                            kW

                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                            380415V IP204254

                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                            4A Size 000

                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                            6A Size 000

                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                            16A Size 000

                                            75 mdash

                                            20A Size 000

                                            11 mdash

                                            40A Size 000

                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                            40A Size 000

                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                            63A Size 000

                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                            80A Size 00

                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                            125A Size 00

                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                            125A Size 00

                                            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                            200A Size 1

                                            90 mdash

                                            250A Size 1

                                            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                            355A Size 2

                                            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                            355A Size 2

                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                            500A Size 3

                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                            500A Size 3

                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                            630A Size 3

                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                            kW

                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                            440460480V IP204254

                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                            4A Size 000

                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                            6A Size 000

                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                            16A Size 000

                                            75 mdash

                                            20A Size 000

                                            11 mdash

                                            40A Size 000

                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                            40A Size 000

                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                            63A Size 000

                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                            80A Size 00

                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                            125A Size 00

                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                            125A Size 00

                                            75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                            200A Size 1

                                            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                            250A Size 1

                                            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                            355A Size 2

                                            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                            355A Size 2

                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                            500A Size 3

                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                            500A Size 3

                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                            630A Size 3

                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                            VFD Cat No

                                            Frame Size

                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                            With Line

                                            Reactor

                                            With Load

                                            Reactor

                                            With Both

                                            Reactors

                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                            VFD Cat No

                                            Frame Size

                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                            With Line

                                            Reactor

                                            With Load

                                            Reactor

                                            With Both

                                            Reactors

                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                            185 25B-D037N114 E

                                            22 25B-D043N114

                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                            Drive Ratings

                                            Circuit Breaker

                                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                                            Size

                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                            Module Size(4)

                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                            Output Current

                                            Amps

                                            400V AC IP204254

                                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                            1321-3R35-B

                                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                            1321-3R45-B

                                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                            1321-3R45-B 12

                                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                            1321-3R80-B

                                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                            1321-3R80-B

                                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                            1321-3R80-B

                                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                            1321-3R100-B

                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                            Drive Ratings

                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                            Frame Size

                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                            Module

                                            Size(4)

                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                            Output Current

                                            Amps

                                            400V AC IP204254

                                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                            1321-3R160-B

                                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                            1321-3R200-B

                                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                            1321-3R200-B

                                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                            1321-3RB250-B

                                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                            1321-3RB320-B

                                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                            1321-3RB400-B

                                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                            1321-3R500-B

                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                            Linking Devices

                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                            Ethernet power supply 2

                                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Select Unit Types

                                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                            2004108EC200695EC

                                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                            Certifications and Markings

                                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                            Rated Frequency fn

                                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                            e

                                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                            Neutral (N)

                                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                            See page 19

                                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                            Structural Surface Treatments

                                            InteriorExterior

                                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                            Customer User

                                            Office

                                            Certifications and Markings

                                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                            Incoming Power

                                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                            Available fault current kA

                                            Control Power

                                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                            Structure

                                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                            Bus

                                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                            Other Network Options

                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                            Ampere rating A

                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                            Feeder Units

                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                            Nameplates

                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                            Door Latches

                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                            Wire Markers

                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                            Spares

                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                            Options and Accessories

                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                            Options and Accessories

                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                            Options and Accessories

                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                            Location (specify)

                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                            Location (specify)

                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            r Extra space for future units

                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                            Motor List

                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                            Selection Checklist

                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                            Notes

                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                            • Table of Contents
                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                • Network
                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                  • Select Structure
                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                        • Unit Size
                                                        • Unit Style
                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                        • Control Power
                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                            • Starter Units
                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                              • Back Cover

                                              Select Structure

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 23

                                              ArcShield TechnologyCENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield reduces arc flash hazards and offers improved personnel and assembly protection against conditions due to internal arcing at 480V 65 kA up to 300 ms

                                              CENTERLINE 2500 MCC with ArcShield is tested in multiple locations (such as individual units bus compartment) and meets IECTR 61641 Edition 20 2008-1 parts 1-7

                                              Besides the standard safety features built into every CENTERLINE 2500 MCC choosing ArcShield provides the following additional benefits

                                              bull Enclosures with no front ventilation to protect personnel standing in front of the MCC

                                              bull Additional structural bracing on both sides of MCC enclosure

                                              bull Internal ventilation that directs exhaust gases towards the top of the MCC enclosure and the pressure relief system

                                              bull A pressure relief system designed to exhaust gases through the top of the enclosure away from personnel

                                              bull Thicker doors with reinforced hinges and arc-containment door latches that can withstand the high internal pressure of an arc blast and keep the door latched to the MCC during an arcing fault

                                              bull Insulating covers on horizontal bus closing plates help prevent lsquoburn throughrsquo from arcing faults in the horizontal bus compartment

                                              Optional optical and current sensing technology are available for even more protection

                                              IntelliCENTER technology has remote maintenance and troubleshooting capabilities so personnel remain out of the arc flash boundary and safe from electrical and arc flash hazards Personnel can perform the following procedures while keeping the unit door closed

                                              bull Overload detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Change overload relay setting (FLA and Trip Class)bull Measuremonitor phase currentsbull Measure baseline motor currentsbull Ground fault detection (monitor warningtrip)bull Monitor motor thermistorbull Time to trip time to resetbull Reset overload relaybull Event historybull Verify control powerbull Verify starter operation

                                              Pressure relief system

                                              Thicker non-vented doors with reinforced hinges

                                              Insulating covers between columns

                                              Arc-containment Door Latches

                                              Certificates of Attestation are available upon request

                                              Select Power Systems

                                              24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Select Power Systems

                                              CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                              Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                              The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                              The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                              The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                              Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                              Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                              The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                              bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                              helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                              Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                              Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                              Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                              unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                              removed

                                              Select Power Systems

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                              Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                              Bus Rating

                                              Busbar Quantity

                                              Busbar

                                              Dimensions (mm)

                                              Bus Bracing System(1)

                                              Withstand Ratings(2)

                                              lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                              lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                              800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                              1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                              1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                              2000 A 1 1

                                              6 x 100 10 x 100

                                              Standard Standard

                                              X X

                                              X X

                                              X X

                                              X X

                                              X X

                                              2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                              3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                              Standard with glastic supports

                                              X X X X X X X

                                              4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                              65 kA with glastic supports

                                              X X X X X X X

                                              (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                              cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                              pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                              Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                              The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                              Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                              The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                              The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                              The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                              The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                              Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                              Select Power Systems

                                              26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                              Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                              The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                              An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                              A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                              Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                              An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                              The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                              Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                              Select Power Systems

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                              Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                              Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                              bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                              2 Module Unit

                                              8 Module Unit

                                              4 Module Unit

                                              Single Module Unit

                                              Four Modules Unit

                                              24 Modules Total

                                              Unit Type Module Size

                                              Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                              Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                              Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                              Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                              For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                              Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                              Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                              Withdraw Lever

                                              Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                              Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                              Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                              Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                              Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                              Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                              Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                              Connection Present

                                              Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                              Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                              Test radic radic radic radic

                                              Disconnected radic radic

                                              Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                              (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                              Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                              Unit Connections

                                              Unit Type

                                              Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                              Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                              Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                              PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                              Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                              Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                              Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                              Fixed

                                              Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                              The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                              The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                              Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                              Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                              Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                              Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                              Stab Assembly

                                              Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                              The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                              Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                              The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                              One Module Stab Assembly

                                              The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                              One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                              Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                              Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                              Guide PinsPE Contact

                                              Withdrawable One Module

                                              Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                              Power Stab

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                              Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                              The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                              Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                              Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                              Door Latches (Standard)

                                              Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                              Arc Containment Latch

                                              Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                              Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                              bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                              red with white lettering

                                              Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                              Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                              Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                              Locked Position Released Position

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                              Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                              Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                              Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                              Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                              Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                              Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                              Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                              The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                              E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                              Select Unit Designs

                                              34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                              Main and Feeder Units

                                              Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                              Lug Components

                                              Cable Provisions(1)

                                              Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                              Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                              300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                              600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                              (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                              (2) 240 mm26

                                              (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                              800 (2) 500 mm2

                                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 240 mm24

                                              (1) 400 mm2

                                              (2) 300 mm2

                                              (4) 240 mm2

                                              (3) 240 mm2

                                              (4) 185 mm26

                                              (1) 500 mm2

                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 300 mm2

                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 185 mm28

                                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                              1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 240 mm24

                                              (1) 500 mm2

                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 300 mm2

                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                              (4) 240 mm28

                                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                              1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                              2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                              (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                              Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                              The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                              MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                              They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                              MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                              For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                              For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                              Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                              Amperes

                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                              350 140G-KC3-D35

                                              400 140G-KC3-D40

                                              500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                              600 140G-MC3-D60

                                              700 140G-MC3-D70

                                              800 140G-MC3-D80

                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                              Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                              Amperes

                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                              350 140G-K3-D40

                                              400

                                              500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                              600

                                              700 140G-M3-D80

                                              800

                                              1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                              Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                              Amperes

                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                              16 140M-D8E-C16

                                              20 140M-D8E-C20

                                              25 140M-D8E-C25

                                              30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                              35 140G-GC3-C35

                                              40 140G-GC3-C40

                                              45 140G-GC3-C45

                                              50 140G-GC3-C50

                                              60 140G-GC3-C60

                                              70 140G-GC3-C70

                                              80 140G-GC3-C80

                                              90 140G-GC3-C90

                                              100 140G-GC3-D10

                                              110 140G-GC3-D11

                                              125 140G-GC3-D12

                                              160 140G-GE3-D16

                                              175 140G-IC3-D17

                                              200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                              225 140G-IC3-D22

                                              250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                              300 140G-KH3-D30

                                              350 140G-KH3-D40

                                              400

                                              500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                              600

                                              700 140G-MH3-D80

                                              800

                                              1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                              Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                              Amperes

                                              Protection Type

                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                              40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                              60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                              LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                              100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                              LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                              125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                              150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                              LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                              160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                              250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                              300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                              400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                              630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                              800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                              1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                              LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                              The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                              The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                              The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                              bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                              Protection Modes

                                              PR121 PR122 PR123

                                              Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                              Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                              LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                              Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                              Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                              EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                              Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                              Fault History Fault History

                                              ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                              Harmonic Metering

                                              Terminal Temperature Protection

                                              Trip Circuit Supervision

                                              Pre-trip Alarm

                                              Earth Leakage

                                              Motor Protection

                                              Power Metering and Protection

                                              Breaker Failure Feedback

                                              Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                              Maintenance Indication

                                              For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                              Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                              Amperes

                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                              1250

                                              1600

                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                              2500

                                              3200 E4 900

                                              4000 1000

                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                              Amperes

                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                              1250

                                              1600

                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                              2500

                                              3200 E4 900

                                              4000 1000

                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                              Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                              Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                              Starter Units

                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                              Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                              Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                              DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                              Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                              Input VoltagekW

                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                              Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                              55

                                              75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                              11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                              15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                              185 mdash

                                              22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                              37

                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                              75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                              90

                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                              160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                              185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                              220

                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                              bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                              These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                              Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                              DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                              Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                              Input VoltagekW

                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                              55

                                              75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                              11

                                              15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                              185 mdash

                                              22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                              37 4

                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                              75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                              90

                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                              160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                              185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                              220

                                              (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                              Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                              SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                              ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                              bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                              bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                              When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                              For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                              For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                              kW

                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                              380415V IP204254

                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                              4A Size 000

                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                              6A Size 000

                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                              16A Size 000

                                              75 mdash

                                              20A Size 000

                                              11 mdash

                                              40A Size 000

                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                              40A Size 000

                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                              63A Size 000

                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                              80A Size 00

                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                              125A Size 00

                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                              125A Size 00

                                              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                              200A Size 1

                                              90 mdash

                                              250A Size 1

                                              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                              355A Size 2

                                              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                              355A Size 2

                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                              500A Size 3

                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                              500A Size 3

                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                              630A Size 3

                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                              kW

                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                              440460480V IP204254

                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                              4A Size 000

                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                              6A Size 000

                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                              16A Size 000

                                              75 mdash

                                              20A Size 000

                                              11 mdash

                                              40A Size 000

                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                              40A Size 000

                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                              63A Size 000

                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                              80A Size 00

                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                              125A Size 00

                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                              125A Size 00

                                              75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                              200A Size 1

                                              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                              250A Size 1

                                              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                              355A Size 2

                                              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                              355A Size 2

                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                              500A Size 3

                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                              500A Size 3

                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                              630A Size 3

                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                              VFD Cat No

                                              Frame Size

                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                              With Line

                                              Reactor

                                              With Load

                                              Reactor

                                              With Both

                                              Reactors

                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                              VFD Cat No

                                              Frame Size

                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                              With Line

                                              Reactor

                                              With Load

                                              Reactor

                                              With Both

                                              Reactors

                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                              185 25B-D037N114 E

                                              22 25B-D043N114

                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                              Drive Ratings

                                              Circuit Breaker

                                              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                              VFD Cat NoFrame

                                              Size

                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                              Module Size(4)

                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                              Output Current

                                              Amps

                                              400V AC IP204254

                                              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                              1321-3R35-B

                                              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                              1321-3R45-B

                                              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                              1321-3R45-B 12

                                              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                              1321-3R80-B

                                              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                              1321-3R80-B

                                              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                              1321-3R80-B

                                              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                              1321-3R100-B

                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                              Drive Ratings

                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                              Frame Size

                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                              Module

                                              Size(4)

                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                              Output Current

                                              Amps

                                              400V AC IP204254

                                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                              1321-3R160-B

                                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                              1321-3R200-B

                                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                              1321-3R200-B

                                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                              1321-3RB250-B

                                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                              1321-3RB320-B

                                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                              1321-3RB400-B

                                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                              1321-3R500-B

                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                              Linking Devices

                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                              Ethernet power supply 2

                                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Select Unit Types

                                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                              2004108EC200695EC

                                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                              Certifications and Markings

                                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                              Rated Frequency fn

                                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                              e

                                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                              Neutral (N)

                                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                              See page 19

                                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                              Structural Surface Treatments

                                              InteriorExterior

                                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                              Customer User

                                              Office

                                              Certifications and Markings

                                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                              Incoming Power

                                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                              Available fault current kA

                                              Control Power

                                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                              Structure

                                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                              Bus

                                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              IntelliCENTERreg

                                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                              Other Network Options

                                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                              Ampere rating A

                                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                              Feeder Units

                                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                              Nameplates

                                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                              Door Latches

                                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                              Wire Markers

                                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                              Spares

                                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                              Options and Accessories

                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                              Options and Accessories

                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                              Options and Accessories

                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                              Location (specify)

                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                              Location (specify)

                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              r Extra space for future units

                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                              Motor List

                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                              Selection Checklist

                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                              Notes

                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                              • Table of Contents
                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                  • Network
                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                    • Select Structure
                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                          • Unit Size
                                                          • Unit Style
                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                          • Control Power
                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                              • Starter Units
                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                • Back Cover

                                                Select Power Systems

                                                24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Select Power Systems

                                                CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs are suitable for use on three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs can be used on three-wire or four-wire systems with or without the optional neutral bus The neutral bus can be half-rated or full-rated

                                                Control power options include DC or 5060 Hz AC as required Control voltage can be derived from the line supply through individual or central control transformers as well as line-neutral or DC power supply The control voltage can also be provided remotely from the MCC

                                                The MCC features the time-proven Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE power bus system The horizontal power bus is mounted near the vertical center of the structure providing optimum heat dissipation power distribution and ease of maintenance and installation It is mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases The horizontal power bus is also better isolated from wireways that can be accessed for wiring

                                                The power bus system is supported braced and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material The horizontal power bus is mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength against magnetic forces Vertical power busbars are continuously braced and encapsulated by a polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus

                                                The vertical power bus provides power distribution both above and below the center-mounted horizontal bus effectively doubling the capacity in each column This feature also helps enable a virtually unrestricted unit arrangement

                                                Vertical and horizontal power bus is fastened together with a two-bolt assembly This two-bolt connection helps minimize the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo The factory-made vertical-to-horizontal power bus connection is tightened by a computerized torquing system

                                                Arc-free zone is part of a circuit within the assembly where it is not possible to apply an ignition wire without destroying the insulation material on conductors

                                                The CENTERLINE 2500 standard arc-free zones include

                                                bull Vertical busbars are completely enclosed by the insulated bus support and coverbull Automatic shutters are supplied with standard product offeringbull Automatic shutters open as withdrawable units are inserted and close when the unit is removed This safety feature

                                                helps provide that the vertical bus is immediately isolated when a withdrawable unit is removedbull Supply side of outgoing withdrawable units uses double-insulated cabling that meets IEC 61439-1 requirementsbull Insulated stab housing provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                Vertical Bus Standard Features

                                                Two-bolt Connectionbull Vertical-to-horizontal power bus connectionbull Minimizes the likelihood of lsquohot spotsrsquo bull Requires no periodic maintenance

                                                Automatic Shuttersbull Open when a withdrawable unit is inserted closed when

                                                unit is removed bull Safely isolates vertical bus when a withdrawable unit is

                                                removed

                                                Select Power Systems

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                                Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                                Bus Rating

                                                Busbar Quantity

                                                Busbar

                                                Dimensions (mm)

                                                Bus Bracing System(1)

                                                Withstand Ratings(2)

                                                lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                                lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                                800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                                1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                                1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                                2000 A 1 1

                                                6 x 100 10 x 100

                                                Standard Standard

                                                X X

                                                X X

                                                X X

                                                X X

                                                X X

                                                2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                                3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                                Standard with glastic supports

                                                X X X X X X X

                                                4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                                65 kA with glastic supports

                                                X X X X X X X

                                                (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                                cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                                pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                                Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                                The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                                Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                                The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                                The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                                The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                                The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                                Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                                Select Power Systems

                                                26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                                Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                                The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                                An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                                Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                                An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                                Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                                Select Power Systems

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                                Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                                Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                                bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                                2 Module Unit

                                                8 Module Unit

                                                4 Module Unit

                                                Single Module Unit

                                                Four Modules Unit

                                                24 Modules Total

                                                Unit Type Module Size

                                                Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                                Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                                Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                                Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                                For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                                Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                                Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                                Withdraw Lever

                                                Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                                Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                                Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                                Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                                Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                                Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                Connection Present

                                                Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                Test radic radic radic radic

                                                Disconnected radic radic

                                                Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                Unit Connections

                                                Unit Type

                                                Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                Fixed

                                                Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                Stab Assembly

                                                Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                One Module Stab Assembly

                                                The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                Withdrawable One Module

                                                Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                Power Stab

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                Door Latches (Standard)

                                                Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                Arc Containment Latch

                                                Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                red with white lettering

                                                Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                Locked Position Released Position

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                Main and Feeder Units

                                                Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                Lug Components

                                                Cable Provisions(1)

                                                Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                (2) 240 mm26

                                                (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 240 mm24

                                                (1) 400 mm2

                                                (2) 300 mm2

                                                (4) 240 mm2

                                                (3) 240 mm2

                                                (4) 185 mm26

                                                (1) 500 mm2

                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 300 mm2

                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 185 mm28

                                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 240 mm24

                                                (1) 500 mm2

                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 300 mm2

                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                (4) 240 mm28

                                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                Amperes

                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                Amperes

                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                350 140G-K3-D40

                                                400

                                                500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                600

                                                700 140G-M3-D80

                                                800

                                                1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                Amperes

                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                400

                                                500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                600

                                                700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                800

                                                1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                Amperes

                                                Protection Type

                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                Protection Modes

                                                PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                Fault History Fault History

                                                ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                Harmonic Metering

                                                Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                Pre-trip Alarm

                                                Earth Leakage

                                                Motor Protection

                                                Power Metering and Protection

                                                Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                Maintenance Indication

                                                For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                Amperes

                                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                1250

                                                1600

                                                2000 E3 800 800

                                                2500

                                                3200 E4 900

                                                4000 1000

                                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                Amperes

                                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                1250

                                                1600

                                                2000 E3 800 800

                                                2500

                                                3200 E4 900

                                                4000 1000

                                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                Starter Units

                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                55

                                                75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                185 mdash

                                                22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                37

                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                90

                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                220

                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                55

                                                75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                11

                                                15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                185 mdash

                                                22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                37 4

                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                90

                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                220

                                                (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                kW

                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                380415V IP204254

                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                4A Size 000

                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                6A Size 000

                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                16A Size 000

                                                75 mdash

                                                20A Size 000

                                                11 mdash

                                                40A Size 000

                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                40A Size 000

                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                63A Size 000

                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                80A Size 00

                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                125A Size 00

                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                125A Size 00

                                                75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                200A Size 1

                                                90 mdash

                                                250A Size 1

                                                110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                355A Size 2

                                                132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                355A Size 2

                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                500A Size 3

                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                500A Size 3

                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                630A Size 3

                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                kW

                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                440460480V IP204254

                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                4A Size 000

                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                6A Size 000

                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                16A Size 000

                                                75 mdash

                                                20A Size 000

                                                11 mdash

                                                40A Size 000

                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                40A Size 000

                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                63A Size 000

                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                80A Size 00

                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                125A Size 00

                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                125A Size 00

                                                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                200A Size 1

                                                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                250A Size 1

                                                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                355A Size 2

                                                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                355A Size 2

                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                500A Size 3

                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                500A Size 3

                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                630A Size 3

                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                VFD Cat No

                                                Frame Size

                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                With Line

                                                Reactor

                                                With Load

                                                Reactor

                                                With Both

                                                Reactors

                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                VFD Cat No

                                                Frame Size

                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                With Line

                                                Reactor

                                                With Load

                                                Reactor

                                                With Both

                                                Reactors

                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                22 25B-D043N114

                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                Drive Ratings

                                                Circuit Breaker

                                                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                Size

                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                Module Size(4)

                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                Output Current

                                                Amps

                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                1321-3R35-B

                                                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                1321-3R45-B

                                                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                1321-3R45-B 12

                                                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                1321-3R100-B

                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                Drive Ratings

                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                Frame Size

                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                Module

                                                Size(4)

                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                Output Current

                                                Amps

                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                1321-3R160-B

                                                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                1321-3RB250-B

                                                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                1321-3RB320-B

                                                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                1321-3RB400-B

                                                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                1321-3R500-B

                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                Linking Devices

                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Select Unit Types

                                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                2004108EC200695EC

                                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                Rated Frequency fn

                                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                e

                                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                Neutral (N)

                                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                See page 19

                                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                                InteriorExterior

                                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                Customer User

                                                Office

                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                Incoming Power

                                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                Available fault current kA

                                                Control Power

                                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                Structure

                                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                Bus

                                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                Other Network Options

                                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                Ampere rating A

                                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                Feeder Units

                                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                Nameplates

                                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                Door Latches

                                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                Wire Markers

                                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                Spares

                                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                Options and Accessories

                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                Options and Accessories

                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                Options and Accessories

                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                Location (specify)

                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                Location (specify)

                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                Motor List

                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                Selection Checklist

                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                Notes

                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                • Table of Contents
                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                    • Network
                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                      • Select Structure
                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                            • Unit Size
                                                            • Unit Style
                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                            • Control Power
                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                  Select Power Systems

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 25

                                                  Horizontal Power BusThe standard horizontal power bus material is tin-plated copper

                                                  Bus Rating

                                                  Busbar Quantity

                                                  Busbar

                                                  Dimensions (mm)

                                                  Bus Bracing System(1)

                                                  Withstand Ratings(2)

                                                  lcw 50 kA1 s 50 kA1 s 50 kA3 s 65 kA05 s 65 kA1 s 80 kA1 s 100 kA1 s

                                                  lpk 110 kA 176 kA 220 kA 110 kA 176 kA 176 kA 220 kA

                                                  800 A 1 3 x 100 Standard X X

                                                  1250 A 1 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                                  1600 A 2 6 x 100 Standard X X X X X X

                                                  2000 A 1 1

                                                  6 x 100 10 x 100

                                                  Standard Standard

                                                  X X

                                                  X X

                                                  X X

                                                  X X

                                                  X X

                                                  2500 A 2 10 x 100 Standard X X X X X

                                                  3200 A 2 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                                  Standard with glastic supports

                                                  X X X X X X X

                                                  4000 A 4 10 x 100 with 10 mm spacers

                                                  65 kA with glastic supports

                                                  X X X X X X X

                                                  (1) All bus bracing systems are suitable for three-phase three-wire or four-wire wye connected power systems rated 690V or less 50 or 60 Hz(2) Withstand ratings are for short circuit (l

                                                  cw) and short circuit peak (l

                                                  pk) Short circuit ratings are shown as maximum kA per seconds ( lsquosrsquo in table column)

                                                  Vertical Distribution BusThe tin-plated copper vertical distribution bus is cylindrical for optimum contact with the plug-in unit stabs

                                                  The standard vertical distribution bus is rated for 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating An optional vertical distribution bus rated for 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating is available

                                                  Neutral BusThe optional horizontal neutral bus is provided across the full width of the MCC above or below the horizontal power bus

                                                  The neutral bus matches the material and specifications of the vertical power bus

                                                  The horizontal neutral bus is available with a full or half current rating

                                                  The vertical neutral bus is connected to the horizontal neutral bus and provides a neutral connection for units throughout the column

                                                  The neutral bus is braced the same way as the horizontal and vertical power bus

                                                  Horizontal and neutral bus at back of MCC unit (back plate of MCC unit removed)

                                                  Select Power Systems

                                                  26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                                  Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                                  The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                                  An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                  A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                                  Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                                  An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                  The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                                  Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                                  Select Power Systems

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                                  Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                                  Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                                  bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                                  2 Module Unit

                                                  8 Module Unit

                                                  4 Module Unit

                                                  Single Module Unit

                                                  Four Modules Unit

                                                  24 Modules Total

                                                  Unit Type Module Size

                                                  Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                                  Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                                  Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                                  Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                                  For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                                  Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                                  Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                                  Withdraw Lever

                                                  Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                                  Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                                  Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                                  Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                                  Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                                  Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                  Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                  Connection Present

                                                  Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                  Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                  Test radic radic radic radic

                                                  Disconnected radic radic

                                                  Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                  (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                  Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                  Unit Connections

                                                  Unit Type

                                                  Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                  Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                  Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                  PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                  Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                  Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                  Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                  Fixed

                                                  Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                  The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                  The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                  Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                  Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                  Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                  Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                  Stab Assembly

                                                  Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                  The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                  Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                  The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                  One Module Stab Assembly

                                                  The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                  One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                  Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                  Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                  Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                  Withdrawable One Module

                                                  Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                  Power Stab

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                  Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                  The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                  Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                  Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                  Door Latches (Standard)

                                                  Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                  Arc Containment Latch

                                                  Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                  Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                  bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                  red with white lettering

                                                  Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                  Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                  Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                  Locked Position Released Position

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                  Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                  Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                  Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                  Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                  Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                  Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                  Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                  The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                  E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                  34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                  Main and Feeder Units

                                                  Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                  Lug Components

                                                  Cable Provisions(1)

                                                  Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                  Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                  300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                  600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                  (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                  (2) 240 mm26

                                                  (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                  800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                                  (1) 400 mm2

                                                  (2) 300 mm2

                                                  (4) 240 mm2

                                                  (3) 240 mm2

                                                  (4) 185 mm26

                                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 185 mm28

                                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                  1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                  (4) 240 mm28

                                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                  1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                  2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                  (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                  Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                  The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                  MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                  They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                  MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                  For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                  For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                  Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                  350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                  400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                  500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                  600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                  700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                  800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                  Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                  350 140G-K3-D40

                                                  400

                                                  500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                  600

                                                  700 140G-M3-D80

                                                  800

                                                  1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                  Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                  16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                  20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                  25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                  30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                  35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                  40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                  45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                  50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                  60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                  70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                  80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                  90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                  100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                  110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                  125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                  160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                  175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                  200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                  225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                  250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                  300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                  350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                  400

                                                  500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                  600

                                                  700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                  800

                                                  1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                  Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Protection Type

                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                  40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                  60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                  LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                  100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                  LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                  125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                  150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                  LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                  160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                  250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                  300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                  400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                  630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                  800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                  1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                  LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                  The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                  The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                  The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                  bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                  Protection Modes

                                                  PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                  Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                  Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                  LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                  Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                  Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                  EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                  Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                  Fault History Fault History

                                                  ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                  Harmonic Metering

                                                  Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                  Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                  Pre-trip Alarm

                                                  Earth Leakage

                                                  Motor Protection

                                                  Power Metering and Protection

                                                  Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                  Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                  Maintenance Indication

                                                  For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                  Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                  1250

                                                  1600

                                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                                  2500

                                                  3200 E4 900

                                                  4000 1000

                                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                  Amperes

                                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                  1250

                                                  1600

                                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                                  2500

                                                  3200 E4 900

                                                  4000 1000

                                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                  Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                  Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                  Starter Units

                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                  Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                  Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                  DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                  Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                  Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                  55

                                                  75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                  11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                  15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                  185 mdash

                                                  22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                  37

                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                  75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                  90

                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                  185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                  220

                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                  bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                  These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                  Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                  DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                  Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                  55

                                                  75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                  11

                                                  15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                  185 mdash

                                                  22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                  37 4

                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                  75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                  90

                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                  185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                  220

                                                  (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                  Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                  SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                  ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                  bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                  bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                  When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                  kW

                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                  380415V IP204254

                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                  4A Size 000

                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                  6A Size 000

                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                  16A Size 000

                                                  75 mdash

                                                  20A Size 000

                                                  11 mdash

                                                  40A Size 000

                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                  40A Size 000

                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                  63A Size 000

                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                  80A Size 00

                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                  125A Size 00

                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                  125A Size 00

                                                  75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                  200A Size 1

                                                  90 mdash

                                                  250A Size 1

                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                  355A Size 2

                                                  132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                  355A Size 2

                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                  500A Size 3

                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                  500A Size 3

                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                  630A Size 3

                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                  kW

                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                  440460480V IP204254

                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                  4A Size 000

                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                  6A Size 000

                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                  16A Size 000

                                                  75 mdash

                                                  20A Size 000

                                                  11 mdash

                                                  40A Size 000

                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                  40A Size 000

                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                  63A Size 000

                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                  80A Size 00

                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                  125A Size 00

                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                  125A Size 00

                                                  75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                  200A Size 1

                                                  90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                  250A Size 1

                                                  110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                  355A Size 2

                                                  132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                  355A Size 2

                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                  500A Size 3

                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                  500A Size 3

                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                  630A Size 3

                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                  Frame Size

                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                  With Line

                                                  Reactor

                                                  With Load

                                                  Reactor

                                                  With Both

                                                  Reactors

                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                  Frame Size

                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                  With Line

                                                  Reactor

                                                  With Load

                                                  Reactor

                                                  With Both

                                                  Reactors

                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                  22 25B-D043N114

                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                  Circuit Breaker

                                                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                  Size

                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                  Module Size(4)

                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                  Output Current

                                                  Amps

                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                  1321-3R35-B

                                                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                  1321-3R45-B

                                                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                  1321-3R45-B 12

                                                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                  1321-3R100-B

                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                  Frame Size

                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                  Module

                                                  Size(4)

                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                  Output Current

                                                  Amps

                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                  1321-3R160-B

                                                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                  1321-3RB250-B

                                                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                  1321-3RB320-B

                                                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                  1321-3RB400-B

                                                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                  1321-3R500-B

                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                  Linking Devices

                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                  e

                                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                  Neutral (N)

                                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                  See page 19

                                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                                  InteriorExterior

                                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                  Customer User

                                                  Office

                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                  Incoming Power

                                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                  Available fault current kA

                                                  Control Power

                                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                  Structure

                                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                  Bus

                                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                  Other Network Options

                                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                  Ampere rating A

                                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                  Feeder Units

                                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                  Nameplates

                                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                  Door Latches

                                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                  Wire Markers

                                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                  Spares

                                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                  Location (specify)

                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                  Location (specify)

                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                  Motor List

                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                  Notes

                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                      • Network
                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                        • Select Structure
                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                              • Unit Size
                                                              • Unit Style
                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                              • Control Power
                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                    Select Power Systems

                                                    26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Protective Earth Conductor The horizontal protective earth conductor along with the vertical plug-in protective earth conductor form a complete internal protective earth circuit

                                                    Horizontal Protective Earth Conductor

                                                    The horizontal protective earth (PE) conductor is either unplated copper or tin-plated copper (available upon request) and is in the bottom horizontal wireway The horizontal PE is continuous for the width of the column and consists of one two or three 6 x 50 mm conductors The horizontal PE has 12 holes along the length of the conductor for termination of motor PE leads

                                                    An optional unit load PE conductor is available in the vertical wireway This provides ease of wiring to terminate motor PE leads The vertical unit load PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                    A pressure-type mechanical lug is mounted on the horizontal PE conductor in the incoming line section

                                                    Vertical Plug-in Protective Earth Conductor

                                                    An unplated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is provided in each standard column An optional tin-plated copper vertical plug-in PE conductor is also available The vertical plug-in PE conductor is connected to the horizontal PE conductor

                                                    The vertical plug-in PE conductor in combination with the unit PE contact establishes a first make last break operation of the PE connection with respect to power connections This first make last break connection assures the unit to be grounded continuously through the process of inserting or removing the unit

                                                    Horizontal Protective Earth (PE) Conductor

                                                    Select Power Systems

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                                    Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                                    Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                                    bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                                    2 Module Unit

                                                    8 Module Unit

                                                    4 Module Unit

                                                    Single Module Unit

                                                    Four Modules Unit

                                                    24 Modules Total

                                                    Unit Type Module Size

                                                    Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                                    Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                                    Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                                    Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                                    For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                                    Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                                    Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                                    Withdraw Lever

                                                    Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                                    Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                                    Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                                    Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                                    Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                                    Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                    Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                    Connection Present

                                                    Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                    Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                    Test radic radic radic radic

                                                    Disconnected radic radic

                                                    Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                    (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                    Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                    Unit Connections

                                                    Unit Type

                                                    Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                    Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                    Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                    PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                    Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                    Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                    Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                    Fixed

                                                    Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                    The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                    The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                    Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                    Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                    Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                    Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                    Stab Assembly

                                                    Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                    The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                    Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                    The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                    One Module Stab Assembly

                                                    The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                    One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                    Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                    Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                    Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                    Withdrawable One Module

                                                    Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                    Power Stab

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                    Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                    The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                    Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                    Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                    Door Latches (Standard)

                                                    Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                    Arc Containment Latch

                                                    Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                    Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                    bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                    red with white lettering

                                                    Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                    Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                    Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                    Locked Position Released Position

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                    Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                    Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                    Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                    Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                    Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                    Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                    Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                    The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                    E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                    34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                    Main and Feeder Units

                                                    Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                    Lug Components

                                                    Cable Provisions(1)

                                                    Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                    Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                    300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                    600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                    (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                    (2) 240 mm26

                                                    (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                    800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                                    (1) 400 mm2

                                                    (2) 300 mm2

                                                    (4) 240 mm2

                                                    (3) 240 mm2

                                                    (4) 185 mm26

                                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 185 mm28

                                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                    1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                    (4) 240 mm28

                                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                    1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                    2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                    (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                    Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                    The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                    MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                    They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                    MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                    For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                    For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                    Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                    350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                    400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                    500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                    600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                    700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                    800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                    Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                    350 140G-K3-D40

                                                    400

                                                    500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                    600

                                                    700 140G-M3-D80

                                                    800

                                                    1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                    Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                    16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                    20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                    25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                    30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                    35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                    40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                    45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                    50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                    60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                    70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                    80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                    90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                    100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                    110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                    125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                    160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                    175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                    200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                    225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                    250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                    300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                    350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                    400

                                                    500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                    600

                                                    700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                    800

                                                    1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                    Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Protection Type

                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                    40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                    60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                    LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                    100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                    LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                    125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                    150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                    LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                    160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                    250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                    300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                    400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                    630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                    800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                    1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                    LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                    The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                    The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                    The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                    bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                    Protection Modes

                                                    PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                    Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                    Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                    LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                    Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                    Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                    EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                    Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                    Fault History Fault History

                                                    ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                    Harmonic Metering

                                                    Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                    Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                    Pre-trip Alarm

                                                    Earth Leakage

                                                    Motor Protection

                                                    Power Metering and Protection

                                                    Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                    Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                    Maintenance Indication

                                                    For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                    Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                    1250

                                                    1600

                                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                                    2500

                                                    3200 E4 900

                                                    4000 1000

                                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                    Amperes

                                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                    1250

                                                    1600

                                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                                    2500

                                                    3200 E4 900

                                                    4000 1000

                                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                    Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                    Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                    Starter Units

                                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                    Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                    Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                    DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                    55

                                                    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                    11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                    185 mdash

                                                    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                    37

                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                    90

                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                    220

                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                    55

                                                    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                    11

                                                    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                    185 mdash

                                                    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                    37 4

                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                    90

                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                    220

                                                    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                    kW

                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                    380415V IP204254

                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                    4A Size 000

                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                    6A Size 000

                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                    16A Size 000

                                                    75 mdash

                                                    20A Size 000

                                                    11 mdash

                                                    40A Size 000

                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                    40A Size 000

                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                    63A Size 000

                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                    80A Size 00

                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                    125A Size 00

                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                    125A Size 00

                                                    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                    200A Size 1

                                                    90 mdash

                                                    250A Size 1

                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                    355A Size 2

                                                    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                    355A Size 2

                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                    500A Size 3

                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                    500A Size 3

                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                    630A Size 3

                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                    kW

                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                    440460480V IP204254

                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                    4A Size 000

                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                    6A Size 000

                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                    16A Size 000

                                                    75 mdash

                                                    20A Size 000

                                                    11 mdash

                                                    40A Size 000

                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                    40A Size 000

                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                    63A Size 000

                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                    80A Size 00

                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                    125A Size 00

                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                    125A Size 00

                                                    75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                    200A Size 1

                                                    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                    250A Size 1

                                                    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                    355A Size 2

                                                    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                    355A Size 2

                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                    500A Size 3

                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                    500A Size 3

                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                    630A Size 3

                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                    Frame Size

                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                    With Line

                                                    Reactor

                                                    With Load

                                                    Reactor

                                                    With Both

                                                    Reactors

                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                    Frame Size

                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                    With Line

                                                    Reactor

                                                    With Load

                                                    Reactor

                                                    With Both

                                                    Reactors

                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                    22 25B-D043N114

                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                    Circuit Breaker

                                                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                    Size

                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                    Module Size(4)

                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                    Output Current

                                                    Amps

                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                    1321-3R35-B

                                                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                    1321-3R45-B

                                                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                    1321-3R45-B 12

                                                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                    1321-3R100-B

                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                    Frame Size

                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                    Module

                                                    Size(4)

                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                    Output Current

                                                    Amps

                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                    1321-3R160-B

                                                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                    1321-3RB250-B

                                                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                    1321-3RB320-B

                                                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                    1321-3RB400-B

                                                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                    1321-3R500-B

                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                    Linking Devices

                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                    e

                                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                    Neutral (N)

                                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                    See page 19

                                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                                    InteriorExterior

                                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                    Customer User

                                                    Office

                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                    Incoming Power

                                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                    Available fault current kA

                                                    Control Power

                                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                    Structure

                                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                    Bus

                                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                    Other Network Options

                                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                    Ampere rating A

                                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                    Feeder Units

                                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                    Nameplates

                                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                    Door Latches

                                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                    Wire Markers

                                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                    Spares

                                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                    Location (specify)

                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                    Location (specify)

                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                    Motor List

                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                    Notes

                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                        • Network
                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                          • Select Structure
                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                • Control Power
                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                      Select Power Systems

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 27

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      All units feature solid bottom plates and unit support pans to minimize the propagation of a fault from one unit to other units within the column

                                                      Unit SizeUnit size is described in modules One module is approximately 80 mm high x 500 mm wide Each MCC column can accommodate 24 modules

                                                      Unit StyleUnits are available as either

                                                      bull Fully withdrawable - Units can be removed from the structure and have a maximum current rating of 225 Abull Fixed - Units are permanently mounted to the frame of the motor control center

                                                      2 Module Unit

                                                      8 Module Unit

                                                      4 Module Unit

                                                      Single Module Unit

                                                      Four Modules Unit

                                                      24 Modules Total

                                                      Unit Type Module Size

                                                      Fully withdrawable 1 2 4 6 8 10 12

                                                      Fixed mount 2hellip24

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                                      Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                                      Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                                      For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                                      Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                                      Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                                      Withdraw Lever

                                                      Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                                      Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                                      Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                                      Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                                      Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                                      Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                      Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                      Connection Present

                                                      Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                      Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                      Test radic radic radic radic

                                                      Disconnected radic radic

                                                      Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                      (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                      Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                      Unit Connections

                                                      Unit Type

                                                      Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                      Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                      Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                      PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                      Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                      Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                      Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                      Fixed

                                                      Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                      The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                      The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                      Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                      Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                      Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                      Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                      Stab Assembly

                                                      Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                      The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                      Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                      The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                      One Module Stab Assembly

                                                      The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                      One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                      Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                      Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                      Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                      Withdrawable One Module

                                                      Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                      Power Stab

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                      Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                      The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                      Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                      Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                      Door Latches (Standard)

                                                      Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                      Arc Containment Latch

                                                      Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                      Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                      bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                      red with white lettering

                                                      Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                      Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                      Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                      Locked Position Released Position

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                      Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                      Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                      Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                      Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                      Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                      Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                      Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                      The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                      E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                      Select Unit Designs

                                                      34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                      Main and Feeder Units

                                                      Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                      Lug Components

                                                      Cable Provisions(1)

                                                      Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                      Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                      300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                      600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                      (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                      (2) 240 mm26

                                                      (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                      800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 240 mm24

                                                      (1) 400 mm2

                                                      (2) 300 mm2

                                                      (4) 240 mm2

                                                      (3) 240 mm2

                                                      (4) 185 mm26

                                                      (1) 500 mm2

                                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 300 mm2

                                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 185 mm28

                                                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                      1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                      (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 240 mm24

                                                      (1) 500 mm2

                                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 300 mm2

                                                      (2) 400 mm2

                                                      (4) 240 mm28

                                                      (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                      1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                      2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                      (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                      Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                      The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                      MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                      They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                      MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                      For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                      For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                      Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                      350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                      400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                      500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                      600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                      700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                      800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                      Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                      350 140G-K3-D40

                                                      400

                                                      500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                      600

                                                      700 140G-M3-D80

                                                      800

                                                      1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                      Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                      16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                      20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                      25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                      30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                      35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                      40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                      45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                      50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                      60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                      70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                      80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                      90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                      100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                      110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                      125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                      160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                      175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                      200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                      225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                      250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                      300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                      350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                      400

                                                      500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                      600

                                                      700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                      800

                                                      1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                      Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Protection Type

                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                      40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                      60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                      LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                      100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                      LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                      125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                      150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                      LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                      160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                      250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                      300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                      400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                      630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                      800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                      1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                      LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                      The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                      The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                      The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                      bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                      Protection Modes

                                                      PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                      Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                      Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                      LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                      Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                      Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                      EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                      Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                      Fault History Fault History

                                                      ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                      Harmonic Metering

                                                      Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                      Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                      Pre-trip Alarm

                                                      Earth Leakage

                                                      Motor Protection

                                                      Power Metering and Protection

                                                      Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                      Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                      Maintenance Indication

                                                      For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                      Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                      1250

                                                      1600

                                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                                      2500

                                                      3200 E4 900

                                                      4000 1000

                                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                      Amperes

                                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                      1250

                                                      1600

                                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                                      2500

                                                      3200 E4 900

                                                      4000 1000

                                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                      Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                      Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                      Starter Units

                                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                      Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                      Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                      DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                      Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                      Input VoltagekW

                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                      Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                      55

                                                      75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                      11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                      15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                      185 mdash

                                                      22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                      37

                                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                                      75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                      90

                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                      160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                      185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                      220

                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                      Input VoltagekW

                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                      55

                                                      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                      11

                                                      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                      185 mdash

                                                      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                      37 4

                                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                                      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                      90

                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                      220

                                                      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                      kW

                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                      380415V IP204254

                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                      4A Size 000

                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                      6A Size 000

                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                      16A Size 000

                                                      75 mdash

                                                      20A Size 000

                                                      11 mdash

                                                      40A Size 000

                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                      40A Size 000

                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                      63A Size 000

                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                      80A Size 00

                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                      125A Size 00

                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                      125A Size 00

                                                      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                      200A Size 1

                                                      90 mdash

                                                      250A Size 1

                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                      355A Size 2

                                                      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                      355A Size 2

                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                      500A Size 3

                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                      500A Size 3

                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                      630A Size 3

                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                      kW

                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                      440460480V IP204254

                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                      4A Size 000

                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                      6A Size 000

                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                      16A Size 000

                                                      75 mdash

                                                      20A Size 000

                                                      11 mdash

                                                      40A Size 000

                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                      40A Size 000

                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                      63A Size 000

                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                      80A Size 00

                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                      125A Size 00

                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                      125A Size 00

                                                      75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                      200A Size 1

                                                      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                      250A Size 1

                                                      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                      355A Size 2

                                                      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                      355A Size 2

                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                      500A Size 3

                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                      500A Size 3

                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                      630A Size 3

                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                      Frame Size

                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                      With Line

                                                      Reactor

                                                      With Load

                                                      Reactor

                                                      With Both

                                                      Reactors

                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                      Frame Size

                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                      With Line

                                                      Reactor

                                                      With Load

                                                      Reactor

                                                      With Both

                                                      Reactors

                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                      22 25B-D043N114

                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                      Circuit Breaker

                                                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                      Size

                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                      Module Size(4)

                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                      Output Current

                                                      Amps

                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                      1321-3R35-B

                                                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                      1321-3R45-B

                                                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                      1321-3R45-B 12

                                                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                      1321-3R100-B

                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                      Frame Size

                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                      Module

                                                      Size(4)

                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                      Output Current

                                                      Amps

                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                      1321-3R160-B

                                                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                      1321-3RB250-B

                                                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                      1321-3RB320-B

                                                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                      1321-3RB400-B

                                                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                      1321-3R500-B

                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                      Linking Devices

                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                      Ethernet power supply 2

                                                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                      e

                                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                      Neutral (N)

                                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                      See page 19

                                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                                      InteriorExterior

                                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                      Customer User

                                                      Office

                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                      Incoming Power

                                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                      Available fault current kA

                                                      Control Power

                                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                      Structure

                                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                      Bus

                                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                      Other Network Options

                                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                      Ampere rating A

                                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                      Feeder Units

                                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                      Nameplates

                                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                      Door Latches

                                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                      Wire Markers

                                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                      Spares

                                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                      Location (specify)

                                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                      Location (specify)

                                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      r Extra space for future units

                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                      Motor List

                                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                      Notes

                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                          • Network
                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                            • Select Structure
                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Fully WithdrawableWithdrawable units consist of the unit solid unit support pan and unit door Withdrawable units are held securely in the column when inserted and are designed with an interlock to help provide that units cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ONI position

                                                        Tools are not required to insert or remove withdrawable units

                                                        Withdrawable units are characterized by being able to release the line load control network and protective earth (PE) connections by using the withdraw levers Outgoing load and control connections are in the vertical wireway There are no other connections that have to be made in the unit

                                                        For added safety the PE connection is made continuously whether the unit is in the connected test or disconnected position

                                                        Example of a One Module Fully Withdrawable Unit

                                                        Withdrawable units use low friction alignment slides and a mechanical withdraw lever for easy unit inserting and removing The withdraw lever features a locking mechanism that the user disengages to change positions Physical detents are present to help confirm that the unit is secured in each position

                                                        Withdraw Lever

                                                        Withdrawable units have four operating positions connected test disconnected and released See the following descriptions for additional information about the features of each position

                                                        Connected - Line load control network and PE connections are all engaged Closing the unit door helps provide the withdraw lever is in the connected position To engage the interlock or turn the disconnecting means to the ONI position the unit door must be fully closed

                                                        Test - Control network and PE connections are engaged Line and load connections are isolated In this position the user can verify control and network wiring Units can be locked in this position with the withdraw lever

                                                        Disconnected - An isolated position where the unit remains housed in the column and the PE connection is engaged but no other connections are present Units can be locked in the disconnected position with the withdraw lever

                                                        Released - Withdrawable units can be removed from the columns to isolate them from connections Released units can be locked with the withdraw lever to help protect against insertion

                                                        Top to bottom Withdraw lever in Connected position withdraw lever in Test position (and locked out) withdraw lever in Disconnected position (and locked out) and withdraw lever in Released position

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                        Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                        Connection Present

                                                        Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                        Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                        Test radic radic radic radic

                                                        Disconnected radic radic

                                                        Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                        (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                        Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                        Unit Connections

                                                        Unit Type

                                                        Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                        Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                        Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                        PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                        Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                        Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                        Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                        Fixed

                                                        Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                        The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                        The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                        Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                        Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                        Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                        Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                        Stab Assembly

                                                        Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                        The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                        Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                        The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                        One Module Stab Assembly

                                                        The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                        One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                        Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                        Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                        Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                        Withdrawable One Module

                                                        Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                        Power Stab

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                        Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                        The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                        Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                        Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                        Door Latches (Standard)

                                                        Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                        Arc Containment Latch

                                                        Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                        Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                        bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                        red with white lettering

                                                        Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                        Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                        Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                        Locked Position Released Position

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                        Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                        Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                        Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                        Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                        Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                        Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                        Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                        The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                        E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                        Select Unit Designs

                                                        34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                        Main and Feeder Units

                                                        Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                        Lug Components

                                                        Cable Provisions(1)

                                                        Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                        Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                        300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                        600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                        (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                        (2) 240 mm26

                                                        (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                        800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 240 mm24

                                                        (1) 400 mm2

                                                        (2) 300 mm2

                                                        (4) 240 mm2

                                                        (3) 240 mm2

                                                        (4) 185 mm26

                                                        (1) 500 mm2

                                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 300 mm2

                                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 185 mm28

                                                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                        1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                        (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 240 mm24

                                                        (1) 500 mm2

                                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 300 mm2

                                                        (2) 400 mm2

                                                        (4) 240 mm28

                                                        (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                        1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                        2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                        (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                        Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                        The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                        MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                        They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                        MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                        For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                        For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                        Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                        350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                        400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                        500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                        600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                        700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                        800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                        Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                        350 140G-K3-D40

                                                        400

                                                        500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                        600

                                                        700 140G-M3-D80

                                                        800

                                                        1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                        Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                        16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                        20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                        25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                        30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                        35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                        40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                        45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                        50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                        60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                        70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                        80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                        90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                        100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                        110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                        125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                        160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                        175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                        200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                        225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                        250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                        300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                        350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                        400

                                                        500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                        600

                                                        700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                        800

                                                        1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                        Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Protection Type

                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                        40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                        60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                        LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                        100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                        LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                        125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                        150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                        LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                        160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                        250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                        300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                        400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                        630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                        800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                        1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                        LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                        The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                        The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                        The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                        bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                        Protection Modes

                                                        PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                        Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                        Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                        LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                        Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                        Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                        EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                        Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                        Fault History Fault History

                                                        ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                        Harmonic Metering

                                                        Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                        Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                        Pre-trip Alarm

                                                        Earth Leakage

                                                        Motor Protection

                                                        Power Metering and Protection

                                                        Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                        Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                        Maintenance Indication

                                                        For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                        Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                        1250

                                                        1600

                                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                                        2500

                                                        3200 E4 900

                                                        4000 1000

                                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                        Amperes

                                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                        1250

                                                        1600

                                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                                        2500

                                                        3200 E4 900

                                                        4000 1000

                                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                        Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                        Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                        Starter Units

                                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                        Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                        Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                        DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                        Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                        Input VoltagekW

                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                        Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                        55

                                                        75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                        11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                        15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                        185 mdash

                                                        22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                        37

                                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                                        75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                        90

                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                        160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                        185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                        220

                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                        bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                        These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                        Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                        DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                        Input VoltagekW

                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                        55

                                                        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                        11

                                                        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                        185 mdash

                                                        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                        37 4

                                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                                        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                        90

                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                        220

                                                        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                        kW

                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                        380415V IP204254

                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                        4A Size 000

                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                        6A Size 000

                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                        16A Size 000

                                                        75 mdash

                                                        20A Size 000

                                                        11 mdash

                                                        40A Size 000

                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                        40A Size 000

                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                        63A Size 000

                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                        80A Size 00

                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                        125A Size 00

                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                        125A Size 00

                                                        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                        200A Size 1

                                                        90 mdash

                                                        250A Size 1

                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                        355A Size 2

                                                        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                        355A Size 2

                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                        500A Size 3

                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                        500A Size 3

                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                        630A Size 3

                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                        kW

                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                        440460480V IP204254

                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                        4A Size 000

                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                        6A Size 000

                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                        16A Size 000

                                                        75 mdash

                                                        20A Size 000

                                                        11 mdash

                                                        40A Size 000

                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                        40A Size 000

                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                        63A Size 000

                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                        80A Size 00

                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                        125A Size 00

                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                        125A Size 00

                                                        75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                        200A Size 1

                                                        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                        250A Size 1

                                                        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                        355A Size 2

                                                        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                        355A Size 2

                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                        500A Size 3

                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                        500A Size 3

                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                        630A Size 3

                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                        Frame Size

                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                        With Line

                                                        Reactor

                                                        With Load

                                                        Reactor

                                                        With Both

                                                        Reactors

                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                        Frame Size

                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                        With Line

                                                        Reactor

                                                        With Load

                                                        Reactor

                                                        With Both

                                                        Reactors

                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                        22 25B-D043N114

                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                        Circuit Breaker

                                                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                        Size

                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                        Module Size(4)

                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                        Output Current

                                                        Amps

                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                        1321-3R35-B

                                                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                        1321-3R45-B

                                                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                        1321-3R45-B 12

                                                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                        1321-3R100-B

                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                        Frame Size

                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                        Module

                                                        Size(4)

                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                        Output Current

                                                        Amps

                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                        1321-3R160-B

                                                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                        1321-3RB250-B

                                                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                        1321-3RB320-B

                                                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                        1321-3RB400-B

                                                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                        1321-3R500-B

                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                        Linking Devices

                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                        Ethernet power supply 2

                                                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                        e

                                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                        Neutral (N)

                                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                        See page 19

                                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                                        InteriorExterior

                                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                        Customer User

                                                        Office

                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                        Incoming Power

                                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                        Available fault current kA

                                                        Control Power

                                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                        Structure

                                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                        Bus

                                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                        Other Network Options

                                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                        Ampere rating A

                                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                        Feeder Units

                                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                        Nameplates

                                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                        Door Latches

                                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                        Wire Markers

                                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                        Spares

                                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                        Location (specify)

                                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                        Location (specify)

                                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        r Extra space for future units

                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                        Motor List

                                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                        Notes

                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                            • Network
                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 29

                                                          Fully Withdrawable Unit Operating Positions

                                                          Connection Present

                                                          Operating Position Line Load Control Network PE Lockable Position

                                                          Connected radic radic radic radic radic radic (1)

                                                          Test radic radic radic radic

                                                          Disconnected radic radic

                                                          Withdrawn Unit is removed from column connections are not present radic

                                                          (1) Unit is lockable when door is closed

                                                          Fixed Mount UnitFixed mount units cannot be moved or rearranged once installed in the column For units 12 module size and above fixed unit design is standard The line load PE and control connections are wired directly to components Network connections can be made through fixed or plug-in terminal blocks The amount of current drawn by fixed units is determined by the rating of the horizontal power bus

                                                          Unit Connections

                                                          Unit Type

                                                          Fully Withdrawable Fixed

                                                          Load Withdrawable Fixed

                                                          Line Withdrawable Fixed

                                                          PE Withdrawable Fixed

                                                          Control Withdrawable Fixed

                                                          Network Withdrawable Disconnected

                                                          Operating positions Connected test disconnected released

                                                          Fixed

                                                          Module sizes available 1 to 12 2 to 24

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                          The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                          The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                          Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                          Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                          Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                          Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                          Stab Assembly

                                                          Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                          The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                          Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                          The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                          One Module Stab Assembly

                                                          The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                          One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                          Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                          Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                          Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                          Withdrawable One Module

                                                          Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                          Power Stab

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                          Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                          The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                          Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                          Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                          Door Latches (Standard)

                                                          Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                          Arc Containment Latch

                                                          Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                          Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                          bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                          red with white lettering

                                                          Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                          Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                          Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                          Locked Position Released Position

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                          Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                          Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                          Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                          Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                          Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                          Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                          Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                          The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                          E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                          Select Unit Designs

                                                          34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                          Main and Feeder Units

                                                          Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                          Lug Components

                                                          Cable Provisions(1)

                                                          Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                          Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                          300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                          600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                          (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                          (2) 240 mm26

                                                          (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                          800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 240 mm24

                                                          (1) 400 mm2

                                                          (2) 300 mm2

                                                          (4) 240 mm2

                                                          (3) 240 mm2

                                                          (4) 185 mm26

                                                          (1) 500 mm2

                                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 300 mm2

                                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 185 mm28

                                                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                          1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                          (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 240 mm24

                                                          (1) 500 mm2

                                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 300 mm2

                                                          (2) 400 mm2

                                                          (4) 240 mm28

                                                          (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                          1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                          2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                          (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                          Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                          The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                          MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                          They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                          MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                          For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                          For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                          Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                          350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                          400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                          500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                          600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                          700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                          800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                          Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                          350 140G-K3-D40

                                                          400

                                                          500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                          600

                                                          700 140G-M3-D80

                                                          800

                                                          1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                          Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                          16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                          20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                          25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                          30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                          35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                          40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                          45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                          50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                          60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                          70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                          80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                          90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                          100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                          110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                          125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                          160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                          175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                          200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                          225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                          250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                          300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                          350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                          400

                                                          500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                          600

                                                          700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                          800

                                                          1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                          Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Protection Type

                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                          40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                          60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                          LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                          100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                          LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                          125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                          150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                          LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                          160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                          250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                          300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                          400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                          630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                          800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                          1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                          LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                          The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                          The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                          The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                          bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                          Protection Modes

                                                          PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                          Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                          Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                          LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                          Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                          Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                          EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                          Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                          Fault History Fault History

                                                          ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                          Harmonic Metering

                                                          Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                          Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                          Pre-trip Alarm

                                                          Earth Leakage

                                                          Motor Protection

                                                          Power Metering and Protection

                                                          Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                          Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                          Maintenance Indication

                                                          For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                          Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                          1250

                                                          1600

                                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                                          2500

                                                          3200 E4 900

                                                          4000 1000

                                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                          Amperes

                                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                          1250

                                                          1600

                                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                                          2500

                                                          3200 E4 900

                                                          4000 1000

                                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                          Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                          Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                          Starter Units

                                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                          Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                          Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                          DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                          Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                          Input VoltagekW

                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                          Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                          55

                                                          75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                          11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                          15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                          185 mdash

                                                          22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                          37

                                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                                          75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                          90

                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                          160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                          185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                          220

                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                          bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                          These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                          Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                          DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                          Input VoltagekW

                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                          55

                                                          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                          11

                                                          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                          185 mdash

                                                          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                          37 4

                                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                                          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                          90

                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                          220

                                                          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                          kW

                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                          380415V IP204254

                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                          4A Size 000

                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                          6A Size 000

                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                          16A Size 000

                                                          75 mdash

                                                          20A Size 000

                                                          11 mdash

                                                          40A Size 000

                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                          40A Size 000

                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                          63A Size 000

                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                          80A Size 00

                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                          125A Size 00

                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                          125A Size 00

                                                          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                          200A Size 1

                                                          90 mdash

                                                          250A Size 1

                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                          355A Size 2

                                                          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                          355A Size 2

                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                          500A Size 3

                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                          500A Size 3

                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                          630A Size 3

                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                          kW

                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                          440460480V IP204254

                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                          4A Size 000

                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                          6A Size 000

                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                          16A Size 000

                                                          75 mdash

                                                          20A Size 000

                                                          11 mdash

                                                          40A Size 000

                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                          40A Size 000

                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                          63A Size 000

                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                          80A Size 00

                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                          125A Size 00

                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                          125A Size 00

                                                          75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                          200A Size 1

                                                          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                          250A Size 1

                                                          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                          355A Size 2

                                                          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                          355A Size 2

                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                          500A Size 3

                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                          500A Size 3

                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                          630A Size 3

                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                          Frame Size

                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                          With Line

                                                          Reactor

                                                          With Load

                                                          Reactor

                                                          With Both

                                                          Reactors

                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                          Frame Size

                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                          With Line

                                                          Reactor

                                                          With Load

                                                          Reactor

                                                          With Both

                                                          Reactors

                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                          185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                          22 25B-D043N114

                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                          Circuit Breaker

                                                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                          Size

                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                          Module Size(4)

                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                          Output Current

                                                          Amps

                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                          1321-3R35-B

                                                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                          1321-3R45-B

                                                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                          1321-3R45-B 12

                                                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                          1321-3R100-B

                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                          Frame Size

                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                          Module

                                                          Size(4)

                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                          Output Current

                                                          Amps

                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                          1321-3R160-B

                                                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                          1321-3RB250-B

                                                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                          1321-3RB320-B

                                                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                          1321-3RB400-B

                                                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                          1321-3R500-B

                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                          Linking Devices

                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                          Ethernet power supply 2

                                                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                          2004108EC200695EC

                                                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                          Rated Frequency fn

                                                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                          e

                                                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                          Neutral (N)

                                                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                          See page 19

                                                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                          Structural Surface Treatments

                                                          InteriorExterior

                                                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                          Customer User

                                                          Office

                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                          Incoming Power

                                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                          Available fault current kA

                                                          Control Power

                                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                          Structure

                                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                          Bus

                                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                          Other Network Options

                                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                          Ampere rating A

                                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                          Feeder Units

                                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                          Nameplates

                                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                          Door Latches

                                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                          Wire Markers

                                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                          Spares

                                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                          Location (specify)

                                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                          Location (specify)

                                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          r Extra space for future units

                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                          Motor List

                                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                          Notes

                                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                            • Select Network Technology
                                                              • Network
                                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                • Select Structure
                                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                                      • Unit Size
                                                                      • Unit Style
                                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                                      • Control Power
                                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                          • Starter Units
                                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                                            • Back Cover

                                                            Select Unit Designs

                                                            30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Rotary Operating HandlesThe operating handles are heavy-duty rotary handles which are supplied to control the disconnecting means in each unit When the unit door is closed the handle is engaged with the disconnecting means

                                                            The operating handle can be locked in the OFFO position by using up to three shackle padlocks (each 8 mm diameter) The operating handle can be modified to enable locking in the ONI position

                                                            The unit operating handle is interlocked with the unit door to protect against opening the unit door unless the disconnect means is in the OFFO position An externally-operated defeat mechanism provides access to the unit without interrupting service The operating handle is interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the operating handle in the ONI position

                                                            Unit Disconnect MeansThe unit disconnect switch is available as either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect Withstand ratings for combination starter units are based on the short circuit protective devices and components selected

                                                            Circuit BreakersAllen-Bradley circuit breakers are provided as the disconnecting means for units with a circuit breaker unit main switch Bulletin 140MG motor circuit protectors are used for combination motor control units Bulletin 140MG motor protection circuit breakers and Bulletin 140G molded case circuit breakers are used for feeder units

                                                            Disconnect SwitchesWhen specified Bulletin 194Rtrade disconnect switches are provided When specified DIN or BS 88 fuses are supplied

                                                            Rotary operating handles not shown to scale

                                                            Select Unit Designs

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                            Stab Assembly

                                                            Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                            The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                            Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                            The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                            One Module Stab Assembly

                                                            The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                            One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                            Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                            Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                            Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                            Withdrawable One Module

                                                            Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                            Power Stab

                                                            Select Unit Designs

                                                            32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                            Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                            The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                            Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                            Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                            Door Latches (Standard)

                                                            Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                            Arc Containment Latch

                                                            Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                            Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                            bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                            red with white lettering

                                                            Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                            Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                            Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                            Locked Position Released Position

                                                            Select Unit Designs

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                            Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                            Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                            Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                            Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                            Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                            Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                            Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                            The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                            E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                            Select Unit Designs

                                                            34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                            Main and Feeder Units

                                                            Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                            Lug Components

                                                            Cable Provisions(1)

                                                            Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                            Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                            300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                            600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                            (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                            (2) 240 mm26

                                                            (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                            800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 240 mm24

                                                            (1) 400 mm2

                                                            (2) 300 mm2

                                                            (4) 240 mm2

                                                            (3) 240 mm2

                                                            (4) 185 mm26

                                                            (1) 500 mm2

                                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 300 mm2

                                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 185 mm28

                                                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                            1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                            (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 240 mm24

                                                            (1) 500 mm2

                                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 300 mm2

                                                            (2) 400 mm2

                                                            (4) 240 mm28

                                                            (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                            1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                            2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                            (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                            Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                            The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                            MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                            They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                            MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                            For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                            For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                            Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                            350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                            400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                            500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                            600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                            700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                            800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                            Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                            350 140G-K3-D40

                                                            400

                                                            500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                            600

                                                            700 140G-M3-D80

                                                            800

                                                            1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                            Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                            16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                            20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                            25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                            30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                            35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                            40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                            45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                            50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                            60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                            70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                            80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                            90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                            100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                            110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                            125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                            160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                            175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                            200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                            225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                            250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                            300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                            350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                            400

                                                            500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                            600

                                                            700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                            800

                                                            1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                            Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Protection Type

                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                            40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                            60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                            LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                            100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                            LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                            125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                            150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                            LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                            160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                            LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                            250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                            LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                            300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                            400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                            LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                            630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                            800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                            LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                            1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                            LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                            The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                            The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                            The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                            bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                            Protection Modes

                                                            PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                            Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                            Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                            LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                            Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                            Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                            EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                            Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                            Fault History Fault History

                                                            ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                            Harmonic Metering

                                                            Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                            Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                            Pre-trip Alarm

                                                            Earth Leakage

                                                            Motor Protection

                                                            Power Metering and Protection

                                                            Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                            Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                            Maintenance Indication

                                                            For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                            Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                            1250

                                                            1600

                                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                                            2500

                                                            3200 E4 900

                                                            4000 1000

                                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                            Amperes

                                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                            1250

                                                            1600

                                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                                            2500

                                                            3200 E4 900

                                                            4000 1000

                                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                            Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                            Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                            Starter Units

                                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                            Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                            Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                            DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                            Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                            Input VoltagekW

                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                            Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                            55

                                                            75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                            11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                            15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                            185 mdash

                                                            22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                            37

                                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                                            75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                            90

                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                            160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                            185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                            220

                                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                            bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                            These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                            Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                            DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                            Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                            Input VoltagekW

                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                            55

                                                            75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                            11

                                                            15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                            185 mdash

                                                            22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                            37 4

                                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                                            75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                            90

                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                            160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                            185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                            220

                                                            (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                            Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                            kW

                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                            380415V IP204254

                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                            4A Size 000

                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                            6A Size 000

                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                            16A Size 000

                                                            75 mdash

                                                            20A Size 000

                                                            11 mdash

                                                            40A Size 000

                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                            40A Size 000

                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                            63A Size 000

                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                            80A Size 00

                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                            125A Size 00

                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                            125A Size 00

                                                            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                            200A Size 1

                                                            90 mdash

                                                            250A Size 1

                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                            355A Size 2

                                                            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                            355A Size 2

                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                            500A Size 3

                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                            500A Size 3

                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                            630A Size 3

                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                            kW

                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                            440460480V IP204254

                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                            4A Size 000

                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                            6A Size 000

                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                            16A Size 000

                                                            75 mdash

                                                            20A Size 000

                                                            11 mdash

                                                            40A Size 000

                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                            40A Size 000

                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                            63A Size 000

                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                            80A Size 00

                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                            125A Size 00

                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                            125A Size 00

                                                            75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                            200A Size 1

                                                            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                            250A Size 1

                                                            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                            355A Size 2

                                                            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                            355A Size 2

                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                            500A Size 3

                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                            500A Size 3

                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                            630A Size 3

                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                            Frame Size

                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                            With Line

                                                            Reactor

                                                            With Load

                                                            Reactor

                                                            With Both

                                                            Reactors

                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                            Frame Size

                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                            With Line

                                                            Reactor

                                                            With Load

                                                            Reactor

                                                            With Both

                                                            Reactors

                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                            185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                            22 25B-D043N114

                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                            Circuit Breaker

                                                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                            Size

                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                            Module Size(4)

                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                            Output Current

                                                            Amps

                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                            1321-3R35-B

                                                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                            1321-3R45-B

                                                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                            1321-3R45-B 12

                                                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                            1321-3R100-B

                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                            Frame Size

                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                            Module

                                                            Size(4)

                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                            Output Current

                                                            Amps

                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                            1321-3R160-B

                                                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                            1321-3RB250-B

                                                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                            1321-3RB320-B

                                                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                            1321-3RB400-B

                                                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                            1321-3R500-B

                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                            Linking Devices

                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                            Ethernet power supply 2

                                                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                            2004108EC200695EC

                                                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                            Rated Frequency fn

                                                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                            e

                                                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                            Neutral (N)

                                                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                            See page 19

                                                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                            Structural Surface Treatments

                                                            InteriorExterior

                                                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                            Customer User

                                                            Office

                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                            Incoming Power

                                                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                            Available fault current kA

                                                            Control Power

                                                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                            Structure

                                                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                            Bus

                                                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                            Other Network Options

                                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                            Ampere rating A

                                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                            Feeder Units

                                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                            Nameplates

                                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                            Door Latches

                                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                            Wire Markers

                                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                            Spares

                                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                            Location (specify)

                                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                            Location (specify)

                                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            r Extra space for future units

                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                            Motor List

                                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                            Notes

                                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                                • Network
                                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                  • Select Structure
                                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                                        • Unit Size
                                                                        • Unit Style
                                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                                        • Control Power
                                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                            • Starter Units
                                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                                              • Back Cover

                                                              Select Unit Designs

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 31

                                                              Stab Assembly

                                                              Power Stab AssemblyThe two-piece power stab housing is made of high strength non-tracking glass polyester material and provides a separate isolated pathway for each phase

                                                              The power cable connection at the plug-in stab is made with a maintenance-free crimp style connection There is no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs

                                                              Unit plug-in power stabs are rated 225 A for 2hellip12 modules and 32 A for one module The stabs are made of tin-plated copper for a low-resistance connection and are designed to tighten during heavy current surges

                                                              The free-floating and self-aligning unit plug-in power stabs are backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure four-point connection to the vertical power bus

                                                              One Module Stab Assembly

                                                              The one module stab assembly consists of a receptacle for line and load connections that plugs into a subplate connected to the vertical power bus The two guide pins help to properly align the connector Because of the subplate connection one module units must be installed in pairs

                                                              One module unit stabs are rated at 32 A

                                                              Neutral Stab AssemblyThe neutral stab assembly can be supplied on withdrawable units for 4-wire systems The neutral stab assembly has the same design and features as the power stab assembly but is a separate piece

                                                              Protective Earth (PE) ContactAn unplated copper PE contact is provided on withdrawable units This contact establishes a connection with the PE circuit before other connections are made and is the last withdrawable connection to be disconnected

                                                              Guide PinsPE Contact

                                                              Withdrawable One Module

                                                              Power stabs for 2hellip12 module units

                                                              Power Stab

                                                              Select Unit Designs

                                                              32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                              Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                              The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                              Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                              Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                              Door Latches (Standard)

                                                              Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                              Arc Containment Latch

                                                              Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                              Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                              bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                              red with white lettering

                                                              Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                              Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                              Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                              Locked Position Released Position

                                                              Select Unit Designs

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                              Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                              Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                              Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                              Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                              Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                              Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                              Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                              The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                              E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                              Select Unit Designs

                                                              34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                              Main and Feeder Units

                                                              Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                              Lug Components

                                                              Cable Provisions(1)

                                                              Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                              Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                              300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                              600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                              (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                              (2) 240 mm26

                                                              (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                              800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 240 mm24

                                                              (1) 400 mm2

                                                              (2) 300 mm2

                                                              (4) 240 mm2

                                                              (3) 240 mm2

                                                              (4) 185 mm26

                                                              (1) 500 mm2

                                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 300 mm2

                                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 185 mm28

                                                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                              1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                              (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 240 mm24

                                                              (1) 500 mm2

                                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 300 mm2

                                                              (2) 400 mm2

                                                              (4) 240 mm28

                                                              (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                              1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                              2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                              (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                              Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                              The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                              MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                              They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                              MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                              For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                              For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                              Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                              350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                              400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                              500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                              600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                              700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                              800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                              Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                              350 140G-K3-D40

                                                              400

                                                              500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                              600

                                                              700 140G-M3-D80

                                                              800

                                                              1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                              Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                              16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                              20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                              25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                              30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                              35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                              40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                              45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                              50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                              60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                              70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                              80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                              90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                              100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                              110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                              125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                              160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                              175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                              200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                              225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                              250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                              300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                              350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                              400

                                                              500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                              600

                                                              700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                              800

                                                              1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                              Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Protection Type

                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                              40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                              60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                              LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                              100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                              LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                              125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                              150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                              LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                              160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                              LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                              250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                              LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                              300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                              400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                              LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                              630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                              800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                              LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                              1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                              LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                              The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                              The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                              The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                              bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                              Protection Modes

                                                              PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                              Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                              Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                              LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                              Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                              Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                              EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                              Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                              Fault History Fault History

                                                              ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                              Harmonic Metering

                                                              Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                              Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                              Pre-trip Alarm

                                                              Earth Leakage

                                                              Motor Protection

                                                              Power Metering and Protection

                                                              Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                              Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                              Maintenance Indication

                                                              For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                              Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                              1250

                                                              1600

                                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                                              2500

                                                              3200 E4 900

                                                              4000 1000

                                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                              Amperes

                                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                              1250

                                                              1600

                                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                                              2500

                                                              3200 E4 900

                                                              4000 1000

                                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                              Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                              Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                              Starter Units

                                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                              Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                              Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                              DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                              Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                              Input VoltagekW

                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                              Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                              55

                                                              75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                              11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                              15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                              185 mdash

                                                              22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                              37

                                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                                              75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                              90

                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                              160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                              185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                              220

                                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                              bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                              These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                              Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                              DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                              Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                              Input VoltagekW

                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                              55

                                                              75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                              11

                                                              15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                              185 mdash

                                                              22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                              37 4

                                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                                              75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                              90

                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                              160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                              185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                              220

                                                              (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                              Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                              SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                              ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                              bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                              bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                              When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                              For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                              For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                              kW

                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                              380415V IP204254

                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                              4A Size 000

                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                              6A Size 000

                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                              16A Size 000

                                                              75 mdash

                                                              20A Size 000

                                                              11 mdash

                                                              40A Size 000

                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                              40A Size 000

                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                              63A Size 000

                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                              80A Size 00

                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                              125A Size 00

                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                              125A Size 00

                                                              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                              200A Size 1

                                                              90 mdash

                                                              250A Size 1

                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                              355A Size 2

                                                              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                              355A Size 2

                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                              500A Size 3

                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                              500A Size 3

                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                              630A Size 3

                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                              kW

                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                              440460480V IP204254

                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                              4A Size 000

                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                              6A Size 000

                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                              16A Size 000

                                                              75 mdash

                                                              20A Size 000

                                                              11 mdash

                                                              40A Size 000

                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                              40A Size 000

                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                              63A Size 000

                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                              80A Size 00

                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                              125A Size 00

                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                              125A Size 00

                                                              75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                              200A Size 1

                                                              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                              250A Size 1

                                                              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                              355A Size 2

                                                              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                              355A Size 2

                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                              500A Size 3

                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                              500A Size 3

                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                              630A Size 3

                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                              Frame Size

                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                              With Line

                                                              Reactor

                                                              With Load

                                                              Reactor

                                                              With Both

                                                              Reactors

                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                              Frame Size

                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                              With Line

                                                              Reactor

                                                              With Load

                                                              Reactor

                                                              With Both

                                                              Reactors

                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                              185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                              22 25B-D043N114

                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                              Circuit Breaker

                                                              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                              VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                              Size

                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                              Module Size(4)

                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                              Output Current

                                                              Amps

                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                              1321-3R35-B

                                                              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                              1321-3R45-B

                                                              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                              1321-3R45-B 12

                                                              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                              1321-3R100-B

                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                              Frame Size

                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                              Module

                                                              Size(4)

                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                              Output Current

                                                              Amps

                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                              1321-3R160-B

                                                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                              1321-3RB250-B

                                                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                              1321-3RB320-B

                                                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                              1321-3RB400-B

                                                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                              1321-3R500-B

                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                              Linking Devices

                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                              Ethernet power supply 2

                                                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                              2004108EC200695EC

                                                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                              Rated Frequency fn

                                                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                              e

                                                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                              Neutral (N)

                                                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                              See page 19

                                                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                              Structural Surface Treatments

                                                              InteriorExterior

                                                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                              Customer User

                                                              Office

                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                              Incoming Power

                                                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                              Available fault current kA

                                                              Control Power

                                                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                              Structure

                                                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                              Bus

                                                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              IntelliCENTERreg

                                                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                              Other Network Options

                                                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                              Ampere rating A

                                                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                              Feeder Units

                                                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                              Nameplates

                                                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                              Door Latches

                                                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                              Wire Markers

                                                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                              Spares

                                                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                              Location (specify)

                                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                              Location (specify)

                                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              r Extra space for future units

                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                              Motor List

                                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                              Notes

                                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                                  • Network
                                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                    • Select Structure
                                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                                          • Unit Size
                                                                          • Unit Style
                                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                                          • Control Power
                                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                              • Starter Units
                                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                                • Back Cover

                                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                                32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Control and Network ConnectionsControl and network connections are made automatically for withdrawable units A 15-pin connector plug rated at 10 A is used for control connections Network connections are made through a separate connector The control and network connectors use a spring-loaded mechanism to help with proper connection

                                                                Unit DoorsEach unit is provided with a removable unit door mounted on hinges with removable pins Unit doors are held closed with frac14 turn latches

                                                                The unit door is mounted to the structure so it is not necessary to remove a unit door when installing or removing units The door can be closed with the unit removed to isolate the power bus A unit door can be removed from any location on the MCC without disturbing other unit doors

                                                                Control stations for pilot devices and low profile external reset buttons for overload relays are often mounted to the unit door See lsquoPilot Devicesrsquo on page 33 for more information

                                                                Door Latches There are two types of door latches available The standard CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs have quarter-turn door latches If you select an MCC with ArcShield the MCC has arc containment door latches

                                                                Door Latches (Standard)

                                                                Door latches are provided on unit and vertical wireway doors to hold the door closed and isolate personnel from the column Door latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn An arrow on the door latch head indicates the position of the latch

                                                                Arc Containment Latch

                                                                Optional arc containment latches are available Arc containment latches help protect personnel near an MCC if an arc fault occurs when structure doors are closed and latched Arc containment latches can be locked or released by rotating the latch frac14 turn See page 9 for an example of an arc containment latch

                                                                Unit Nameplates Unit nameplates are available and can accommodate three or four lines of engraving The following unit nameplate types are available

                                                                bull Clear cardholders - insert printed cards into cardholderbull Engraved acrylic nameplates - white with black lettering or black with white letteringbull Engraved phenolic nameplates - white with black lettering black with white lettering or

                                                                red with white lettering

                                                                Nameplates are secured with two steel self-tapping screws Stainless steel screws are also available

                                                                Control ConnectionNetwork Connection

                                                                Standard 14 Turn Latch

                                                                Locked Position Released Position

                                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                                Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                                Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                                Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                                Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                                Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                                Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                                Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                                The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                                E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                                Select Unit Designs

                                                                34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                                Main and Feeder Units

                                                                Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                                Lug Components

                                                                Cable Provisions(1)

                                                                Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                                Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                                300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                                (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                                (2) 240 mm26

                                                                (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 240 mm24

                                                                (1) 400 mm2

                                                                (2) 300 mm2

                                                                (4) 240 mm2

                                                                (3) 240 mm2

                                                                (4) 185 mm26

                                                                (1) 500 mm2

                                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 300 mm2

                                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 185 mm28

                                                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 240 mm24

                                                                (1) 500 mm2

                                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 300 mm2

                                                                (2) 400 mm2

                                                                (4) 240 mm28

                                                                (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                                2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                                (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                                Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                                The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                                MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                                They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                                MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                                For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                                For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                                Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                                400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                                500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                                600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                                700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                                800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                350 140G-K3-D40

                                                                400

                                                                500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                                600

                                                                700 140G-M3-D80

                                                                800

                                                                1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                                20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                                25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                                30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                                35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                                40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                                45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                                50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                                60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                                70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                                80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                                90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                                100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                                110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                                125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                                160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                                175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                                200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                                225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                                250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                                300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                400

                                                                500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                                600

                                                                700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                800

                                                                1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Protection Type

                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                Protection Modes

                                                                PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                Fault History Fault History

                                                                ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                Harmonic Metering

                                                                Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                Earth Leakage

                                                                Motor Protection

                                                                Power Metering and Protection

                                                                Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                Maintenance Indication

                                                                For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                1250

                                                                1600

                                                                2000 E3 800 800

                                                                2500

                                                                3200 E4 900

                                                                4000 1000

                                                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                Amperes

                                                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                1250

                                                                1600

                                                                2000 E3 800 800

                                                                2500

                                                                3200 E4 900

                                                                4000 1000

                                                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                Starter Units

                                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                55

                                                                75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                185 mdash

                                                                22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                37

                                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                90

                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                220

                                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                55

                                                                75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                11

                                                                15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                185 mdash

                                                                22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                37 4

                                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                90

                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                220

                                                                (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                kW

                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                380415V IP204254

                                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                4A Size 000

                                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                6A Size 000

                                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                16A Size 000

                                                                75 mdash

                                                                20A Size 000

                                                                11 mdash

                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                63A Size 000

                                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                80A Size 00

                                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                200A Size 1

                                                                90 mdash

                                                                250A Size 1

                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                630A Size 3

                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                kW

                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                440460480V IP204254

                                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                4A Size 000

                                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                6A Size 000

                                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                16A Size 000

                                                                75 mdash

                                                                20A Size 000

                                                                11 mdash

                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                63A Size 000

                                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                80A Size 00

                                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                200A Size 1

                                                                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                250A Size 1

                                                                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                630A Size 3

                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                Frame Size

                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                With Line

                                                                Reactor

                                                                With Load

                                                                Reactor

                                                                With Both

                                                                Reactors

                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                Frame Size

                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                With Line

                                                                Reactor

                                                                With Load

                                                                Reactor

                                                                With Both

                                                                Reactors

                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                22 25B-D043N114

                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                Circuit Breaker

                                                                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                Size

                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                Module Size(4)

                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                Output Current

                                                                Amps

                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                1321-3R35-B

                                                                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                1321-3R45-B

                                                                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                1321-3R100-B

                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                Frame Size

                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                Module

                                                                Size(4)

                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                Output Current

                                                                Amps

                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                1321-3R160-B

                                                                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                1321-3RB250-B

                                                                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                1321-3RB320-B

                                                                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                1321-3RB400-B

                                                                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                1321-3R500-B

                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                Linking Devices

                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                2004108EC200695EC

                                                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                Rated Frequency fn

                                                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                e

                                                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                Neutral (N)

                                                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                See page 19

                                                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                InteriorExterior

                                                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                Customer User

                                                                Office

                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                Incoming Power

                                                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                Available fault current kA

                                                                Control Power

                                                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                Structure

                                                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                Bus

                                                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                Other Network Options

                                                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                Ampere rating A

                                                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                Feeder Units

                                                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                Nameplates

                                                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                Door Latches

                                                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                Wire Markers

                                                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                Spares

                                                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                Motor List

                                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                Notes

                                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                                    • Network
                                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                      • Select Structure
                                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                                            • Unit Size
                                                                            • Unit Style
                                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                                            • Control Power
                                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 33

                                                                  Control PowerUnit control power is specified as 24V DC or 110 115 120 220 230 or 240V AC or others as required

                                                                  Unit control power is normally supplied by a single central-control power transformer unit within each MCC lineup so the test function of withdrawable units can work most effectively The central control source operates at line voltage with an option for common control fusing

                                                                  Individual control circuit transformers mounted in each unit are available One leg of the secondary side of the control circuit transformer is fused while the other leg is connected to PE Primary protection is then provided by primary fusing This optional control power source does not support the test position

                                                                  Control WireControl wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher Wire markers are sleeve type heat shrink is optional

                                                                  Power WireThe power wire is stranded copper and rated at 105 degC or higher The power wire is sized to meet the current rating of the unit with a minimum size of 6 mm2

                                                                  Pilot DevicesPilot devices are housed in a door-mounted control station Each control station can accommodate up to four 22 mm devices Depending on door size and application requirements more than four pilot devices can be mounted in a door

                                                                  Control stations are equipped with a quick connect plug for ease in connecting and disconnecting control wiring

                                                                  The control station is easily removed with captive screws If a control station is removed closing plates are available to cover the unit door opening and provide isolation

                                                                  E300 Door-mounted Control StationsOne operator station can be added to the E300 expansion bus to be used as a user interface device The operator stations provide E300 status indicators and function keys for motor control The operator stations also support CopyCat so the user can upload and download E300 configuration parameters

                                                                  Select Unit Designs

                                                                  34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                                  Main and Feeder Units

                                                                  Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                                  Lug Components

                                                                  Cable Provisions(1)

                                                                  Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                                  Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                                  300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                  600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                                  (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                                  (2) 240 mm26

                                                                  (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                  800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                                                  (1) 400 mm2

                                                                  (2) 300 mm2

                                                                  (4) 240 mm2

                                                                  (3) 240 mm2

                                                                  (4) 185 mm26

                                                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 185 mm28

                                                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                  1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                  (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 240 mm24

                                                                  (1) 500 mm2

                                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 300 mm2

                                                                  (2) 400 mm2

                                                                  (4) 240 mm28

                                                                  (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                  1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                                  2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                                  (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                                  Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                                  The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                                  MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                                  They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                                  MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                                  For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                                  For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                                  Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                  350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                                  400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                                  500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                                  600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                                  700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                                  800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                  350 140G-K3-D40

                                                                  400

                                                                  500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                                  600

                                                                  700 140G-M3-D80

                                                                  800

                                                                  1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                  Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                  16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                                  20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                                  25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                                  30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                                  35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                                  40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                                  45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                                  50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                                  60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                                  70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                                  80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                                  90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                                  100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                                  110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                                  125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                                  160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                                  175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                                  200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                                  225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                                  250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                                  300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                  350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                  400

                                                                  500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                                  600

                                                                  700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                  800

                                                                  1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                  Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Protection Type

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                  40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                  60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                  LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                  100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                  LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                  125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                  150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                  LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                  160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                  LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                  250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                  LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                  300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                  400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                  LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                  630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                  800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                  LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                  1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                  LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                  The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                  The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                  The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                  bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                  Protection Modes

                                                                  PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                  Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                  Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                  LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                  Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                  Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                  EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                  Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                  Fault History Fault History

                                                                  ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                  Harmonic Metering

                                                                  Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                  Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                  Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                  Earth Leakage

                                                                  Motor Protection

                                                                  Power Metering and Protection

                                                                  Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                  Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                  Maintenance Indication

                                                                  For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                  Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                  1250

                                                                  1600

                                                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                                                  2500

                                                                  3200 E4 900

                                                                  4000 1000

                                                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                  Amperes

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                  Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                  Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                  Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                  800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                  1250

                                                                  1600

                                                                  2000 E3 800 800

                                                                  2500

                                                                  3200 E4 900

                                                                  4000 1000

                                                                  (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                  Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                  Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                  Starter Units

                                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                  Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                  Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                  DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                  Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                  Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                  55

                                                                  75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                  11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                  185 mdash

                                                                  22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                  37

                                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                  75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                  90

                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                  185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                  220

                                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                  bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                  These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                  Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                  DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                  Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                  55

                                                                  75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                  11

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                  185 mdash

                                                                  22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                  37 4

                                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                  75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                  90

                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                  185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                  220

                                                                  (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                  SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                  ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                  bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                  bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                  When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                  kW

                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                  380415V IP204254

                                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                  4A Size 000

                                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                  6A Size 000

                                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                  16A Size 000

                                                                  75 mdash

                                                                  20A Size 000

                                                                  11 mdash

                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                  63A Size 000

                                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                  80A Size 00

                                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                  75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                  200A Size 1

                                                                  90 mdash

                                                                  250A Size 1

                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                  132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                  630A Size 3

                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                  kW

                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                  440460480V IP204254

                                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                  4A Size 000

                                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                  6A Size 000

                                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                  16A Size 000

                                                                  75 mdash

                                                                  20A Size 000

                                                                  11 mdash

                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                  63A Size 000

                                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                  80A Size 00

                                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                  75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                  200A Size 1

                                                                  90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                  250A Size 1

                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                  132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                  630A Size 3

                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                  With Line

                                                                  Reactor

                                                                  With Load

                                                                  Reactor

                                                                  With Both

                                                                  Reactors

                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                  With Line

                                                                  Reactor

                                                                  With Load

                                                                  Reactor

                                                                  With Both

                                                                  Reactors

                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                  22 25B-D043N114

                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                  Circuit Breaker

                                                                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                  Size

                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                  Module Size(4)

                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                  Output Current

                                                                  Amps

                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                  1321-3R35-B

                                                                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R45-B

                                                                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                  1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R100-B

                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                  Module

                                                                  Size(4)

                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                  Output Current

                                                                  Amps

                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                  1321-3R160-B

                                                                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                  1321-3RB250-B

                                                                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                  1321-3RB320-B

                                                                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                  1321-3RB400-B

                                                                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                  1321-3R500-B

                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                  Linking Devices

                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                  e

                                                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                  Neutral (N)

                                                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                  See page 19

                                                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                  InteriorExterior

                                                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                  Customer User

                                                                  Office

                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                  Incoming Power

                                                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                  Available fault current kA

                                                                  Control Power

                                                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                  Structure

                                                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                  Bus

                                                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                  Other Network Options

                                                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                  Ampere rating A

                                                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                  Feeder Units

                                                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                  Nameplates

                                                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                  Door Latches

                                                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                  Wire Markers

                                                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                  Spares

                                                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                  Motor List

                                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                  Notes

                                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                                      • Network
                                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                        • Select Structure
                                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                                              • Unit Size
                                                                              • Unit Style
                                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                                              • Control Power
                                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                                    Select Unit Designs

                                                                    34 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Columns can be populated with several different types of units such as mains feeders direct on line starters and contactors soft starters AC drives and PLCs

                                                                    Main and Feeder Units

                                                                    Incoming Main Lug Compartments and Outgoing Feeder Lug CompartmentsThe lug compartments provide a lug connection for incoming lines (mains) to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables (feeders) to feed power from the motor control center to an external load Lug compartments are available in ratings from 300hellip4000 A and are fixed mounted Lug compartments are available in either top or bottom entry Mechanical or crimp style lugs are available The compartments are front accessible for easy maintenance and thermography checks

                                                                    Lug Components

                                                                    Cable Provisions(1)

                                                                    Mechanical Type Lugs (single cable) Module Size Available Column Available Column

                                                                    Amperes Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lugs Crimp Type Lugs (1 = 80 mm)(2) Widths (mm) Depths (mm)

                                                                    300 (2) 185 mm2 mdash (2) 185 mm2 4 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                    600 (2) 185 mm2 (4) 120 mm2 (2) 185 mm2

                                                                    (2) 400 mm2 (4) 240 mm2 (1) 400 mm2

                                                                    (2) 240 mm26

                                                                    (4) 500 mm2 mdash (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                    800 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                                                    (1) 400 mm2

                                                                    (2) 300 mm2

                                                                    (4) 240 mm2

                                                                    (3) 240 mm2

                                                                    (4) 185 mm26

                                                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 185 mm28

                                                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                    1200 (2) 500 mm2

                                                                    (4) 300 mm2(2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 240 mm24

                                                                    (1) 500 mm2

                                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 300 mm2

                                                                    (2) 400 mm2

                                                                    (4) 240 mm28

                                                                    (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2 24

                                                                    1600 (4) 500 mm2 (4) 400 mm2

                                                                    2000 (6) 500 mm2 (6) 400 mm2

                                                                    (1) Maximum number per phase and maximum cable size(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                                    Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                                    The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                                    MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                                    They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                                    MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                                    For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                                    For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                                    Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                    350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                                    400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                                    500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                                    600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                                    700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                                    800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                    350 140G-K3-D40

                                                                    400

                                                                    500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                                    600

                                                                    700 140G-M3-D80

                                                                    800

                                                                    1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                    Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                    16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                                    20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                                    25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                                    30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                                    35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                                    40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                                    45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                                    50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                                    60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                                    70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                                    80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                                    90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                                    100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                                    110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                                    125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                                    160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                                    175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                                    200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                                    225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                                    250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                                    300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                    350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                    400

                                                                    500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                                    600

                                                                    700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                    800

                                                                    1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                    Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Protection Type

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                    40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                    60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                    LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                    100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                    LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                    125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                    150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                    LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                    160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                    LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                    250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                    LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                    300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                    400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                    LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                    630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                    800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                    LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                    1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                    LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                    The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                    The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                    The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                    bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                    Protection Modes

                                                                    PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                    Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                    Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                    LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                    Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                    Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                    EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                    Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                    Fault History Fault History

                                                                    ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                    Harmonic Metering

                                                                    Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                    Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                    Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                    Earth Leakage

                                                                    Motor Protection

                                                                    Power Metering and Protection

                                                                    Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                    Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                    Maintenance Indication

                                                                    For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                    Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                    1250

                                                                    1600

                                                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                                                    2500

                                                                    3200 E4 900

                                                                    4000 1000

                                                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                    Amperes

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                    Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                    Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                    Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                    800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                    1250

                                                                    1600

                                                                    2000 E3 800 800

                                                                    2500

                                                                    3200 E4 900

                                                                    4000 1000

                                                                    (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                    Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                    Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                    Starter Units

                                                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                    Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                    Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                    DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                    55

                                                                    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                    11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                    185 mdash

                                                                    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                    37

                                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                    90

                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                    220

                                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                    55

                                                                    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                    11

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                    185 mdash

                                                                    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                    37 4

                                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                    90

                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                    220

                                                                    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                    kW

                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                    380415V IP204254

                                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                    4A Size 000

                                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                    6A Size 000

                                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                    16A Size 000

                                                                    75 mdash

                                                                    20A Size 000

                                                                    11 mdash

                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                    63A Size 000

                                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                    80A Size 00

                                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                    200A Size 1

                                                                    90 mdash

                                                                    250A Size 1

                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                    630A Size 3

                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                    kW

                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                    440460480V IP204254

                                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                    4A Size 000

                                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                    6A Size 000

                                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                    16A Size 000

                                                                    75 mdash

                                                                    20A Size 000

                                                                    11 mdash

                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                    63A Size 000

                                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                    80A Size 00

                                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                    75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                    200A Size 1

                                                                    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                    250A Size 1

                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                    630A Size 3

                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                    With Line

                                                                    Reactor

                                                                    With Load

                                                                    Reactor

                                                                    With Both

                                                                    Reactors

                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                    With Line

                                                                    Reactor

                                                                    With Load

                                                                    Reactor

                                                                    With Both

                                                                    Reactors

                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                    22 25B-D043N114

                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                    Circuit Breaker

                                                                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                    Size

                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                    Module Size(4)

                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                    Output Current

                                                                    Amps

                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                    1321-3R35-B

                                                                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R45-B

                                                                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                    1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R100-B

                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                    Module

                                                                    Size(4)

                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                    Output Current

                                                                    Amps

                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                    1321-3R160-B

                                                                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                    1321-3RB250-B

                                                                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                    1321-3RB320-B

                                                                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                    1321-3RB400-B

                                                                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                    1321-3R500-B

                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                    Linking Devices

                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                    e

                                                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                    Neutral (N)

                                                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                    See page 19

                                                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                    InteriorExterior

                                                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                    Customer User

                                                                    Office

                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                    Incoming Power

                                                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                    Available fault current kA

                                                                    Control Power

                                                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                    Structure

                                                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                    Bus

                                                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                    Other Network Options

                                                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                    Ampere rating A

                                                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                    Feeder Units

                                                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                    Nameplates

                                                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                    Door Latches

                                                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                    Wire Markers

                                                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                    Spares

                                                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                    Motor List

                                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                    Notes

                                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                                        • Network
                                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                          • Select Structure
                                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                                • Control Power
                                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 35

                                                                      Main and Feeder Molded Case Circuit Breaker UnitsMolded case circuit breakers (MCCB) are available for main and feeder circuit breaker units

                                                                      The MCCB units are available with thermal magnetic trip circuit breaker up to 1200 A and electronic trip circuit breaker 50 A and above The feeder circuit breaker units are available in a withdrawable unit style up to 225 A and are fixed mounted for ratings 250 A and above The main circuit breaker units are fixed mounted for all ratings

                                                                      MCCB units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side helping reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals

                                                                      They meet the following standardsbull IEC 60947-2 ndash Circuit Breakersbull CE Certifiedbull DEKRA ndash Third-party tested and certified

                                                                      MCCBs are inverse time circuit breakers and can be classified as thermal magnetic trip or electronic trip

                                                                      For feeder circuit breaker unit selection go to page 36

                                                                      For air circuit breaker unit information go to page 39

                                                                      Mains Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      300 140G-KC3-D30 8 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                      350 140G-KC3-D35

                                                                      400 140G-KC3-D40

                                                                      500 140G-MC3-D50 10

                                                                      600 140G-MC3-D60

                                                                      700 140G-MC3-D70

                                                                      800 140G-MC3-D80

                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style

                                                                      Mains Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      300 140G-K3-D30 8(3) 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                      350 140G-K3-D40

                                                                      400

                                                                      500 140G-M3-D60 10(4)

                                                                      600

                                                                      700 140G-M3-D80

                                                                      800

                                                                      1200 140G-N3-E12 14

                                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 10 modules(4) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                      Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                      16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                                      20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                                      25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                                      30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                                      35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                                      40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                                      45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                                      50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                                      60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                                      70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                                      80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                                      90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                                      100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                                      110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                                      125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                                      160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                                      175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                                      200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                                      225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                                      250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                                      300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                      350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                      400

                                                                      500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                                      600

                                                                      700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                      800

                                                                      1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                      Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Protection Type

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                      40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                      60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                      LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                      100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                      LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                      125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                      150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                      LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                      160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                      LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                      250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                      LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                      300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                      400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                      LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                      630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                      800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                      LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                      1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                      LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                      The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                      The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                      The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                      bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                      Protection Modes

                                                                      PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                      Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                      Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                      LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                      Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                      Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                      EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                      Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                      Fault History Fault History

                                                                      ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                      Harmonic Metering

                                                                      Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                      Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                      Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                      Earth Leakage

                                                                      Motor Protection

                                                                      Power Metering and Protection

                                                                      Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                      Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                      Maintenance Indication

                                                                      For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                      Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                      1250

                                                                      1600

                                                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                                                      2500

                                                                      3200 E4 900

                                                                      4000 1000

                                                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                      Amperes

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                      Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                      Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                      Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                      800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                      1250

                                                                      1600

                                                                      2000 E3 800 800

                                                                      2500

                                                                      3200 E4 900

                                                                      4000 1000

                                                                      (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                      Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                      Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                      Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                      Starter Units

                                                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                      Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                      Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                      DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                      Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                      Input VoltagekW

                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                      Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                      55

                                                                      75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                      11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                      185 mdash

                                                                      22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                      37

                                                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                      75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                      90

                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                      160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                      185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                      220

                                                                      (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                      Input VoltagekW

                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                      55

                                                                      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                      11

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                      185 mdash

                                                                      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                      37 4

                                                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                      90

                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                      220

                                                                      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                      kW

                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                      380415V IP204254

                                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                      4A Size 000

                                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                      6A Size 000

                                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                      16A Size 000

                                                                      75 mdash

                                                                      20A Size 000

                                                                      11 mdash

                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                      63A Size 000

                                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                      80A Size 00

                                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                      200A Size 1

                                                                      90 mdash

                                                                      250A Size 1

                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                      630A Size 3

                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                      kW

                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                      440460480V IP204254

                                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                      4A Size 000

                                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                      6A Size 000

                                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                      16A Size 000

                                                                      75 mdash

                                                                      20A Size 000

                                                                      11 mdash

                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                      63A Size 000

                                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                      80A Size 00

                                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                      75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                      200A Size 1

                                                                      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                      250A Size 1

                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                      630A Size 3

                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                      With Line

                                                                      Reactor

                                                                      With Load

                                                                      Reactor

                                                                      With Both

                                                                      Reactors

                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                      With Line

                                                                      Reactor

                                                                      With Load

                                                                      Reactor

                                                                      With Both

                                                                      Reactors

                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                      22 25B-D043N114

                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                      Circuit Breaker

                                                                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                      Size

                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                      Module Size(4)

                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                      Output Current

                                                                      Amps

                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                      1321-3R35-B

                                                                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R45-B

                                                                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                      1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R100-B

                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                      Module

                                                                      Size(4)

                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                      Output Current

                                                                      Amps

                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                      1321-3R160-B

                                                                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                      1321-3RB250-B

                                                                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                      1321-3RB320-B

                                                                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                      1321-3RB400-B

                                                                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                      1321-3R500-B

                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                      Linking Devices

                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                      Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                      e

                                                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                      Neutral (N)

                                                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                      See page 19

                                                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                      InteriorExterior

                                                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                      Customer User

                                                                      Office

                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                      Incoming Power

                                                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                      Available fault current kA

                                                                      Control Power

                                                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                      Structure

                                                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                      Bus

                                                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                      Other Network Options

                                                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                      Ampere rating A

                                                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                      Feeder Units

                                                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                      Nameplates

                                                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                      Door Latches

                                                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                      Wire Markers

                                                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                      Spares

                                                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      r Extra space for future units

                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                      Motor List

                                                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                      Notes

                                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                                          • Network
                                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                            • Select Structure
                                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        36 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Main Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                        Feeders Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                        Amperes

                                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(2)

                                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                        10 140M-C2E-C10 1 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                        16 140M-D8E-C16

                                                                        20 140M-D8E-C20

                                                                        25 140M-D8E-C25

                                                                        30 140G-GC3-C30 2

                                                                        35 140G-GC3-C35

                                                                        40 140G-GC3-C40

                                                                        45 140G-GC3-C45

                                                                        50 140G-GC3-C50

                                                                        60 140G-GC3-C60

                                                                        70 140G-GC3-C70

                                                                        80 140G-GC3-C80

                                                                        90 140G-GC3-C90

                                                                        100 140G-GC3-D10

                                                                        110 140G-GC3-D11

                                                                        125 140G-GC3-D12

                                                                        160 140G-GE3-D16

                                                                        175 140G-IC3-D17

                                                                        200 140G-IC3-D20 4

                                                                        225 140G-IC3-D22

                                                                        250 140G-JF3-D25 4

                                                                        300 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                        350 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                        400

                                                                        500 140G-KH3-D60 10(3)

                                                                        600

                                                                        700 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                        800

                                                                        1200 140G-NH3-E12 14

                                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                        Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                        Amperes

                                                                        Protection Type

                                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                        25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                        40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                        60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                        LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                        100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                        LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                        125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                        150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                        LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                        160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                        LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                        250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                        LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                        300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                        400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                        LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                        630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                        800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                        LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                        1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                        LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                        The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                        The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                        The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                        bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                        Protection Modes

                                                                        PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                        Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                        Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                        LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                        Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                        Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                        EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                        Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                        Fault History Fault History

                                                                        ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                        Harmonic Metering

                                                                        Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                        Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                        Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                        Earth Leakage

                                                                        Motor Protection

                                                                        Power Metering and Protection

                                                                        Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                        Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                        Maintenance Indication

                                                                        For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                        Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                        Amperes

                                                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                        1250

                                                                        1600

                                                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                                                        2500

                                                                        3200 E4 900

                                                                        4000 1000

                                                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                        Amperes

                                                                        Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                        Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                        Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                        Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                        800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                        1250

                                                                        1600

                                                                        2000 E3 800 800

                                                                        2500

                                                                        3200 E4 900

                                                                        4000 1000

                                                                        (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                        Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                        Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                        Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                        Starter Units

                                                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                        Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                        Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                        DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                        Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                        Input VoltagekW

                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                        Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                        55

                                                                        75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                        11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                        185 mdash

                                                                        22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                        37

                                                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                        75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                        90

                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                        160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                        185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                        220

                                                                        (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                        Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                        bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                        These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                        Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                        DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                        Input VoltagekW

                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                        55

                                                                        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                        11

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                        185 mdash

                                                                        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                        37 4

                                                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                        90

                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                        220

                                                                        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                        kW

                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                        380415V IP204254

                                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                        4A Size 000

                                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                        6A Size 000

                                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                        16A Size 000

                                                                        75 mdash

                                                                        20A Size 000

                                                                        11 mdash

                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                        63A Size 000

                                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                        80A Size 00

                                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                        200A Size 1

                                                                        90 mdash

                                                                        250A Size 1

                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                        630A Size 3

                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                        kW

                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                        440460480V IP204254

                                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                        4A Size 000

                                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                        6A Size 000

                                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                        16A Size 000

                                                                        75 mdash

                                                                        20A Size 000

                                                                        11 mdash

                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                        63A Size 000

                                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                        80A Size 00

                                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                        75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                        200A Size 1

                                                                        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                        250A Size 1

                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                        630A Size 3

                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                        With Line

                                                                        Reactor

                                                                        With Load

                                                                        Reactor

                                                                        With Both

                                                                        Reactors

                                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                        With Line

                                                                        Reactor

                                                                        With Load

                                                                        Reactor

                                                                        With Both

                                                                        Reactors

                                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                        22 25B-D043N114

                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                        Circuit Breaker

                                                                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                        Size

                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                        Module Size(4)

                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                        Output Current

                                                                        Amps

                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                        1321-3R35-B

                                                                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R45-B

                                                                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                        1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R100-B

                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                        Module

                                                                        Size(4)

                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                        Output Current

                                                                        Amps

                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                        1321-3R160-B

                                                                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                        1321-3RB250-B

                                                                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                        1321-3RB320-B

                                                                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                        1321-3RB400-B

                                                                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                        1321-3R500-B

                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                        Linking Devices

                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                        Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                        e

                                                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                        Neutral (N)

                                                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                        See page 19

                                                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                        InteriorExterior

                                                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                        Customer User

                                                                        Office

                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                        Incoming Power

                                                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                        Available fault current kA

                                                                        Control Power

                                                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                        Structure

                                                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                        Bus

                                                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                        Other Network Options

                                                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                        Ampere rating A

                                                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                        Feeder Units

                                                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                        Nameplates

                                                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                        Door Latches

                                                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                        Wire Markers

                                                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                        Spares

                                                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        r Extra space for future units

                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                        Motor List

                                                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                        Notes

                                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                                            • Network
                                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 37

                                                                          Feeders Electronic Trip with LSILSIG Protection Type Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

                                                                          Amperes

                                                                          Protection Type

                                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(1)

                                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                          25 LSI 140G-HH3-C25 2 700 800 900 1000 600 800

                                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C25

                                                                          40 LSI 140G-JH3-C40 4

                                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C40

                                                                          60 LSI 140G-HH3-C60 2

                                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-C60

                                                                          LSI 140G-JH3-C60 4

                                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-C60

                                                                          100 LSI 140G-HH3-D10 2

                                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D10

                                                                          LSI 140G-JH3-D10 4

                                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D10

                                                                          125 LSI 140G-HH3-D12 2

                                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D12

                                                                          150 LSI 140G-JH3-D15 4

                                                                          LSIG 140G-J13-D15

                                                                          160 LSI 140G-HH3-D16 2

                                                                          LSIG 140G-HI3-D16

                                                                          250 LSI 140G-JH3-D25 4(2)

                                                                          LSIG 140G-JI3-D25

                                                                          300 LSI 140G-KH3-D30

                                                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D30

                                                                          400 LSI 140G-KH3-D40

                                                                          LSIG 140G-KI3-D40

                                                                          630 LSI 140G-MH3-D63 10(2)(3)

                                                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D63

                                                                          800 LSI 140G-MH3-D80

                                                                          LSIG 140G-MI3-D80

                                                                          1200 LSI 140G-NH3-E12 14(2)

                                                                          LSIG 140G-NI3-E12

                                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Fixed mount style(3) If form 4b separation is required then unit size becomes 12 modules

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                          The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                          The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                          The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                          bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                          Protection Modes

                                                                          PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                          Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                          Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                          LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                          Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                          Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                          EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                          Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                          Fault History Fault History

                                                                          ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                          Harmonic Metering

                                                                          Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                          Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                          Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                          Earth Leakage

                                                                          Motor Protection

                                                                          Power Metering and Protection

                                                                          Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                          Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                          Maintenance Indication

                                                                          For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                          Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                          Amperes

                                                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                          1250

                                                                          1600

                                                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                                                          2500

                                                                          3200 E4 900

                                                                          4000 1000

                                                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                          Amperes

                                                                          Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                          Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                          Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                          Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                          800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                          1250

                                                                          1600

                                                                          2000 E3 800 800

                                                                          2500

                                                                          3200 E4 900

                                                                          4000 1000

                                                                          (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                          Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                          Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                          Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                          Starter Units

                                                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                          Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                          Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                          DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                          Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                          Input VoltagekW

                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                          Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                          55

                                                                          75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                          11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                          185 mdash

                                                                          22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                          37

                                                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                          75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                          90

                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                          160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                          185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                          220

                                                                          (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                          Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                          bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                          These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                          Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                          DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                          - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                          bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                          Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                          Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                          Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                          Input VoltagekW

                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                          55

                                                                          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                          11

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                          185 mdash

                                                                          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                          37 4

                                                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                          90

                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                          220

                                                                          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                          kW

                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                          380415V IP204254

                                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                          4A Size 000

                                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                          6A Size 000

                                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                          16A Size 000

                                                                          75 mdash

                                                                          20A Size 000

                                                                          11 mdash

                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                          63A Size 000

                                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                          80A Size 00

                                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                          200A Size 1

                                                                          90 mdash

                                                                          250A Size 1

                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                          630A Size 3

                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                          kW

                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                          440460480V IP204254

                                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                          4A Size 000

                                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                          6A Size 000

                                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                          16A Size 000

                                                                          75 mdash

                                                                          20A Size 000

                                                                          11 mdash

                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                          63A Size 000

                                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                          80A Size 00

                                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                          75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                          200A Size 1

                                                                          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                          250A Size 1

                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                          630A Size 3

                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                          With Line

                                                                          Reactor

                                                                          With Load

                                                                          Reactor

                                                                          With Both

                                                                          Reactors

                                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                          With Line

                                                                          Reactor

                                                                          With Load

                                                                          Reactor

                                                                          With Both

                                                                          Reactors

                                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                          185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                          22 25B-D043N114

                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                          Circuit Breaker

                                                                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                          Size

                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                          Module Size(4)

                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                          Output Current

                                                                          Amps

                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                          1321-3R35-B

                                                                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R45-B

                                                                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                          1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R100-B

                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                          Module

                                                                          Size(4)

                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                          Output Current

                                                                          Amps

                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                          1321-3R160-B

                                                                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                          1321-3RB250-B

                                                                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                          1321-3RB320-B

                                                                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                          1321-3RB400-B

                                                                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                          1321-3R500-B

                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                          Linking Devices

                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                          Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                          2004108EC200695EC

                                                                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                          Rated Frequency fn

                                                                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                          e

                                                                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                          Neutral (N)

                                                                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                          See page 19

                                                                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                          Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                          InteriorExterior

                                                                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                          Customer User

                                                                          Office

                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                          Incoming Power

                                                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                          Available fault current kA

                                                                          Control Power

                                                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                          Structure

                                                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                          Bus

                                                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                          Other Network Options

                                                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                          Ampere rating A

                                                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                          Feeder Units

                                                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                          Nameplates

                                                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                          Door Latches

                                                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                          Wire Markers

                                                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                          Spares

                                                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          r Extra space for future units

                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                          Motor List

                                                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                          Notes

                                                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                            • Select Network Technology
                                                                              • Network
                                                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                • Select Structure
                                                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                      • Unit Size
                                                                                      • Unit Style
                                                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                                                      • Control Power
                                                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                          • Starter Units
                                                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                                                            • Back Cover

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Feeder Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Shunt trip coil for circuit breakerbull Alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Minimum voltage coil (undervoltage) for circuit breakerbull Combination auxiliary contact and alarm contact for circuit breakerbull Meteringbull DeviceNet starter auxiliary

                                                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker UnitsAir circuit breaker (ACB) units are front accessible with removable protective barriers on the line side which help reduce the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals ACBs offer short circuit protection and disconnect means When opened the breaker contacts are rapidly swung into a small sealed chamber causing the displaced air to blow out the arc They are critical components in switchgear mains feeders and main-tie-mains

                                                                            The ACB compartments have trip ratings available from 400 to 4000 A These ACBs are available with a drawout or fixed style The ACBs for mains include an option to use 4-pole breakers ACBs can be integrated into auto-transfer switch schemes such as Main-Main or Main-Tie-Main schemes Top or bottom mounting is available

                                                                            The ACBs are available with enclosure ratings of IP 20 IP 42 and IP 54

                                                                            The EMAX ACBs offer a series of microcontroller-based true RMS sensing protection and control units They meet the following standards

                                                                            bull GB 140484bull IEC 60947-2bull CCCbull DEKRAbull TILVA

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                            Protection Modes

                                                                            PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                            Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                            Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                            LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                            Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                            Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                            EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                            Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                            Fault History Fault History

                                                                            ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                            Harmonic Metering

                                                                            Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                            Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                            Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                            Earth Leakage

                                                                            Motor Protection

                                                                            Power Metering and Protection

                                                                            Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                            Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                            Maintenance Indication

                                                                            For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                            Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                            Amperes

                                                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                            1250

                                                                            1600

                                                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                                                            2500

                                                                            3200 E4 900

                                                                            4000 1000

                                                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                            Amperes

                                                                            Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                            Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                            Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                            Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                            800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                            1250

                                                                            1600

                                                                            2000 E3 800 800

                                                                            2500

                                                                            3200 E4 900

                                                                            4000 1000

                                                                            (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                            Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                            Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                            Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                            Starter Units

                                                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                            Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                            Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                            DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                            Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                            Input VoltagekW

                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                            Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                            55

                                                                            75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                            11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                            185 mdash

                                                                            22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                            37

                                                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                            75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                            90

                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                            160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                            185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                            220

                                                                            (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                            Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                            bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                            These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                            Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                            DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                            - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                            bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                            Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                            Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                            Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                            Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                            Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                            Input VoltagekW

                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                            380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                            08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                            30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                            55

                                                                            75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                            11

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                            185 mdash

                                                                            22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                            37 4

                                                                            45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                            75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                            90

                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                            160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                            185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                            220

                                                                            (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                            Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                            kW

                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                            380415V IP204254

                                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                            4A Size 000

                                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                            6A Size 000

                                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                            16A Size 000

                                                                            75 mdash

                                                                            20A Size 000

                                                                            11 mdash

                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                            63A Size 000

                                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                            80A Size 00

                                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                            200A Size 1

                                                                            90 mdash

                                                                            250A Size 1

                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                            630A Size 3

                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                            kW

                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                            440460480V IP204254

                                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                            4A Size 000

                                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                            6A Size 000

                                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                            16A Size 000

                                                                            75 mdash

                                                                            20A Size 000

                                                                            11 mdash

                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                            63A Size 000

                                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                            80A Size 00

                                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                            75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                            200A Size 1

                                                                            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                            250A Size 1

                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                            630A Size 3

                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                            With Line

                                                                            Reactor

                                                                            With Load

                                                                            Reactor

                                                                            With Both

                                                                            Reactors

                                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                            With Line

                                                                            Reactor

                                                                            With Load

                                                                            Reactor

                                                                            With Both

                                                                            Reactors

                                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                            185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                            22 25B-D043N114

                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                            Circuit Breaker

                                                                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                            Size

                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                            Module Size(4)

                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                            Output Current

                                                                            Amps

                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                            1321-3R35-B

                                                                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R45-B

                                                                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                            1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R100-B

                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                            Module

                                                                            Size(4)

                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                            Output Current

                                                                            Amps

                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                            1321-3R160-B

                                                                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                            1321-3RB250-B

                                                                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                            1321-3RB320-B

                                                                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                            1321-3RB400-B

                                                                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                            1321-3R500-B

                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                            Linking Devices

                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                            Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                            2004108EC200695EC

                                                                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                            Rated Frequency fn

                                                                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                            e

                                                                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                            Neutral (N)

                                                                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                            See page 19

                                                                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                            Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                            InteriorExterior

                                                                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                            Customer User

                                                                            Office

                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                            Incoming Power

                                                                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                            Available fault current kA

                                                                            Control Power

                                                                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                            Structure

                                                                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                            Bus

                                                                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                            Other Network Options

                                                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                            Ampere rating A

                                                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                            Feeder Units

                                                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                            Nameplates

                                                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                            Door Latches

                                                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                            Wire Markers

                                                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                            Spares

                                                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            r Extra space for future units

                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                            Motor List

                                                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                            Notes

                                                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                                                • Network
                                                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                  • Select Structure
                                                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                        • Unit Size
                                                                                        • Unit Style
                                                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                                                        • Control Power
                                                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                            • Starter Units
                                                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                                                              • Back Cover

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 39

                                                                              Protection Modes

                                                                              PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                              Protection LSI Protection LSIN Protection LSIG

                                                                              Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication Status Indicator Fault Indication

                                                                              LCD Display LCD Display LCD Display

                                                                              Current Metering Current Metering Current Metering

                                                                              Comm Module 1 Comm Module Comm Module 3

                                                                              EarthGround Fault Protection EarthGround Fault Protection

                                                                              Electrical Trip Indication Electrical Trip Indication

                                                                              Fault History Fault History

                                                                              ZSI (SC and EF) ZSI

                                                                              Harmonic Metering

                                                                              Terminal Temperature Protection

                                                                              Trip Circuit Supervision

                                                                              Pre-trip Alarm

                                                                              Earth Leakage

                                                                              Motor Protection

                                                                              Power Metering and Protection

                                                                              Breaker Failure Feedback

                                                                              Digital InputRelay Outputs

                                                                              Maintenance Indication

                                                                              For main and feeder air circuit breaker unit selection go to page 35

                                                                              Mains Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                              Amperes

                                                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                              1250

                                                                              1600

                                                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                                                              2500

                                                                              3200 E4 900

                                                                              4000 1000

                                                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                              Amperes

                                                                              Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                              Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                              Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                              Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                              800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                              1250

                                                                              1600

                                                                              2000 E3 800 800

                                                                              2500

                                                                              3200 E4 900

                                                                              4000 1000

                                                                              (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                              Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                              Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                              Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                              Starter Units

                                                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                              Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                              Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                              DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                              Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                              Input VoltagekW

                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                              Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                              55

                                                                              75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                              11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                              185 mdash

                                                                              22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                              37

                                                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                              75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                              90

                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                              160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                              185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                              220

                                                                              (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                              Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                              bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                              These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                              Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                              DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                              - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                              bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                              Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                              Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                              Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                              Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                              Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                              Input VoltagekW

                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                              380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                              08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                              30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                              55

                                                                              75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                              11

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                              185 mdash

                                                                              22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                              37 4

                                                                              45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                              75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                              90

                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                              160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                              185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                              220

                                                                              (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                              Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                              SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                              ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                              bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                              bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                              When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                              For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                              For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                              SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                              kW

                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                              380415V IP204254

                                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                              4A Size 000

                                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                              6A Size 000

                                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                              16A Size 000

                                                                              75 mdash

                                                                              20A Size 000

                                                                              11 mdash

                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                              63A Size 000

                                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                              80A Size 00

                                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                              200A Size 1

                                                                              90 mdash

                                                                              250A Size 1

                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                              630A Size 3

                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                              kW

                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                              440460480V IP204254

                                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                              4A Size 000

                                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                              6A Size 000

                                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                              16A Size 000

                                                                              75 mdash

                                                                              20A Size 000

                                                                              11 mdash

                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                              63A Size 000

                                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                              80A Size 00

                                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                              75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                              200A Size 1

                                                                              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                              250A Size 1

                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                              630A Size 3

                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                              With Line

                                                                              Reactor

                                                                              With Load

                                                                              Reactor

                                                                              With Both

                                                                              Reactors

                                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                              With Line

                                                                              Reactor

                                                                              With Load

                                                                              Reactor

                                                                              With Both

                                                                              Reactors

                                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                              185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                              22 25B-D043N114

                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                                              Circuit Breaker

                                                                              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                              VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                              Size

                                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                              Module Size(4)

                                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                                              Output Current

                                                                              Amps

                                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                                              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                              1321-3R35-B

                                                                              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R45-B

                                                                              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                              1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R100-B

                                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                              Module

                                                                              Size(4)

                                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                                              Output Current

                                                                              Amps

                                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                              1321-3R160-B

                                                                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                              1321-3RB250-B

                                                                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                              1321-3RB320-B

                                                                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                              1321-3RB400-B

                                                                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                              1321-3R500-B

                                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                              Linking Devices

                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                              Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                              2004108EC200695EC

                                                                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                              Rated Frequency fn

                                                                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                              e

                                                                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                              Neutral (N)

                                                                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                              See page 19

                                                                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                              Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                              InteriorExterior

                                                                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                              Customer User

                                                                              Office

                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                              Incoming Power

                                                                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                              Available fault current kA

                                                                              Control Power

                                                                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                              Structure

                                                                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                              Bus

                                                                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                              Other Network Options

                                                                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                              Ampere rating A

                                                                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                              Feeder Units

                                                                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                              Nameplates

                                                                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                              Door Latches

                                                                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                              Wire Markers

                                                                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                              Spares

                                                                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              r Extra space for future units

                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                              Motor List

                                                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                              Notes

                                                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                                                  • Network
                                                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                    • Select Structure
                                                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                          • Unit Size
                                                                                          • Unit Style
                                                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                                                          • Control Power
                                                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                              • Starter Units
                                                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                • Back Cover

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Feeders Air Circuit Breakers

                                                                                Amperes

                                                                                Circuit Breaker Frame Size

                                                                                Module Size (1 = 80 mm)(1)

                                                                                Available Column Widths (mm)

                                                                                Available Column Depths (mm)

                                                                                800 E2 24 700 600 800

                                                                                1250

                                                                                1600

                                                                                2000 E3 800 800

                                                                                2500

                                                                                3200 E4 900

                                                                                4000 1000

                                                                                (1) Fixed mount style

                                                                                Main and Feeder Air Circuit Breaker Unit Optionsbull Meteringbull Electrical charging devicebull Closing releasebull Shunt releasebull Undervoltage releasebull Microcontroller protection modules - PR121 PR122 PR123

                                                                                Main Incoming Fusible DisconnectMains with fusible disconnects are available Fuses can be factory installed or supplied and installed by others

                                                                                Distribution PanelsDistribution panels are used for non-motor loads They provide convenient packaging in one location for your distribution needs One two and three pole circuits are available The distribution panel is a fixed-mount module

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                                Starter Units

                                                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                                DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                                Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                                55

                                                                                75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                                11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                185 mdash

                                                                                22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                                37

                                                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                90

                                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                                160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                                185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                                220

                                                                                (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                                Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                                These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                                Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                Input VoltagekW

                                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                55

                                                                                75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                11

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                185 mdash

                                                                                22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                37 4

                                                                                45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                90

                                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                220

                                                                                (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                kW

                                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                380415V IP204254

                                                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                4A Size 000

                                                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                6A Size 000

                                                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                16A Size 000

                                                                                75 mdash

                                                                                20A Size 000

                                                                                11 mdash

                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                63A Size 000

                                                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                80A Size 00

                                                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                200A Size 1

                                                                                90 mdash

                                                                                250A Size 1

                                                                                110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                630A Size 3

                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                kW

                                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                440460480V IP204254

                                                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                4A Size 000

                                                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                6A Size 000

                                                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                16A Size 000

                                                                                75 mdash

                                                                                20A Size 000

                                                                                11 mdash

                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                63A Size 000

                                                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                80A Size 00

                                                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                200A Size 1

                                                                                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                250A Size 1

                                                                                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                630A Size 3

                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                With Line

                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                With Load

                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                With Both

                                                                                Reactors

                                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                With Line

                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                With Load

                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                With Both

                                                                                Reactors

                                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                                Circuit Breaker

                                                                                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                Size

                                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                Module Size(4)

                                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                Output Current

                                                                                Amps

                                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                1321-3R35-B

                                                                                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R45-B

                                                                                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R100-B

                                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                Module

                                                                                Size(4)

                                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                Output Current

                                                                                Amps

                                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                1321-3R160-B

                                                                                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                1321-3R500-B

                                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                Linking Devices

                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                e

                                                                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                Neutral (N)

                                                                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                See page 19

                                                                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                InteriorExterior

                                                                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                Customer User

                                                                                Office

                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                Incoming Power

                                                                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                Available fault current kA

                                                                                Control Power

                                                                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                Structure

                                                                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                Bus

                                                                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                Other Network Options

                                                                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                Ampere rating A

                                                                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                Feeder Units

                                                                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                Nameplates

                                                                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                Door Latches

                                                                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                Wire Markers

                                                                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                Spares

                                                                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                Motor List

                                                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                Notes

                                                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                                                    • Network
                                                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                      • Select Structure
                                                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                            • Unit Size
                                                                                            • Unit Style
                                                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                                                            • Control Power
                                                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 41

                                                                                  Starter Units

                                                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing (DOL) Starter UnitsDirect on line non-reversing starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 100-C or 100-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay Starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                  Bulletin 100-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                  Bulletin 100-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensation

                                                                                  DOL non-reversing starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                  Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                                  Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                                  55

                                                                                  75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                                  11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                  185 mdash

                                                                                  22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                                  37

                                                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                  75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                  90

                                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                                  185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                                  220

                                                                                  (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                                  Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                  bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                                  These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                  Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                  DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                  - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                  bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                  Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                  Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                                  Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                  Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                  Input VoltagekW

                                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                  380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                  08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                  30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                  55

                                                                                  75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                  11

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                  185 mdash

                                                                                  22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                  37 4

                                                                                  45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                  75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                  90

                                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                  160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                  185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                  220

                                                                                  (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                  Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                  SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                  ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                  bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                  bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                  When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                  For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                  SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                  kW

                                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                  380415V IP204254

                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                  4A Size 000

                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                  6A Size 000

                                                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                  16A Size 000

                                                                                  75 mdash

                                                                                  20A Size 000

                                                                                  11 mdash

                                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                  63A Size 000

                                                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                  80A Size 00

                                                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                                  75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                  200A Size 1

                                                                                  90 mdash

                                                                                  250A Size 1

                                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                                  132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                  630A Size 3

                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                  Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                  SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                  High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                  Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                  kW

                                                                                  (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                  440460480V IP204254

                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                  4A Size 000

                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                  6A Size 000

                                                                                  4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                  16A Size 000

                                                                                  75 mdash

                                                                                  20A Size 000

                                                                                  11 mdash

                                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                  40A Size 000

                                                                                  22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                  63A Size 000

                                                                                  30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                  80A Size 00

                                                                                  45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                                  55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                  125A Size 00

                                                                                  75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                  200A Size 1

                                                                                  90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                  250A Size 1

                                                                                  110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                                  132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                  355A Size 2

                                                                                  160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                                  185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                  500A Size 3

                                                                                  220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                  630A Size 3

                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                  With Line

                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                  With Load

                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                  With Both

                                                                                  Reactors

                                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                  With Line

                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                  With Load

                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                  With Both

                                                                                  Reactors

                                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                  22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                                  Circuit Breaker

                                                                                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                  Size

                                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                  Module Size(4)

                                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                  Output Current

                                                                                  Amps

                                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                  1321-3R35-B

                                                                                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R45-B

                                                                                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                  1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R100-B

                                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                  Module

                                                                                  Size(4)

                                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                  Output Current

                                                                                  Amps

                                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                  1321-3R160-B

                                                                                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                  1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                  1321-3R500-B

                                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                  Linking Devices

                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                  e

                                                                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                  Neutral (N)

                                                                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                  See page 19

                                                                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                  InteriorExterior

                                                                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                  Customer User

                                                                                  Office

                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                  Incoming Power

                                                                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                  Available fault current kA

                                                                                  Control Power

                                                                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                  Structure

                                                                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                  Bus

                                                                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                  Other Network Options

                                                                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                  Ampere rating A

                                                                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                  Feeder Units

                                                                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                  Nameplates

                                                                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                  Door Latches

                                                                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Wire Markers

                                                                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                  Spares

                                                                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                  Motor List

                                                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                  Notes

                                                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                                                      • Network
                                                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                        • Select Structure
                                                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                              • Unit Size
                                                                                              • Unit Style
                                                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                                                              • Control Power
                                                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    bull Visible trip indicationbull Optional DeviceNet side mount modulebull Optional EtherNetIP side mount module

                                                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card for EtherNetIP networked IntelliCENTER MCCsbull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                    Direct On Line (DOL) Non-reversing Starter Units

                                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)Non-reversing

                                                                                    Contactor Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 100-C1610 193-EECB 193-EC2AB 1(4)

                                                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDB 193-EC2BB

                                                                                    55

                                                                                    75 193-EEEB 193-EC2CB

                                                                                    11 100-C2310 2(5)

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 100-C3710 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                    185 mdash

                                                                                    22 100-C8510 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE 4

                                                                                    37

                                                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                    75 100-D21011 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                    90

                                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(6)

                                                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 100-D30011 193-EELG

                                                                                    185 100-D42011 193-EC3JG 24(6)

                                                                                    220

                                                                                    (1) To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is two modules(5) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules(6) Fixed mount style

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                                    Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                    bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                                    These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                    Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                    DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                    - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                    bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                    Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                    Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                                    Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                    Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                    Input VoltagekW

                                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                    380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                    08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                    30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                    55

                                                                                    75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                    11

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                    185 mdash

                                                                                    22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                    37 4

                                                                                    45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                    75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                    90

                                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                    160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                    185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                    220

                                                                                    (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                    Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                    SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                    ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                    bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                    bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                    When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                    For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                    SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                    kW

                                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                    380415V IP204254

                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                    4A Size 000

                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                    6A Size 000

                                                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                    16A Size 000

                                                                                    75 mdash

                                                                                    20A Size 000

                                                                                    11 mdash

                                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                    63A Size 000

                                                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                    80A Size 00

                                                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                                    75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                    200A Size 1

                                                                                    90 mdash

                                                                                    250A Size 1

                                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                                    132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                    630A Size 3

                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                    Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                    SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                    High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                    Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                    kW

                                                                                    (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                    440460480V IP204254

                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                    4A Size 000

                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                    6A Size 000

                                                                                    4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                    16A Size 000

                                                                                    75 mdash

                                                                                    20A Size 000

                                                                                    11 mdash

                                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                    40A Size 000

                                                                                    22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                    63A Size 000

                                                                                    30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                    80A Size 00

                                                                                    45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                                    55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                    125A Size 00

                                                                                    75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                    200A Size 1

                                                                                    90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                    250A Size 1

                                                                                    110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                                    132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                    355A Size 2

                                                                                    160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                                    185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                    500A Size 3

                                                                                    220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                    630A Size 3

                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                    SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                    bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                    With Line

                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                    With Load

                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                    With Both

                                                                                    Reactors

                                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                    With Line

                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                    With Load

                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                    With Both

                                                                                    Reactors

                                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                    22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                                    Circuit Breaker

                                                                                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                    Size

                                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                    Module Size(4)

                                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                    Output Current

                                                                                    Amps

                                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                    1321-3R35-B

                                                                                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R45-B

                                                                                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                    1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R100-B

                                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                    Module

                                                                                    Size(4)

                                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                    Output Current

                                                                                    Amps

                                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                    1321-3R160-B

                                                                                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                    1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                    1321-3R500-B

                                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                    Linking Devices

                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                    e

                                                                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                    Neutral (N)

                                                                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                    See page 19

                                                                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                    InteriorExterior

                                                                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                    Customer User

                                                                                    Office

                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                    Incoming Power

                                                                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                    Available fault current kA

                                                                                    Control Power

                                                                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                    Structure

                                                                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                    Bus

                                                                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                    Other Network Options

                                                                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                    Ampere rating A

                                                                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                    Feeder Units

                                                                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                    Nameplates

                                                                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                    Door Latches

                                                                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Wire Markers

                                                                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                    Spares

                                                                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                    Motor List

                                                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                    Notes

                                                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                                                        • Network
                                                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                          • Select Structure
                                                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                                                • Control Power
                                                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 43

                                                                                      Direct On Line Non-reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                      bull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EthernetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter UnitsThese combination DOLR starter units are supplied with Allen-Bradley Bulletin 104-C or 104-D contactors and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect The starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously

                                                                                      These units are available with an E300 E1 Plus or E3 Plus overload relay and available with or without an external reset button for the overload relay DOLR starter units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                      Bulletin 104-C IEC contactors featuresbull Compact sizes from 4hellip45 kW5hellip60 Hp (9hellip85 A)bull AC and DC coil controlbull Common accessories for all contactor sizesbull Front and side mounting of auxiliary contactsbull Electronic and pneumatic timing modulesbull Space-saving coil-mounted control modulesbull Reversible coil terminations (line or load side)bull All devices can be attached to 35 mm DIN mounting railbull Environmentally friendly materials

                                                                                      DOLR starter with circuit breaker

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                      - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                      bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                      Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                      Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                                      Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                      Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                      Input VoltagekW

                                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                      380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                      08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                      30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                      55

                                                                                      75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                      11

                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                      185 mdash

                                                                                      22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                      37 4

                                                                                      45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                      75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                      90

                                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                      160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                      185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                      220

                                                                                      (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                      Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                      SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                      ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                      bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                      bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                      When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                      For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                      SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                      kW

                                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                      380415V IP204254

                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                      4A Size 000

                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                      6A Size 000

                                                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                      16A Size 000

                                                                                      75 mdash

                                                                                      20A Size 000

                                                                                      11 mdash

                                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                      63A Size 000

                                                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                      80A Size 00

                                                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                                      75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                      200A Size 1

                                                                                      90 mdash

                                                                                      250A Size 1

                                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                                      132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                      630A Size 3

                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                      Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                      SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                      High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                      Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                      kW

                                                                                      (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                      440460480V IP204254

                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                      4A Size 000

                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                      6A Size 000

                                                                                      4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                      16A Size 000

                                                                                      75 mdash

                                                                                      20A Size 000

                                                                                      11 mdash

                                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                      40A Size 000

                                                                                      22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                      63A Size 000

                                                                                      30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                      80A Size 00

                                                                                      45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                                      55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                      125A Size 00

                                                                                      75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                      200A Size 1

                                                                                      90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                      250A Size 1

                                                                                      110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                                      132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                      355A Size 2

                                                                                      160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                                      185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                      500A Size 3

                                                                                      220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                      630A Size 3

                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                      SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                      bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                      PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                      Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                      PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                      output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                      bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                      For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                      With Line

                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                      With Load

                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                      With Both

                                                                                      Reactors

                                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                      With Line

                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                      With Load

                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                      With Both

                                                                                      Reactors

                                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                      22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                                      Circuit Breaker

                                                                                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                      Size

                                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                      Module Size(4)

                                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                      Output Current

                                                                                      Amps

                                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                      1321-3R35-B

                                                                                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R45-B

                                                                                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                      1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R100-B

                                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                      Module

                                                                                      Size(4)

                                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                      Output Current

                                                                                      Amps

                                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                      1321-3R160-B

                                                                                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                      1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                      1321-3R500-B

                                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                      Linking Devices

                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                      Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                      e

                                                                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                      Neutral (N)

                                                                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                      See page 19

                                                                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                      InteriorExterior

                                                                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                      Customer User

                                                                                      Office

                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                      Incoming Power

                                                                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                      Available fault current kA

                                                                                      Control Power

                                                                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                      Structure

                                                                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                      Bus

                                                                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                      Other Network Options

                                                                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                      Ampere rating A

                                                                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                      Feeder Units

                                                                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                      Nameplates

                                                                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                      Door Latches

                                                                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Wire Markers

                                                                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                      Spares

                                                                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      r Extra space for future units

                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                      Motor List

                                                                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                      Notes

                                                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                                                          • Network
                                                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                            • Select Structure
                                                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Bulletin 104-D IEC contactors featuresbull 50hellip500 kW 400Vbull 60hellip600 Hp 460Vbull 75hellip700 Hp 575Vbull Electronic and conventional coils

                                                                                        - AC and DC - Integrated PLC interface - Low power pick-up and hold-in - Wide voltage ranges

                                                                                        bull Complete range of accessoriesbull Environmentally friendlybull Compact dimensions

                                                                                        Bulletin 193592 ndash E300 electronic overload relays featuresbull Three modules sensing control and communicationsbull Intelligent motor control (EtherNetIP enabled)bull Integrated IObull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull True RMS currentvoltage sensing (5060 Hz)

                                                                                        Bulletin 193-EE ndash E1 Plus solid-state overload relays featuresbull Self-poweredbull Phase loss protectionbull Wide adjustment range (51)bull Over-molded power connectionsbull 1 NO and 1 NC isolated auxiliary contacts (B600 rated)bull Low energy consumption (150 mW)bull Ambient temperature compensationbull Visible trip indication

                                                                                        Bulletin 193-EC ndash E3 Plus solid-state overload relays and Bulletin 193592-EC1 overload relays featuresbull 04hellip5000 A current rangebull DeviceNet ready (ODVA conformance tested)bull Status indicatorsbull Optional EtherNetIP communication card availablebull Testreset buttonbull Adjustable trip class 5hellip30bull Ambient temperature compensationbull True RMS current sensing (20hellip250 Hz)bull Protection for single and three-phase motorsbull Integrated IO (4 In2 Out)bull Programmable trip and warning settingsbull Diagnostic functions (history of last 5 trips and warnings)bull Node address switches (series B)bull Integrated ground fault protectionbull Voltage protection and energy monitoring (only with 193-EC5)

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                        Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                        Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                        Input VoltagekW

                                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                        380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                        08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                        30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                        55

                                                                                        75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                        11

                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                        185 mdash

                                                                                        22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                        37 4

                                                                                        45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                        75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                        90

                                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                        160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                        185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                        220

                                                                                        (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                        Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                        SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                        ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                        bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                        bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                        When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                        For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                        SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                        kW

                                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                        380415V IP204254

                                                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                        4A Size 000

                                                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                        6A Size 000

                                                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                        16A Size 000

                                                                                        75 mdash

                                                                                        20A Size 000

                                                                                        11 mdash

                                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                        63A Size 000

                                                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                        80A Size 00

                                                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                                        75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                        200A Size 1

                                                                                        90 mdash

                                                                                        250A Size 1

                                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                                        132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                        630A Size 3

                                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                        Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                        SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                        High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                        Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                        kW

                                                                                        (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                        440460480V IP204254

                                                                                        075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                        4A Size 000

                                                                                        22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                        6A Size 000

                                                                                        4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                        16A Size 000

                                                                                        75 mdash

                                                                                        20A Size 000

                                                                                        11 mdash

                                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                        40A Size 000

                                                                                        22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                        63A Size 000

                                                                                        30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                        80A Size 00

                                                                                        45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                                        55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                        125A Size 00

                                                                                        75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                        200A Size 1

                                                                                        90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                        250A Size 1

                                                                                        110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                                        132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                        355A Size 2

                                                                                        160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                                        185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                        500A Size 3

                                                                                        220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                        630A Size 3

                                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                        SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                        bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                        PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                        Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                        PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                        output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                        bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                        For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                        With Line

                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                        With Load

                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                        With Both

                                                                                        Reactors

                                                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                        4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                        55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                        75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                        185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                        22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                        PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                        With Line

                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                        With Load

                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                        With Both

                                                                                        Reactors

                                                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                        22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                                        Circuit Breaker

                                                                                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                        Size

                                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                        Module Size(4)

                                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                        Output Current

                                                                                        Amps

                                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                        1321-3R35-B

                                                                                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R45-B

                                                                                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                        1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R100-B

                                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                        Module

                                                                                        Size(4)

                                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                        Output Current

                                                                                        Amps

                                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                        1321-3R160-B

                                                                                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                        1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                        1321-3R500-B

                                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                        Linking Devices

                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                        Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                        e

                                                                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                        Neutral (N)

                                                                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                        See page 19

                                                                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                        InteriorExterior

                                                                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                        Customer User

                                                                                        Office

                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                        Incoming Power

                                                                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                        Available fault current kA

                                                                                        Control Power

                                                                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                        Structure

                                                                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                        Bus

                                                                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                        Other Network Options

                                                                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                        Ampere rating A

                                                                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                        Feeder Units

                                                                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                        Nameplates

                                                                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                        Door Latches

                                                                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Wire Markers

                                                                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                        Spares

                                                                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        r Extra space for future units

                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                        Motor List

                                                                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                        Notes

                                                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                                                            • Network
                                                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 45

                                                                                          Direct On Line Reversing (DOLR) Starter Units

                                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers Reversing Contactor Cat No(1)

                                                                                          Electronic Overload Relay(2)

                                                                                          Input VoltagekW

                                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1) E1 Plus Cat No(3) E3 Plus Cat NoModule Size (1 = 80 mm)

                                                                                          380415440460480VIP204254

                                                                                          08 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 104-C3722 193-EECD 193-EC2AD 2(4)

                                                                                          30 140M-D2N- 193-EEDD 193-EC2BD

                                                                                          55

                                                                                          75 193-EEED 193-EC2CD

                                                                                          11

                                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 193-EEFD 193-EC2DD

                                                                                          185 mdash

                                                                                          22 104-C8522 193-EEGE 193-EC2EE

                                                                                          37 4

                                                                                          45 140MG-J8P-

                                                                                          75 104-D21024 193-EEJG 193-EC3GG 8

                                                                                          90

                                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 193-EC3HG 14(5)

                                                                                          160 140MG-M8P- 104-D30024 193-EELG

                                                                                          185 104-D42024 193-EC3JG 24(5)

                                                                                          220

                                                                                          (1) Part number subject to change based on selected unit options To complete catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for E300 relay catalog numbers(3) If side mount modules are required refer to the Industrial Controls Catalog at httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240(4) If E300 relay is used then unit size is four modules above 75 kW(5) Fixed mount style

                                                                                          Direct On Line Reversing Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Surge suppressorbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputsbull Back-up DeviceNet power supplybull EtherNetIP POINT IO system

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                          SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                          ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                          bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                          bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                          When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                          For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                          SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                          kW

                                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                          380415V IP204254

                                                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                          4A Size 000

                                                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                          6A Size 000

                                                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                          16A Size 000

                                                                                          75 mdash

                                                                                          20A Size 000

                                                                                          11 mdash

                                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                          63A Size 000

                                                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                          80A Size 00

                                                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                                          75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                          200A Size 1

                                                                                          90 mdash

                                                                                          250A Size 1

                                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                                          132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                          630A Size 3

                                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                          Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                          SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                          High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                          Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                          kW

                                                                                          (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                          440460480V IP204254

                                                                                          075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                          4A Size 000

                                                                                          22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                          6A Size 000

                                                                                          4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                          16A Size 000

                                                                                          75 mdash

                                                                                          20A Size 000

                                                                                          11 mdash

                                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                          40A Size 000

                                                                                          22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                          63A Size 000

                                                                                          30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                          80A Size 00

                                                                                          45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                                          55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                          125A Size 00

                                                                                          75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                          200A Size 1

                                                                                          90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                          250A Size 1

                                                                                          110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                                          132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                          355A Size 2

                                                                                          160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                                          185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                          500A Size 3

                                                                                          220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                          630A Size 3

                                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                          SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                          bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                          PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                          Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                          PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                          output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                          bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                          For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                          With Line

                                                                                          Reactor

                                                                                          With Load

                                                                                          Reactor

                                                                                          With Both

                                                                                          Reactors

                                                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                          4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                          55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                          75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                          15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                          185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                          22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                          PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                          Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                          VFD Cat No

                                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                                          Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                          Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                          Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                          With Line

                                                                                          Reactor

                                                                                          With Load

                                                                                          Reactor

                                                                                          With Both

                                                                                          Reactors

                                                                                          380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                          075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                          22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                          4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                          55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                          75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                          15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                          185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                          22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                          (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                                          Circuit Breaker

                                                                                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                          Size

                                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                          Module Size(4)

                                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                          Output Current

                                                                                          Amps

                                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                          1321-3R35-B

                                                                                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R45-B

                                                                                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                          1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R100-B

                                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                          Module

                                                                                          Size(4)

                                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                          Output Current

                                                                                          Amps

                                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                          1321-3R160-B

                                                                                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                          1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                          1321-3R500-B

                                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                          Linking Devices

                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                          Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                          2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                          Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                          e

                                                                                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                          Neutral (N)

                                                                                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                          See page 19

                                                                                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                          Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                          InteriorExterior

                                                                                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                          Customer User

                                                                                          Office

                                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                          Incoming Power

                                                                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                          Available fault current kA

                                                                                          Control Power

                                                                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                          Structure

                                                                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                          Bus

                                                                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                          Other Network Options

                                                                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                          Ampere rating A

                                                                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                          Feeder Units

                                                                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                          Nameplates

                                                                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                          Door Latches

                                                                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Wire Markers

                                                                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                          Spares

                                                                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          r Extra space for future units

                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                          Motor List

                                                                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                          Notes

                                                                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                            • Select Network Technology
                                                                                              • Network
                                                                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                • Select Structure
                                                                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                      • Unit Size
                                                                                                      • Unit Style
                                                                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                                                                      • Control Power
                                                                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                          • Starter Units
                                                                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                            • Back Cover

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            Soft Starter Units Soft starters referred to as reduced voltage solid-state units contain a microprocessor-controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect SMC Flex soft starter units are available for CENTERLINE 2500 MCCs in withdrawable or fixed styles

                                                                                            SMC Flex soft starters featuresbull Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual

                                                                                            ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop

                                                                                            bull Optional modes of operation pump control smart motor braking Accu-Stoptrade and slow speed with braking

                                                                                            bull Integral SCR bypassbull Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip classbull Full metering and diagnosticsbull DPI communication

                                                                                            When do you specify an SMC rather than a drivebull When a cost effective starter is requiredbull When no speed control is neededbull For simple acceleration and decelerationbull For lower starting torque requirementsbull When the motor is generously sized for the loadbull For standard starting and stopping maneuversbull When dynamic braking is not requiredbull When the starter is not used to hold the rotor in place at zero speed

                                                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter unit selection go to page 47

                                                                                            For SMC Flex soft starter options go to page 49

                                                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker with SCR fuses

                                                                                            SMC Flex with circuit breaker

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                            kW

                                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                            380415V IP204254

                                                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                            4A Size 000

                                                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                            6A Size 000

                                                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                            16A Size 000

                                                                                            75 mdash

                                                                                            20A Size 000

                                                                                            11 mdash

                                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                            63A Size 000

                                                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                            80A Size 00

                                                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                                            75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                            200A Size 1

                                                                                            90 mdash

                                                                                            250A Size 1

                                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                                            132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                            630A Size 3

                                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                            Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                            SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                            High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                            Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                            kW

                                                                                            (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                            440460480V IP204254

                                                                                            075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                            4A Size 000

                                                                                            22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                            6A Size 000

                                                                                            4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                            16A Size 000

                                                                                            75 mdash

                                                                                            20A Size 000

                                                                                            11 mdash

                                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                            40A Size 000

                                                                                            22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                            63A Size 000

                                                                                            30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                            80A Size 00

                                                                                            45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                                            55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                            125A Size 00

                                                                                            75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                            200A Size 1

                                                                                            90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                            250A Size 1

                                                                                            110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                                            132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                            355A Size 2

                                                                                            160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                                            185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                            500A Size 3

                                                                                            220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                            630A Size 3

                                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                            SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                            bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                            PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                            Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                            PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                            output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                            bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                            For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                            With Line

                                                                                            Reactor

                                                                                            With Load

                                                                                            Reactor

                                                                                            With Both

                                                                                            Reactors

                                                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                            4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                            55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                            75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                            15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                            185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                            22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                            PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                            Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                            VFD Cat No

                                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                                            Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                            Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                            Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                            With Line

                                                                                            Reactor

                                                                                            With Load

                                                                                            Reactor

                                                                                            With Both

                                                                                            Reactors

                                                                                            380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                            075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                            22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                            4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                            55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                            75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                            15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                            185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                            22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                            (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                            PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                                            Circuit Breaker

                                                                                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                            Size

                                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                            Module Size(4)

                                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                            Output Current

                                                                                            Amps

                                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                            1321-3R35-B

                                                                                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R45-B

                                                                                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                            1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R100-B

                                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                            Module

                                                                                            Size(4)

                                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                            Output Current

                                                                                            Amps

                                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                            1321-3R160-B

                                                                                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                            1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                            1321-3R500-B

                                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                            Linking Devices

                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                            Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                            2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                            Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                            e

                                                                                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                            Neutral (N)

                                                                                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                            See page 19

                                                                                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                            Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                            InteriorExterior

                                                                                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                            Customer User

                                                                                            Office

                                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                            Incoming Power

                                                                                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                            Available fault current kA

                                                                                            Control Power

                                                                                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                            Structure

                                                                                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                            Bus

                                                                                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                            Other Network Options

                                                                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                            Ampere rating A

                                                                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                            Feeder Units

                                                                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                            Nameplates

                                                                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                            Door Latches

                                                                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Wire Markers

                                                                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                            Spares

                                                                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            r Extra space for future units

                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                            Motor List

                                                                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                            Notes

                                                                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                • Network
                                                                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                  • Select Structure
                                                                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                        • Unit Size
                                                                                                        • Unit Style
                                                                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                                                                        • Control Power
                                                                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                            • Starter Units
                                                                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                              • Back Cover

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 47

                                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units

                                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                              kW

                                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                              380415V IP204254

                                                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                              4A Size 000

                                                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                              6A Size 000

                                                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                              16A Size 000

                                                                                              75 mdash

                                                                                              20A Size 000

                                                                                              11 mdash

                                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                              63A Size 000

                                                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                              80A Size 00

                                                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                                              75 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                              200A Size 1

                                                                                              90 mdash

                                                                                              250A Size 1

                                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                                              132 140MG-M8P- mdash

                                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                              630A Size 3

                                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                              Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                              SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                              High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                              Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                              kW

                                                                                              (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                              440460480V IP204254

                                                                                              075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                              4A Size 000

                                                                                              22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                              6A Size 000

                                                                                              4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                              16A Size 000

                                                                                              75 mdash

                                                                                              20A Size 000

                                                                                              11 mdash

                                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                              40A Size 000

                                                                                              22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                              63A Size 000

                                                                                              30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                              80A Size 00

                                                                                              45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                                              55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                              125A Size 00

                                                                                              75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                              200A Size 1

                                                                                              90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                              250A Size 1

                                                                                              110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                                              132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                              355A Size 2

                                                                                              160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                                              185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                              500A Size 3

                                                                                              220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                              630A Size 3

                                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                              SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                              bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                              PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                              Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                              PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                              output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                              bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                              For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                              With Line

                                                                                              Reactor

                                                                                              With Load

                                                                                              Reactor

                                                                                              With Both

                                                                                              Reactors

                                                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                              4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                              55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                              75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                              15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                              185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                              22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                              PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                              Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                              VFD Cat No

                                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                                              Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                              Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                              Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                              With Line

                                                                                              Reactor

                                                                                              With Load

                                                                                              Reactor

                                                                                              With Both

                                                                                              Reactors

                                                                                              380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                              075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                              22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                              4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                              55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                              75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                              15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                              185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                              22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                              (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                              PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                              54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                                                              Circuit Breaker

                                                                                              Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                              VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                              VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                              Size

                                                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                              Module Size(4)

                                                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                              Output Current

                                                                                              Amps

                                                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                                                              075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                              20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                              20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                              20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                              20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                              20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                              20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                              11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                              15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                              1321-3R35-B

                                                                                              185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R45-B

                                                                                              22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                              1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                              30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                                              37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                                              45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R80-B

                                                                                              55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R100-B

                                                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                              Module

                                                                                              Size(4)

                                                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                              Output Current

                                                                                              Amps

                                                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                                                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                              1321-3R160-B

                                                                                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                              1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                              1321-3R500-B

                                                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                              Linking Devices

                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                              Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                              2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                              Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                              e

                                                                                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                              Neutral (N)

                                                                                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                              See page 19

                                                                                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                              Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                              InteriorExterior

                                                                                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                              Customer User

                                                                                              Office

                                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                              Incoming Power

                                                                                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                              Available fault current kA

                                                                                              Control Power

                                                                                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                              Structure

                                                                                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                              Bus

                                                                                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                              Other Network Options

                                                                                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                              Ampere rating A

                                                                                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                              Feeder Units

                                                                                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                              Nameplates

                                                                                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                              Door Latches

                                                                                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Wire Markers

                                                                                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                              Spares

                                                                                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              r Extra space for future units

                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                              Motor List

                                                                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                              Notes

                                                                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                  • Network
                                                                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                    • Select Structure
                                                                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                          • Unit Size
                                                                                                          • Unit Style
                                                                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                                                                          • Control Power
                                                                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                              • Starter Units
                                                                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                • Back Cover

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Units (continued)

                                                                                                Motor Rating Circuit Breakers

                                                                                                SMC Flex Cat No

                                                                                                High Interrupting Capacity Fuses

                                                                                                Cat No(2)Module Size (1 = 80 mm)Input Voltage

                                                                                                kW

                                                                                                (approx) 140M Cat No(1) 140MG Cat No(1)

                                                                                                440460480V IP204254

                                                                                                075 140M-C2N- mdash 150-F5NBD mdash 8

                                                                                                4A Size 000

                                                                                                22 140M-D8N- mdash

                                                                                                6A Size 000

                                                                                                4 150-F25NBD mdash

                                                                                                16A Size 000

                                                                                                75 mdash

                                                                                                20A Size 000

                                                                                                11 mdash

                                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 150-F43NBD mdash

                                                                                                40A Size 000

                                                                                                22 mdash 140MG-G8P- mdash

                                                                                                63A Size 000

                                                                                                30 150-F60NBD mdash

                                                                                                80A Size 00

                                                                                                45 140MG-J8P- 150-F85NBD mdash

                                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                                55 150-F108NBD mdash 12(3)

                                                                                                125A Size 00

                                                                                                75 150-F135NBD mdash

                                                                                                200A Size 1

                                                                                                90 150-F201NBD mdash 24(4)

                                                                                                250A Size 1

                                                                                                110 140MG-K8P- mdash

                                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                                132 140MG-M8P- 150-F251NBD mdash

                                                                                                355A Size 2

                                                                                                160 150-F317NBD mdash

                                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                                185 150-F361NBD mdash

                                                                                                500A Size 3

                                                                                                220 150-F480NBD mdash

                                                                                                630A Size 3

                                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) These fuses are optional(3) Fixed mount style(4) 600 mm wide column

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                                SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                                PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                                Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                                output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                                bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                                For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                With Line

                                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                                With Load

                                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                                With Both

                                                                                                Reactors

                                                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                                4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                                55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                                15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                                185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                                22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                                PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                                VFD Cat No

                                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                                Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                With Line

                                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                                With Load

                                                                                                Reactor

                                                                                                With Both

                                                                                                Reactors

                                                                                                380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                                4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                                55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                                15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                                185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                                22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                                (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                                                Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                Size

                                                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                Module Size(4)

                                                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                Output Current

                                                                                                Amps

                                                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                Drive Ratings

                                                                                                Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                Frame Size

                                                                                                Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                Module

                                                                                                Size(4)

                                                                                                (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                Output Current

                                                                                                Amps

                                                                                                400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                Linking Devices

                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                e

                                                                                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                Neutral (N)

                                                                                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                See page 19

                                                                                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                InteriorExterior

                                                                                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                Customer User

                                                                                                Office

                                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                Incoming Power

                                                                                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                Available fault current kA

                                                                                                Control Power

                                                                                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                Structure

                                                                                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                Bus

                                                                                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                Other Network Options

                                                                                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                Ampere rating A

                                                                                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                Feeder Units

                                                                                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                Nameplates

                                                                                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                Door Latches

                                                                                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Wire Markers

                                                                                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                Spares

                                                                                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                Motor List

                                                                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                Notes

                                                                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                    • Network
                                                                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                      • Select Structure
                                                                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                            • Unit Size
                                                                                                            • Unit Style
                                                                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                                                                            • Control Power
                                                                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 49

                                                                                                  SMC Flex Soft Starter Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to solid-state starterbull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                  bull Pump control provides pump start and stopbull Braking control provides smart motor braking Accu-Stop and slow speed with braking

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                                  PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                                  Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                  PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                                  output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                                  bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                                  For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                  With Line

                                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                                  With Load

                                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                                  With Both

                                                                                                  Reactors

                                                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                                  4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                                  55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                  75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                                  185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                                  22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                  Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                                  VFD Cat No

                                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                                  Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                  Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                  Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                  With Line

                                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                                  With Load

                                                                                                  Reactor

                                                                                                  With Both

                                                                                                  Reactors

                                                                                                  380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                  075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                  22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                                  4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                                  55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                  75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                                  15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                                  185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                                  22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                                  (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                  54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                                                  Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                  Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                  VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                  VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                  Size

                                                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                  Module Size(4)

                                                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                  Output Current

                                                                                                  Amps

                                                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                  075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                  20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                  20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                  20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                  20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                  20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                  20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                  11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                  15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                  1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                  185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                  22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                  1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                  30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                  37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                  45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                  55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                  Drive Ratings

                                                                                                  Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                  Frame Size

                                                                                                  Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                  Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                  Module

                                                                                                  Size(4)

                                                                                                  (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                  Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                  Output Current

                                                                                                  Amps

                                                                                                  400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                  75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                  1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                  90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                  110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                  132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                  160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                  1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                  200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                  250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                  1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                  (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                  - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                  bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                  bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                  bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                  - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                  bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                  Linking Devices

                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                  e

                                                                                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                  Neutral (N)

                                                                                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                  See page 19

                                                                                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                  InteriorExterior

                                                                                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                  Customer User

                                                                                                  Office

                                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                  Incoming Power

                                                                                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                  Available fault current kA

                                                                                                  Control Power

                                                                                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                  Structure

                                                                                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                  Bus

                                                                                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                  Other Network Options

                                                                                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                  Ampere rating A

                                                                                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                  Feeder Units

                                                                                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                  Nameplates

                                                                                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                  Door Latches

                                                                                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Wire Markers

                                                                                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                  Spares

                                                                                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                  Motor List

                                                                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                  Notes

                                                                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                      • Network
                                                                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                        • Select Structure
                                                                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                              • Unit Size
                                                                                                              • Unit Style
                                                                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                                                                              • Control Power
                                                                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units

                                                                                                    PowerFlex Variable Frequency AC DrivesThe combination variable frequency AC drive units for use in the CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers contain a variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect PowerFlex VFD units are available in withdrawal or fixed styles

                                                                                                    Available standard models includebull PowerFlex 523bull PowerFlex 525bull PowerFlex 753bull PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                    PowerFlex drive features includebull Isolated logic and powerbull A three-phase pulse width modulated (PWM) adjustable frequency

                                                                                                    output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque

                                                                                                    bull Access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit selection go to page 51

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 523 drive unit options go to page 51

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit selection go to page 52

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 525 drive unit options go to page 53

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive units selection go to page 54

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 753755 drive unit options go to page 56

                                                                                                    For PowerFlex 755 drive units with MCC style cabinets go to page 57

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a load reactor

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line and load reactor

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker without a line or load reactor

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 525 753 or 755 drive with a circuit breaker with a line reactor

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                    With Line

                                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                                    With Load

                                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                                    With Both

                                                                                                    Reactors

                                                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                                    4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                                    55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                    75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                                    185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                                    22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                    Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                                    VFD Cat No

                                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                                    Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                    Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                    Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                    With Line

                                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                                    With Load

                                                                                                    Reactor

                                                                                                    With Both

                                                                                                    Reactors

                                                                                                    380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                    075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                    22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                                    4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                                    55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                    75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                                    15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                                    185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                                    22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                                    (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                    54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                                                    Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                    Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                    VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                    VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                    Size

                                                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                    Module Size(4)

                                                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                    Output Current

                                                                                                    Amps

                                                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                    075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                    20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                    20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                    20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                    20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                    20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                    20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                    11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                    15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                    1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                    185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                    22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                    1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                    30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                    37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                    45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                    55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                    Drive Ratings

                                                                                                    Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                    Frame Size

                                                                                                    Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                    Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                    Module

                                                                                                    Size(4)

                                                                                                    (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                    Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                    Output Current

                                                                                                    Amps

                                                                                                    400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                    75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                    1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                    90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                    110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                    132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                    160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                    1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                    200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                    250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                    1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                    (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                    - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                    bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                    bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                    bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                    - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                    bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                    PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                    bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                    Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                    IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                    Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                    IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                    Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                    Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                    A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                    Linking Devices

                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                    e

                                                                                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                    Neutral (N)

                                                                                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                    See page 19

                                                                                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                    InteriorExterior

                                                                                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                    Customer User

                                                                                                    Office

                                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                    Incoming Power

                                                                                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                    Available fault current kA

                                                                                                    Control Power

                                                                                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                    Structure

                                                                                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                    Bus

                                                                                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                    Other Network Options

                                                                                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                    Ampere rating A

                                                                                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                    Feeder Units

                                                                                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                    Nameplates

                                                                                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                    Door Latches

                                                                                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Wire Markers

                                                                                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                    Spares

                                                                                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                    Motor List

                                                                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                    Notes

                                                                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                        • Network
                                                                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                          • Select Structure
                                                                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                • Control Power
                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 51

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 523

                                                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                      With Line

                                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                                      With Load

                                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                                      With Both

                                                                                                      Reactors

                                                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25A-D2P3N104 25A-D2P3N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25A-D6P0N104 25A-D6P0N114

                                                                                                      4 25A-D010N104 25A-D010N114 B

                                                                                                      55 25A-D013N104 25A-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                      75 25A-D017N104 25A-D017N114

                                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- 25A-D030N104 25A-D030N114 D

                                                                                                      185 mdash 25A-D037N114(5) E

                                                                                                      22 mdash 25A-D043N114(5)

                                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size(5) Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 523 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                      Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                                      VFD Cat No

                                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                                      Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                      Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                      Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                      With Line

                                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                                      With Load

                                                                                                      Reactor

                                                                                                      With Both

                                                                                                      Reactors

                                                                                                      380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                      075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                      22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                                      4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                                      55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                      75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                                      15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                                      185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                                      22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                                      (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                      54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                                                      Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                      Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                      VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                      VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                      Size

                                                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                      Module Size(4)

                                                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                      Output Current

                                                                                                      Amps

                                                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                      075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                      20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                      20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                      20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                      20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                      20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                      20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                      11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                      15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                      1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                      185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                      22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                      1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                      30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                      37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                      45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                      55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                      Drive Ratings

                                                                                                      Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                      Frame Size

                                                                                                      Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                      Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                      Module

                                                                                                      Size(4)

                                                                                                      (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                      Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                      Output Current

                                                                                                      Amps

                                                                                                      400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                      75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                      1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                      90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                      110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                      132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                      160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                      1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                      200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                      250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                      1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                      (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                      - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                      bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                      bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                      bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                      - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                      bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                      PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                      bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                      Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                      IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                      Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                      IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                      Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                      Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                      A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                      EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                      DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                      Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                      Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                      Linking Devices

                                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                      ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                      Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                      EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                      The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                      Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                      Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                      Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                      Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                      Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                      e

                                                                                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                      Neutral (N)

                                                                                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                      See page 19

                                                                                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                      InteriorExterior

                                                                                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                      Customer User

                                                                                                      Office

                                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                      Incoming Power

                                                                                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                      Available fault current kA

                                                                                                      Control Power

                                                                                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                      Structure

                                                                                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                      Bus

                                                                                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                      Other Network Options

                                                                                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                      Ampere rating A

                                                                                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                      Feeder Units

                                                                                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                      Nameplates

                                                                                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                      Door Latches

                                                                                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Wire Markers

                                                                                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                      Spares

                                                                                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                      Motor List

                                                                                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                      Notes

                                                                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                          • Network
                                                                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                            • Select Structure
                                                                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 525 VFD Units Frames AhellipE ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                        Drive Ratings Circuit Breakers(1)PowerFlex 525

                                                                                                        VFD Cat No

                                                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                                                        Module Size(3)(4)

                                                                                                        Input Voltage kW 140M Cat No 140MG Cat No No FilterWith

                                                                                                        Integral EMC FilterWithout Reactor

                                                                                                        With Line

                                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                                        With Load

                                                                                                        Reactor

                                                                                                        With Both

                                                                                                        Reactors

                                                                                                        380415hellip480V AC IP20

                                                                                                        075 140M-C2N- 140MG-G8P- 25B-D1P4N104 25B-D1P4N114 A 4 6

                                                                                                        22 140M-D8N- 25B-D6P0N104 25B-D6P0N114

                                                                                                        4 25B-D010N104 25B-D010N114 B

                                                                                                        55 25B-D013N104 25B-D013N114 C 8

                                                                                                        75 25B-D017N104 25B-D017N114

                                                                                                        15 140M-F8N- mdash 25B-D030N114 D

                                                                                                        185 25B-D037N114 E

                                                                                                        22 25B-D043N114

                                                                                                        (1) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml(2) Line or load reactors are optional and require additional space(3) Each module is 80 mm high(4) Addition of an EMC filter can increase module size

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                        54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                                                        Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                        Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                        VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                        VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                        Size

                                                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                        Module Size(4)

                                                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                        Output Current

                                                                                                        Amps

                                                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                        075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                        20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                        20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                        20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                        20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                        20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                        20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                        11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                        15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                        1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                        185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                        22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                        1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                        30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                        37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                        45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                        55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                        Drive Ratings

                                                                                                        Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                        Frame Size

                                                                                                        Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                        Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                        Module

                                                                                                        Size(4)

                                                                                                        (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                        Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                        Output Current

                                                                                                        Amps

                                                                                                        400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                        75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                        1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                        90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                        110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                        132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                        160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                        1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                        200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                        250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                        1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                        (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                        - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                        bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                        bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                        bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                        - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                        bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                        PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                        bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                        Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                        IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                        Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                        IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                        Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                        Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                        A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                        EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                        DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                        Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                        Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                        Linking Devices

                                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                        ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                        Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                        EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                        The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                        Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                        Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                        Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                        Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                        Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                        The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                        Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                        For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                        IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                        Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                        DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                        Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                        Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                        (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                        e

                                                                                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                        Neutral (N)

                                                                                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                        See page 19

                                                                                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                        InteriorExterior

                                                                                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                        Customer User

                                                                                                        Office

                                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                        Incoming Power

                                                                                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                        Available fault current kA

                                                                                                        Control Power

                                                                                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                        Structure

                                                                                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                        Bus

                                                                                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                        Other Network Options

                                                                                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                        Ampere rating A

                                                                                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                        Feeder Units

                                                                                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                        Nameplates

                                                                                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                        Door Latches

                                                                                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Wire Markers

                                                                                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                        Spares

                                                                                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                        Motor List

                                                                                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                        Notes

                                                                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                            • Network
                                                                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 53

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 525 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet EtherNetIP and PROFIBUS DP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC sink or source control (via DIP switch setting)

                                                                                                          54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                                                          Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                          Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                          VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                          VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                          Size

                                                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                          Module Size(4)

                                                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                          Output Current

                                                                                                          Amps

                                                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                          075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                          20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                          20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                          20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                          20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                          20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                          20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                          11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                          15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                          1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                          185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                          22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                          1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                          30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                          37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                          45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                          55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                          Drive Ratings

                                                                                                          Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                          Frame Size

                                                                                                          Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                          Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                          Module

                                                                                                          Size(4)

                                                                                                          (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                          Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                          Output Current

                                                                                                          Amps

                                                                                                          400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                          75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                          1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                          90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                          110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                          132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                          160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                          1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                          200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                          250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                          1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                          (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                          - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                          bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                          bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                          bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                          - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                          bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                          PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                          bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                          Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                          IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                          Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                          IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                          Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                          Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                          A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                          EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                          DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                          Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                          Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                          Linking Devices

                                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                          ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                          Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                          EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                          The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                          Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                          Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                          Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                          Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                          Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                          The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                          Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                          For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                          IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                          Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                          DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                          Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                          Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                          (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                          60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          Select Unit Types

                                                                                                          Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                          IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                          EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                          2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                          Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                          ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                          httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                          Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                          Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                          Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                          Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                          Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                          e

                                                                                                          Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                          Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                          Neutral (N)

                                                                                                          Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                          Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                          Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                          Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                          Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                          6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                          Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                          Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                          Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                          Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                          Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                          See page 19

                                                                                                          Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                          80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                          Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                          InteriorExterior

                                                                                                          G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                          Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                          -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                          (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                          Customer User

                                                                                                          Office

                                                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                          Incoming Power

                                                                                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                          Available fault current kA

                                                                                                          Control Power

                                                                                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                          Structure

                                                                                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                          Bus

                                                                                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                          Other Network Options

                                                                                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                          Ampere rating A

                                                                                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                          Feeder Units

                                                                                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                          Nameplates

                                                                                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                          Door Latches

                                                                                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Wire Markers

                                                                                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                          Spares

                                                                                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                          Motor List

                                                                                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                          Notes

                                                                                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                            • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                              • Network
                                                                                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                • Select Structure
                                                                                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                      • Unit Size
                                                                                                                      • Unit Style
                                                                                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                      • Control Power
                                                                                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                          • Starter Units
                                                                                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                            • Back Cover

                                                                                                            54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty

                                                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                                                            Circuit Breaker

                                                                                                            Cat No(2)PowerFlex 753

                                                                                                            VFD Cat NoPowerFlex 755

                                                                                                            VFD Cat NoFrame

                                                                                                            Size

                                                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                            Module Size(4)

                                                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                            Output Current

                                                                                                            Amps

                                                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                            075 21 140M-C2N- 20F11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11RC2P1JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R2-B 8

                                                                                                            20F11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 20G11NC2P1JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            15 35 140M-D8N- 20F11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11RC3P5JA0NNNNN 1 1321-3R4-B

                                                                                                            20F11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 20G11NC3P5JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            22 5 20F11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11RC5P0JA0NNNNN 1

                                                                                                            20F11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 20G11NC5P0JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            4 87 20F11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11RC8P7JA0NNNNN 1 100-C0910 1321-3R8-B

                                                                                                            20F11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 20G11NC8P7JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            55 115 20F11RC011JA0NNNNN 20G11RC011JA0NNNNN 1 100-C1610 1321-3R12-B

                                                                                                            20F11NC011JA0NNNNN 20G11NC011JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            75 154 20F11RC015JA0NNNNN 20G11RC015JA0NNNNN 1 100-C2310 1321-3R18-B

                                                                                                            20F11NC015JA0NNNNN 20G11NC015JA0NNNNN 2

                                                                                                            11 22 20F11NC022JA0NNNNN 20G11NC022JA0NNNN 2 100-C3710 1321-3R25-B

                                                                                                            15 30 140MG-G8P- 20F11NC030JA0NNNNN 20G11NC030JA0NNNNN 3 mdash 10

                                                                                                            1321-3R35-B

                                                                                                            185 37 20F11NC037JA0NNNNN 20G11NC037JA0NNNNN 100-C4310 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R45-B

                                                                                                            22 43 20F11NC043JA0NNNNN 20G11NC043JA0NNNNN 100-C8510

                                                                                                            1321-3R45-B 12

                                                                                                            30 60 20F11NC060JA0NNNNN 20G11NC060JA0NNNNN 4 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                            37 72 20F11NC072JA0NNNNN 20G11NC072JA0NNNNN 100-C8510 mdash 24(5)

                                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                            45 85 20F11NC085JA0NNNNN 20G11NC085JA0NNNNN 5 100-C8510 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R80-B

                                                                                                            55 104 140MG-J8P- 20F11NC104JA0NNNNN 20G11NC104JA0NNNNN 100-D18011 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R100-B

                                                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                            Drive Ratings

                                                                                                            Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                            Frame Size

                                                                                                            Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                            Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                            Module

                                                                                                            Size(4)

                                                                                                            (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                            Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                            Output Current

                                                                                                            Amps

                                                                                                            400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                            75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                            1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                            90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                            110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                            132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                            160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                            1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                            200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                            250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                            1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                            (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                            - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                            bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                            bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                            bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                            - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                            bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                            PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                            bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                            Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                            IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                            Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                            IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                            Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                            Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                            A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                            EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                            DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                            Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                            Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                            Linking Devices

                                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                            ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                            Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                            EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                            The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                            Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                            Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                            Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                            Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                            Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                            The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                            Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                            For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                            IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                            Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                            DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                            Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                            Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                            (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                            60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            Select Unit Types

                                                                                                            Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                            IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                            EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                            2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                            Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                            ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                            httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                            Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                            Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                            Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                            Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                            Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                            e

                                                                                                            Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                            Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                            Neutral (N)

                                                                                                            Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                            Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                            Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                            Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                            Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                            6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                            Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                            Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                            Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                            Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                            Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                            See page 19

                                                                                                            Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                            80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                            Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                            InteriorExterior

                                                                                                            G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                            Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                            -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                            (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                            Customer User

                                                                                                            Office

                                                                                                            Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                            rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                            Incoming Power

                                                                                                            Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                            System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                            Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                            Available fault current kA

                                                                                                            Control Power

                                                                                                            Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                            Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                            r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                            Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                            Structure

                                                                                                            Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                            ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                            Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                            Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                            Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                            Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                            r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                            Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                            Bus

                                                                                                            Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                            Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                            Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                            Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                            Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                            Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                            Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                            Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                            Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                            Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                            Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                            Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                            Other Network Options

                                                                                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                            Ampere rating A

                                                                                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                            Feeder Units

                                                                                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                            Nameplates

                                                                                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                            Door Latches

                                                                                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Wire Markers

                                                                                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                            Spares

                                                                                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                            Motor List

                                                                                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                            Notes

                                                                                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                • Network
                                                                                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                  • Select Structure
                                                                                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                        • Unit Size
                                                                                                                        • Unit Style
                                                                                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                        • Control Power
                                                                                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                            • Starter Units
                                                                                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                              • Back Cover

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 55

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 VFD Units Frames 1hellip7 ndash Normal Duty (continued)

                                                                                                              Drive Ratings

                                                                                                              Circuit Breaker Cat No(2)

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 753 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD Cat No

                                                                                                              Frame Size

                                                                                                              Isolation Contactor Cat No(2)

                                                                                                              Reactor Cat No(3)

                                                                                                              Module

                                                                                                              Size(4)

                                                                                                              (1 = 80 mm)Input

                                                                                                              Voltage kW(1)

                                                                                                              Output Current

                                                                                                              Amps

                                                                                                              400V AC IP204254

                                                                                                              75 140 140MG-J8P- 20F1ANC140JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC140JN0NNNNN 6 100-D18011 mdash 24(6)

                                                                                                              1321-3R160-B

                                                                                                              90 17 20F1ANC170JN0NNNN 20G1ANC170JN0NNNNN mdash

                                                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                              110 205 20F1ANC205JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC205JN0NNNNN 100-D21011 mdash

                                                                                                              1321-3R200-B

                                                                                                              132 260 140MG-L8P- 20F1ANC260JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC260JN0NNNNN 100-D30011 mdash

                                                                                                              1321-3RB250-B

                                                                                                              160 302 20F1ANC302JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC302JN0NNNNN 7 mdash 24(7)

                                                                                                              1321-3RB320-B

                                                                                                              200 367 20F1ANC367JN0NNNNN 20G1ANC367JN0NNNNN 100-D42011 mdash

                                                                                                              1321-3RB400-B

                                                                                                              250 456 140MG-L8P- 20F14NC456AN0NNNNN 20G1ANC456JN0NNNNN 100-D63011 mdash

                                                                                                              1321-3R500-B

                                                                                                              (1) Depending on ambient temperature and application anything 15 kW and above can require ventilation If ventilation is required then the ArcShield option cannot be selected for that unit(2) To complete the catalog numbers refer to httpwwwabcomenepubcatalogs12768229240229254Motor-Control-IEChtml (3) Line or load reactors are optional(4) Adding ArcShield line reactors or load reactors can increase module size Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for sizing(5) Columns are 600 mm deep by 600 mm wide(6) Columns are 800 mm deep by 800 mm wide(7) Columns are 800 mm deep by 1000 mm wide

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                              - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                              bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                              bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                              bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                              - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                              bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                              PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                              bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                              Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                              IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                              Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                              IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                              Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                              Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                              A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                              EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                              DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                              Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                              Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                              Linking Devices

                                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                              ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                              Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                              EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                              The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                              Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                              Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                              Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                              Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                              Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                              The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                              Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                              For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                              IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                              Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                              DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                              Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                              Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                              (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                              60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              Select Unit Types

                                                                                                              Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                              IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                              EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                              2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                              Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                              ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                              httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                              Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                              Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                              Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                              Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                              Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                              e

                                                                                                              Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                              Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                              Neutral (N)

                                                                                                              Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                              Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                              Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                              Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                              Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                              6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                              Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                              Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                              Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                              Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                              Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                              See page 19

                                                                                                              Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                              80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                              Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                              InteriorExterior

                                                                                                              G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                              Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                              -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                              (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                              Customer User

                                                                                                              Office

                                                                                                              Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                              rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                              Incoming Power

                                                                                                              Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                              System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                              Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                              Available fault current kA

                                                                                                              Control Power

                                                                                                              Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                              Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                              r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                              Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                              Structure

                                                                                                              Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                              ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                              Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                              Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                              Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                              Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                              r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                              Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                              Bus

                                                                                                              Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                              Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                              Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                              Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                              Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                              Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                              Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                              Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                              Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                              Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                              Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                              Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                              Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                              Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                              r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                              Other Network Options

                                                                                                              r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                              Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                              Ampere rating A

                                                                                                              Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                              Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                              Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                              r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                              r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                              r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                              r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                              r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                              Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                              r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                              Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                              Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                              Feeder Units

                                                                                                              Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                              Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                              Nameplates

                                                                                                              Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                              Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                              Door Latches

                                                                                                              Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Wire Markers

                                                                                                              Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                              Spares

                                                                                                              r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                              Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                              Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                              Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                              Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                              Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                              Motor List

                                                                                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                              Notes

                                                                                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                  • Network
                                                                                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                    • Select Structure
                                                                                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                          • Unit Size
                                                                                                                          • Unit Style
                                                                                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                          • Control Power
                                                                                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                              • Starter Units
                                                                                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                • Back Cover

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                PowerFlex 753755 Drive Unit Optionsbull Auxiliary contact for circuit breakerbull Control circuit transformerbull Push buttonsbull Pilot lights

                                                                                                                - Status indicator - Status indicator push-to-test

                                                                                                                bull Selector switch - Two-position - Three-position

                                                                                                                bull DeviceNet starter auxiliary - (4) 120V AC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs - (4) 24V DC inputs and (2) 120V AC outputs

                                                                                                                bull EtherNetIP POINT IO systembull DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull ControlNet communication module mounted internal to drivebull EtherNetIP communication module mounted internal to drivebull Isolation contactorbull Auxiliary contact for contactorsbull Human interface module

                                                                                                                - Blank cover no functionality door mounted in bezel - LCD display full numeric keypad door mounted in bezel - LCD display programmer only door mounted in bezel

                                                                                                                bull IO control interface type - 24V DC control voltage interface with vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with vector control - 24V DC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control - 120V AC control voltage interface with sensorless vector control

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                                PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                                PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                                bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                                Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                                IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                                Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                                IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                                Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                                Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                                A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                                EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                                DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                                Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                                Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                                Linking Devices

                                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                                Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                                Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                                Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                                For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                                IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                                Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                                Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                                IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                                EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                                2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                                Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                                httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                                Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                                Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                                Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                                Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                                Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                                e

                                                                                                                Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                                Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                                Neutral (N)

                                                                                                                Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                                Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                                Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                                Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                                Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                                6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                                Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                                Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                                Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                                Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                                Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                                See page 19

                                                                                                                Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                                80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                                Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                                InteriorExterior

                                                                                                                G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                                Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                                -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                                (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                Customer User

                                                                                                                Office

                                                                                                                Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                Incoming Power

                                                                                                                Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                Control Power

                                                                                                                Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                Structure

                                                                                                                Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                Bus

                                                                                                                Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                Other Network Options

                                                                                                                r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                Feeder Units

                                                                                                                Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                Nameplates

                                                                                                                Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                Door Latches

                                                                                                                Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Wire Markers

                                                                                                                Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                Spares

                                                                                                                r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                Motor List

                                                                                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                Notes

                                                                                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                    • Network
                                                                                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                      • Select Structure
                                                                                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                            • Unit Size
                                                                                                                            • Unit Style
                                                                                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                            • Control Power
                                                                                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 57

                                                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 VFD with 2500 MCC Style Cabinets Frames 8hellip10

                                                                                                                  PowerFlex 755 drives can also be ordered in an MCC cabinet featuring a roll-out design(1) These PowerFlex frame sizes have the following advantages

                                                                                                                  bull Reduce footprint at least 30 which reduces needed floor space and heat generatedbull Reduce installation time especially to pull expensive power wirebull Reduce components from system design

                                                                                                                  Several drive options are available see PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Technical Data publication 750-TD001 for more information

                                                                                                                  IP20 NEMAUL Type 1 Drive

                                                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses and roll-out design Exhaust hood on top of cabinets is optional

                                                                                                                  Frame 8 Frame 9 Frame 10

                                                                                                                  IP54 NEMA Type 12 Drive and Options (Frame 9 shown)

                                                                                                                  Includes DC link choke integrated AC line fuses roll-out design exhaust hood and option bay for controlprotection devices

                                                                                                                  Roll-out Design (Frame 8 shown)

                                                                                                                  A roll-out cart is required for Frame 8hellip10 drives and Frame 9 and 10 drives with the option bay chassis The cart has an adjustable curb height of 0hellip182 mm and curb offsetreach of 0hellip114 mm

                                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                  58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                  Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                                  DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                                  Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                                  Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                                  Linking Devices

                                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                  ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                  Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                  The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                  Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                                  Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                  Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                                  Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                                  Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                  The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                  Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                                  For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                                  IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                  Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                  DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                                  Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                                  Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                  (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                  60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                  Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                  Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                                  IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                                  EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                                  2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                                  Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                  ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                                  httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                                  Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                                  Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                                  Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                                  Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                                  Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                                  e

                                                                                                                  Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                                  Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                                  Neutral (N)

                                                                                                                  Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                                  Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                                  Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                                  Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                                  Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                                  6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                                  Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                                  Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                                  Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                                  Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                                  Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                                  See page 19

                                                                                                                  Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                                  80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                                  Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                                  InteriorExterior

                                                                                                                  G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                                  Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                                  -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                                  (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                  Customer User

                                                                                                                  Office

                                                                                                                  Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                  rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                  Incoming Power

                                                                                                                  Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                  System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                  Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                  Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                  Control Power

                                                                                                                  Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                  Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                  r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                  Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                  Structure

                                                                                                                  Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                  ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                  Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                  Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                  Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                  Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                  r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                  Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                  Bus

                                                                                                                  Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                  Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                  Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                  Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                  Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                  Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                  Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                  Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                  Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                  Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                  Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                  Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                  IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                  Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                  Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                  r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                  Other Network Options

                                                                                                                  r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                  Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                  Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                  Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                  Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                  r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                  r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                  r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                  r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                  r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                  Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                  r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                  Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                  Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                  Feeder Units

                                                                                                                  Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                  Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                  Nameplates

                                                                                                                  Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                  Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                  Door Latches

                                                                                                                  Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Wire Markers

                                                                                                                  Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                  Spares

                                                                                                                  r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                  Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                  Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                  Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                  Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                  Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                  E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                  Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                  Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                  Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                  Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                  Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                  Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                  Motor List

                                                                                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                  Notes

                                                                                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                      • Network
                                                                                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                        • Select Structure
                                                                                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                              • Unit Size
                                                                                                                              • Unit Style
                                                                                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                              • Control Power
                                                                                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                    58 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                    Network PLC and IO CompartmentsAvailable in semi-withdrawable and fixed mount unit styles

                                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Scanner ModulesAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires an EtherNetIP scanner module that meets EtherNetIP requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely

                                                                                                                    DeviceNet Scanner ModulesA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a DeviceNet scanner module that meets DeviceNet requirements The scanner module can be in the MCC or mounted remotely Network linking devices can serve as the DeviceNet scanner Also DeviceNet scanner modules can be included in programmable controllers

                                                                                                                    Network Linking DevicesWith network linking devices and NetLinx technology CENTERLINE 2500 MCC customers can connect to different communication networks Network linking devices can connect directly to a DeviceNet or EtherNetIP network from an MCC NetLinx technology can easily link networks simplifying data transfer from the MCCrsquos DeviceNet network to a controllerrsquos EtherNetIP network

                                                                                                                    Adding an Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge lets you connect your new EtherNetIP MCC to existing DeviceNet MCC lineups

                                                                                                                    Linking Devices

                                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                    ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                    Profibus to DeviceNet bridge 2

                                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power SupplyAn EtherNetIP network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley 8-amp power supply unit is recommended This power supply is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                    The EtherNetIP back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers network power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main EtherNetIP power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                    Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device Remote Logix Controller

                                                                                                                    Ethernet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                    Ethernet power supply 2

                                                                                                                    Redundant Ethernet power supply 4

                                                                                                                    Unit back-up Ethernet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                    The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                    Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                                    For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                                    IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                    Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                    DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                                    Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                                    Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                    (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                    60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                    Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                    Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                                    IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                                    EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                                    2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                                    Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                    ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                                    httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                                    Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                                    Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                                    Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                                    Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                                    Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                                    e

                                                                                                                    Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                                    Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                                    Neutral (N)

                                                                                                                    Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                                    Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                                    Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                                    Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                                    Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                                    6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                                    Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                                    Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                                    Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                                    Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                                    Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                                    See page 19

                                                                                                                    Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                                    80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                                    Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                                    InteriorExterior

                                                                                                                    G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                                    Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                                    -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                                    (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                    Customer User

                                                                                                                    Office

                                                                                                                    Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                    rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                    Incoming Power

                                                                                                                    Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                    System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                    Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                    Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                    Control Power

                                                                                                                    Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                    Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                    r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                    Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                    Structure

                                                                                                                    Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                    ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                    Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                    Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                    Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                    Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                    r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                    Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                    Bus

                                                                                                                    Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                    Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                    Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                    Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                    Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                    Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                    Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                    Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                    Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                    Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                    Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                    Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                    IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                    Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                    Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                    r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                    Other Network Options

                                                                                                                    r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                    Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                    Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                    Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                    Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                    Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                    r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                    r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                    r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                    r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                    r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                    Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                    r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                    Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                    Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                    Feeder Units

                                                                                                                    Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                    Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                    Nameplates

                                                                                                                    Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                    Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                    Door Latches

                                                                                                                    Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Wire Markers

                                                                                                                    Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                    Spares

                                                                                                                    r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                    Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                    Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                    Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                    Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                    Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                    E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                    Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                    Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                    Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                    Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                    Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                    Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                    PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                    Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                    Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                    Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                    Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                    Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                    Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                    Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                    Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                    bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                    Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                    Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                    Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                    Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                    Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                    Motor List

                                                                                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                    Notes

                                                                                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                        • Network
                                                                                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                          • Select Structure
                                                                                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                • Control Power
                                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 59

                                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power SupplyA DeviceNet network in the MCC requires a power supply providing 24V DC A quality power supply is essential to reliable system operation To help system integrity and reliability an Allen-Bradley Bulletin 8-amp DeviceNet power supply unit is recommended This power supply meets DeviceNet requirements is ODVA approved and is supplied with a buffer for enhanced ride-through performance A redundant power supply is also available for added reliability

                                                                                                                      The DeviceNet back-up power supply is available for unit-level back-up It seamlessly transfers DeviceNet power in case of a loss of main network supply There is no loss of component function When the main DeviceNet power recovers there is automatic re-transfer to the primary power supply

                                                                                                                      Programmable ControllersThe Logix architecture provides a wide range of (input output and communication) modules to span many applications from high-speed digital to process control The Logix architecture uses producer-consumer technology so input information and output status can be shared among multiple Logix controllers

                                                                                                                      For more information see the ControlLogixreg System Selection Guide publication 1756-SG001

                                                                                                                      IO CompartmentsFLEXtrade IO is a cost-effective flexible modular IO system for distributed applications offering all the functions of larger rack-based IO without the space requirements This along with outstanding reliability is why we have sold over 5 million modules

                                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Units

                                                                                                                      Unit DescriptionModule Size 1 = 80 mm

                                                                                                                      DeviceNet power supply 2

                                                                                                                      Redundant DeviceNet power supply 4

                                                                                                                      Unit back-up DeviceNet power supply (1)

                                                                                                                      (1) Can add module space Provided in unit primarily for the electronic overloads in starter units

                                                                                                                      60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                      Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                      Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                                      IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                                      EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                                      2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                                      Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                      ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                                      httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                                      Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                                      Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                                      Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                                      Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                                      Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                                      e

                                                                                                                      Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                                      Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                                      Neutral (N)

                                                                                                                      Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                                      Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                                      Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                                      Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                                      Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                                      6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                                      Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                                      Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                                      Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                                      Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                                      Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                                      See page 19

                                                                                                                      Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                                      80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                                      Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                                      InteriorExterior

                                                                                                                      G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                                      Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                                      -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                                      (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                      Customer User

                                                                                                                      Office

                                                                                                                      Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                      rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                      Incoming Power

                                                                                                                      Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                      System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                      Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                      Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                      Control Power

                                                                                                                      Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                      Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                      r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                      Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                      Structure

                                                                                                                      Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                      ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                      Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                      Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                      Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                      Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                      r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                      Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                      Bus

                                                                                                                      Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                      Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                      Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                      Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                      Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                      Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                      Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                      Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                      Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                      Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                      Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                      Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                      IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                      Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                      Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                      r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                      Other Network Options

                                                                                                                      r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                      Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                      Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                      Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                      Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                      Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                      r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                      r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                      r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                      r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                      r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                      Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                      r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                      Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                      Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                      Feeder Units

                                                                                                                      Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                      Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                      Nameplates

                                                                                                                      Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                      Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                      Door Latches

                                                                                                                      Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Wire Markers

                                                                                                                      Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                      Spares

                                                                                                                      r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                      Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                      Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                      Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                      Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                      Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                      E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                      Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                      Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                      Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                      Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                      Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                      Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                      PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                      Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                      Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                      Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                      Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                      Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                      Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                      Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                      Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                      bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                      Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                      Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                      Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                      Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                      Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                      DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                                                      EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                      Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                      Location (specify)

                                                                                                                      Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                      r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                      List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                      Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                      Motor List

                                                                                                                      Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                      (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                      Notes

                                                                                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                          • Network
                                                                                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                            • Select Structure
                                                                                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                                                                                        60 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                        Select Unit Types

                                                                                                                        Review MCC Technical SpecificationsStandards EN 60204-12006

                                                                                                                        IEC 61439-1 and -2 Ed 20 b2011Safety of machinery - electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirementsLow-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies Part 1 General rule and Part 2 Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies

                                                                                                                        EC Directives IECTR 61641 Ed 20 2008-1

                                                                                                                        2004108EC200695EC

                                                                                                                        Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to internal faultEMC DirectiveLow Voltage Directive

                                                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                        ABS and ABS ShipboardCE Conformance MarkedChina Compulsory Certificate (CCC)GOSTIBC 2010SEIASCE 7-05 and 7-10

                                                                                                                        httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationmarinepagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationcepageMotorhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationchinapagemotorcontrolhttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationgostpagetab1httpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpagehttpwwwrockwellautomationcomrockwellautomationcertificationoverviewpage

                                                                                                                        Rated Voltages Rated Operating Voltage Ue

                                                                                                                        Rated Frequency fn

                                                                                                                        Rated Insulation Voltage Ui

                                                                                                                        Up to 690 V 3 Phase50hellip60 Hz1000 V 3 Phase

                                                                                                                        Rated CurrentsContinuous Current Rating I

                                                                                                                        e

                                                                                                                        Short Circuit Peak Withstand Ipk

                                                                                                                        Short Time Withstand Rating Icw

                                                                                                                        Neutral (N)

                                                                                                                        Horizontal bus - up to 4000 A vertical bus - up to 1200 A per column(1)

                                                                                                                        Horizontal bus up to 210 kAHorizontal bus up to 100 kA for 1 secondFull or half-rated

                                                                                                                        Creepage Distances and Clearances

                                                                                                                        Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp

                                                                                                                        Material Group (Overvoltage Category)Pollution Degree

                                                                                                                        6 8 or 12 kVIIIa (175 lt= CTI lt 400)3

                                                                                                                        Bus Material and Plating Horizontal Power BusVertical Distribution BusProtective Earth Conductor (PE)

                                                                                                                        Copper (optional tin plating)Copper with tin platingCopper (optional tin plating)

                                                                                                                        Degrees of Protection IEC 60529 IP20 IP42 or IP54

                                                                                                                        Forms of Separation IEC 61439-1 Forms 2b 3b or 4b

                                                                                                                        Column Dimensions HeightWidthDepth

                                                                                                                        See page 19

                                                                                                                        Units Module Size (approx)Modules per Column (max)Withdrawable Unit Sizes

                                                                                                                        80 mm high x 500 mm wide = 1 module24 of varied unit combinations 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 modules

                                                                                                                        Structural Surface Treatments

                                                                                                                        InteriorExterior

                                                                                                                        G90 galvanized metal (interior painted surfaces available as custom paint requests)RAL 7032 Pebble Grey Paint or Munsell 65 Paint (additional colors available by request)

                                                                                                                        Environment Storage TemperatureOperating (Ambient) TemperatureAltitude

                                                                                                                        -25hellip55 degC -5hellip40 degC(2) with up to 95 noncondensing humidityUp to 1000 m without derating derating over 1000 m

                                                                                                                        (1) Up to 600 A top and bottom effective 1200 A per column(2) The average temperature over a 24-hour period must not exceed 35 degC

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                        Customer User

                                                                                                                        Office

                                                                                                                        Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                        rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                        Incoming Power

                                                                                                                        Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                        System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                        Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                        Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                        Control Power

                                                                                                                        Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                        Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                        r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                        Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                        Structure

                                                                                                                        Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                        ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                        Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                        Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                        Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                        Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                        r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                        Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                        Bus

                                                                                                                        Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                        Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                        Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                        Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                        Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                        Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                        Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                        Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                        Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                        Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                        Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                        Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                        IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                        Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                        Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                        r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                        Other Network Options

                                                                                                                        r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                        Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                        Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                        Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                        Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                        Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                        r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                        r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                        r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                        r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                        r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                        Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                        r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                        Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                        Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                        Feeder Units

                                                                                                                        Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                        Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                        Nameplates

                                                                                                                        Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                        Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                        Door Latches

                                                                                                                        Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Wire Markers

                                                                                                                        Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                        Spares

                                                                                                                        r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                        Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                        Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                        Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                        Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                        Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                        E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                        Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                        Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                        Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                        Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                        Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                        Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                        PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                        Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                        Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                        Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                        Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                        Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                        Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                        Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                        Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                        bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                        Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                        Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                        Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                        Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                        Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                        DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                                                        EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                        Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                        Location (specify)

                                                                                                                        Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                        r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                        List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                        Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                        Motor List

                                                                                                                        Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                        (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                        Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                        Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                        Notes

                                                                                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                            • Network
                                                                                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 61

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          Use this checklist to help you configure your CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Center You can type in the fields provided and check the checkboxes to select your preferences

                                                                                                                          Customer User

                                                                                                                          Office

                                                                                                                          Certifications and Markings

                                                                                                                          rABS rABS Shipboard rCE rCCC rGOST-R rIBC 2010 rICC-ES rSEIASCE rOther (specify)

                                                                                                                          Incoming Power

                                                                                                                          Line voltage r 380415V r 440460480V r 525575V r 690V

                                                                                                                          System power r Delta r Grounded Delta r Grounded Wye r Grounded Wye with impedance

                                                                                                                          Frequency r 50 Hz r 60 Hz

                                                                                                                          Available fault current kA

                                                                                                                          Control Power

                                                                                                                          Voltage r 24V DC r 110115120V AC r 220230240V AC

                                                                                                                          Source r Individual control transformer r Standard VA r Extra capacity

                                                                                                                          r Central control power transformer r Remote control power source

                                                                                                                          Control Terminal Blocks Location r Top horizontal wireway r Vertical wireway

                                                                                                                          Structure

                                                                                                                          Enclosure rating r IP 20 (vented doors) r IP 40 (vented doors with filters) r IP 42 (non-vented standard) r IP 54 (fully gasketed doors and bottom plates)

                                                                                                                          ArcShieldreg r Yes r No

                                                                                                                          Forms of internal separation r 2b r 3b (standard) r 4b

                                                                                                                          Mounting configuration r Standalone r Add to existing r Front only r Double front

                                                                                                                          Depth r 600 mm r 800 mm

                                                                                                                          Width r 600 mm (only fixed mount no vertical wireway) r 700 mm (200 mm vertical wireway) r 800 mm (300 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                          r 900 mm (400 mm vertical wireway) r 1000 mm (500 mm vertical wireway)

                                                                                                                          Options r Space heater with thermostat r Cable supports r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          External paint r RAL7032 Pebble Grey (standard) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Internal paint r G90 galvanized steel (standard) r High visibility gloss white (optional) r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Ambient temperature degC maximum Altitude meters

                                                                                                                          Bus

                                                                                                                          Fault ratingbracing r 50 kA for 3 cycles r 50 kA for 1 second r 50 kA for 3 seconds r 65 kA for 3 cycles r 80 kA for 1 second r 100 kA for 1 second

                                                                                                                          Horizontal power bus Rating r 800 A r 1250 A r 1600 A r 2000 A r 2500 A r 3200 A r 4000 A

                                                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                          Neutral bus r Full rated r Half rated r None

                                                                                                                          Vertical distribution bus rating r 300 A tin plated copper (standard provides 600 A capacity) r 600 A tin plated copper (provides 1200 A capacity)

                                                                                                                          Protective earth (PE) conductor

                                                                                                                          Horizontal Location r Bottom (standard)

                                                                                                                          Material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                          Size r 1-6 x 50 mm r 2-6 x 50 mm r 3-6 x 50 mm

                                                                                                                          Vertical Plug-in material r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                          Load material (optional) r None r Copper unplated r Copper tin plated (standard)

                                                                                                                          Load location r Vertical wireway (standard)

                                                                                                                          Stab openings r Automatic shutters (standard)

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                          IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                          Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                          Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                          r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                          Other Network Options

                                                                                                                          r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                          Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                          Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                          Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                          Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                          Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                          r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                          r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                          r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                          r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                          r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                          Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                          r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                          Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                          Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                          Feeder Units

                                                                                                                          Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                          Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                          Nameplates

                                                                                                                          Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                          Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                          Door Latches

                                                                                                                          Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Wire Markers

                                                                                                                          Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                          Spares

                                                                                                                          r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                          Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                          Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                          Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                          Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                          Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                          E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                          Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                          Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                          Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                          Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                          Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                          Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                          PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                          Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                          Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                          Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                          Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                          Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                          Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                          Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                          Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                          bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                          Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                          Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                          Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                          Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                          Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                          DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                                                          EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                          Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                          Location (specify)

                                                                                                                          Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                          r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                          List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                          Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                          Motor List

                                                                                                                          Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                          (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                          Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                          Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                          Notes

                                                                                                                          Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                          Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                          Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                          • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                          • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                            • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                              • Network
                                                                                                                              • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                  • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                    • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                    • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                      • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                      • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                      • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                      • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                      • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                      • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                      • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                      • Control Power
                                                                                                                                        • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                          • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                          • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                          • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                          • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                          • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                            • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                            • Back Cover

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                            IntelliCENTERreg

                                                                                                                            Embedded system r DeviceNet r EtherNetIP If EtherNetIP select one of the following r Stratix 5700 r Stratix 8000

                                                                                                                            Software r None r Only Standard Data CD(1) Quantity _____ r Only Energy Data CD(1) Quantity _____

                                                                                                                            r IntelliCENTERreg software and Standard Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____ r IntelliCENTER software and Energy Data CD(1)(2) Data CD quantity _____

                                                                                                                            Other Network Options

                                                                                                                            r Profibus r ControlNet r DeviceNet-to-Ethernet linking device r DeviceNet-to-ControlNet linking device r DeviceNet-to-Profibus linking device

                                                                                                                            Incoming Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                            Ampere rating A

                                                                                                                            Located in column number Where located r Top r Bottom

                                                                                                                            Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                            Main r Main lug only (MLO) with crimp compression lugs r MLO with mechanical lugs r MLO without supplied lugs

                                                                                                                            r Main fusible disconnect (MFD) with supplied fuses If supplied fuse type ______________ r MFD without supplied fuses

                                                                                                                            r Ground fault main circuit breaker (MCB) r Shunt trip MCB Auxiliary contacts (quantity) _____ Other (specify) ___________________

                                                                                                                            r Current transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______ r Potential transformers required for MCB (quantity) ______

                                                                                                                            r Main air circuit breaker (MACB) with electrical charging device r MACB with closing release

                                                                                                                            r MACB with shunt release r MACB with undervoltage release

                                                                                                                            Incoming metering options r Analog ammeter r Ammeter switch r Analog voltmeter r Voltmeter switch

                                                                                                                            r PowerMonitortrade 500 r PowerMonitor 5000

                                                                                                                            Outgoing Cable TerminationProvision

                                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Number of cables per phase Cable size

                                                                                                                            Lug type r Crimp compression lugs r Mechanical lugs r Lugs not supplied

                                                                                                                            Feeder Units

                                                                                                                            Fuse switch r Fuses supplied If supplied fuse type r Fuses not supplied

                                                                                                                            Circuit breaker (thermal magnetic) Interrupting rating kA Ampere rating A Other

                                                                                                                            Nameplates

                                                                                                                            Type r Cardholder r Engraved acrylic r Engraved phenolic

                                                                                                                            Color scheme r Black letters on white r White letters on black (phenolic only)

                                                                                                                            Door Latches

                                                                                                                            Latch type r 14 turn r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Wire Markers

                                                                                                                            Marker type r Sleeve r Data tab r Heat shrink

                                                                                                                            Spares

                                                                                                                            r Spare parts r Spare units r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Direct On Line Starter Units(3)

                                                                                                                            Unit type r Non-reversing starter r Reversing starter

                                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                            Overload type r E300trade r E1 Plustrade r E1 Plus wground fault r E3 Plustrade r E3 Plus wground fault r E3 Plus wvoltage protection and energy monitoring

                                                                                                                            Overload reset r External (door mounted)

                                                                                                                            Duty rating r AC3 (standard) r AC4

                                                                                                                            Protection r Type 1 r Type 2

                                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                            E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                            Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                            Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                            Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                            Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                            Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                            Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                            PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                            Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                            Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                            Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                            Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                            Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                            Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                            Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                            Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                            bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                            Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                            Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                            Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                            Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                            Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                            DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                                                            EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                            Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                            Location (specify)

                                                                                                                            Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                            r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                            List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                            Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                            Motor List

                                                                                                                            Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                            (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                            Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                            Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                            Notes

                                                                                                                            Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                            Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                            Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                            • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                            • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                              • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                • Network
                                                                                                                                • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                  • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                    • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                      • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                      • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                        • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                        • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                        • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                        • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                        • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                        • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                        • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                        • Control Power
                                                                                                                                          • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                            • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                            • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                            • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                            • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                            • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                              • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                              • Back Cover

                                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 63

                                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps r Forwardreverse (available only for reversing starter units)

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Reset r Emergency r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                              E300 control stations r Yes Quantity ____ r No If yes station type r Control r Diagnostic

                                                                                                                              Starter auxiliary contacts r Normally open Quantity ____ r Normally closed Quantity ____

                                                                                                                              Relays or timers (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                              64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                              Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                              Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                              Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                              Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                              PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                              Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                              Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                              Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                              Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                              Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                              Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                              Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                              Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                              bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                              Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                              Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                              Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                              Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                              Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                              66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                              DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                                                              EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                              Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                              Location (specify)

                                                                                                                              Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                              r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                              List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                              Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                              Motor List

                                                                                                                              Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                              (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                              Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                              Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                              Notes

                                                                                                                              Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                              Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                              Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                              • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                              • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                  • Network
                                                                                                                                  • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                    • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                      • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                        • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                        • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                          • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                          • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                          • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                          • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                          • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                          • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                          • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                          • Control Power
                                                                                                                                            • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                              • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                              • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                              • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                              • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                              • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                                Soft Starter Units(1)

                                                                                                                                Unit type r SMCtrade Flex

                                                                                                                                Connection r Line r Delta

                                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (only rotary operator) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                                Starting mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                                PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                                Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                                Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                                Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                                Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                                Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                                Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                                Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                                Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                                Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                                Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                                Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                                Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                                DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                                r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                                List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                                Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                Motor List

                                                                                                                                Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                                (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                                Notes

                                                                                                                                Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                                Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                                Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                                • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                  • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                    • Network
                                                                                                                                    • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                      • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                        • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                          • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                          • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                            • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                            • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                            • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                            • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                            • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                            • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                            • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                            • Control Power
                                                                                                                                              • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                                • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                                • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                                • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                                • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                                • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                  • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                  • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 65

                                                                                                                                  PowerFlexreg AC Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units(1)

                                                                                                                                  Unit type r PowerFlexreg 523 r PowerFlex 525 r PowerFlex 753 r PowerFlex 755

                                                                                                                                  Rating r Normal duty r Heavy duty

                                                                                                                                  Ampere rating A Kilowatt rating kW

                                                                                                                                  Disconnecting means r Fused (rotary operator only) Fuse type r Fuses not supplied r Circuit breaker

                                                                                                                                  Handle operator r Rotary operator r Flange operator (2 module minimum)

                                                                                                                                  Unit type r Withdrawable r Semi-withdrawable r Fixed

                                                                                                                                  Options and Accessories

                                                                                                                                  Pilot lights r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                  bullLighttype r Push-to-test r LED lamps

                                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r Start r Stop r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                  Push buttons r Yes Quantity ____ r No

                                                                                                                                  bullTextonlegendplate r On r Off r Fault r Other (specify)

                                                                                                                                  Selector switch r 2-position r 3-position r None Function

                                                                                                                                  Human-machine interface (HMI) r LCD display full numeric keypad r LCD display programmer only

                                                                                                                                  Braking mode r Pump control r Braking control

                                                                                                                                  Reactor type r Line r Load

                                                                                                                                  Others (describe use Notes section below if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                  Notes (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                  66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                                  DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                  EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                  Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                  Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                  Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                                  r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                  r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                                  List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                  r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                                  Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                  Motor List

                                                                                                                                  Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                                  (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                  Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                  Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                                  Notes

                                                                                                                                  Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                                  Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                                  Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                  • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                                  • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                    • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                      • Network
                                                                                                                                      • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                        • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                          • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                            • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                            • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                              • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                              • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                              • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                              • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                              • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                              • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                              • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                              • Control Power
                                                                                                                                                • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                                  • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                                  • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                                  • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                                  • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                                  • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                    • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                    • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                    66 Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014

                                                                                                                                    DeviceNet Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                    EtherNetIP Power Supply Unit

                                                                                                                                    Type r Primary r Redundant r Back-up r User-supplied external

                                                                                                                                    Location (specify)

                                                                                                                                    Miscellaneous Units(1)

                                                                                                                                    r Programmable controllers Number of slots _____ Power supply ________________________

                                                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                    r Distribution panels 1-pole quantity _____ 2-pole quantity ______________________

                                                                                                                                    List circuit loads (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                    r Extra space for future units

                                                                                                                                    Describe what you need (use Notes section on page 7 if additional space is needed)

                                                                                                                                    Motor List

                                                                                                                                    Unit Description Rating Module Size

                                                                                                                                    (1) Copy this section and complete for each unit needed

                                                                                                                                    Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                    Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                                    Notes

                                                                                                                                    Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                                    Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                                    Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                    • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                                    • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                      • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                        • Network
                                                                                                                                        • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                          • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                            • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                              • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                              • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                                • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                                • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                                • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                                • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                                • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                                • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                                • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                                • Control Power
                                                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                                    • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                                    • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                                    • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                                    • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                                    • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                      • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                      • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                      Selection Checklist

                                                                                                                                      Rockwell Automation Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014 67

                                                                                                                                      Notes

                                                                                                                                      Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                                      Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                                      Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                      • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                                      • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                        • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                          • Network
                                                                                                                                          • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                            • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                              • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                                • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                                • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                                  • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                                  • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                                  • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                                  • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                                  • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                                  • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                                  • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                                  • Control Power
                                                                                                                                                    • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                                      • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                                      • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                                      • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                                      • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                                      • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                        • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                        • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                        Publication 2500-SG001E-EN-P - September 2014Supersedes 2500-SG001D-EN-P - June 2013 Copyright copy 2014 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

                                                                                                                                        Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software Accu-Stop ArcShield CENTERLINE ControlLogix DeviceLogix FactoryTalk FLEX Integrated Architecture IntelliCENTER NetLinx POINT IO PowerFlex RSEnergyMetrix RSLogix RSNetWorx SecureConnect SMC Stratix 6000 Stratix 8000 Studio 5000 and LISTEN THINK SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

                                                                                                                                        Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

                                                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage MCCs and Switchgear Assemblies
                                                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                        • Whatrsquos New
                                                                                                                                        • CENTERLINE 2500 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers
                                                                                                                                          • Select Network Technology
                                                                                                                                            • Network
                                                                                                                                            • IntelliCENTER Software
                                                                                                                                              • Select Structure
                                                                                                                                                • ArcShield Technology
                                                                                                                                                  • Select Power Systems
                                                                                                                                                  • Select Unit Designs
                                                                                                                                                    • Unit Size
                                                                                                                                                    • Unit Style
                                                                                                                                                    • Rotary Operating Handles
                                                                                                                                                    • Unit Disconnect Means
                                                                                                                                                    • Stab Assembly
                                                                                                                                                    • Control and Network Connections
                                                                                                                                                    • Unit Doors
                                                                                                                                                    • Control Power
                                                                                                                                                      • Select Unit Types
                                                                                                                                                        • Main and Feeder Units
                                                                                                                                                        • Starter Units
                                                                                                                                                        • Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) Units
                                                                                                                                                        • Network PLC and IO Compartments
                                                                                                                                                        • Review MCC Technical Specifications
                                                                                                                                                          • Selection Checklist
                                                                                                                                                          • Back Cover

                                                                                                                                          top related